Tourism is Everyone's Business

Material Information

Tourism is Everyone's Business The Participants and Places of Township Tourism in Cape Town, South Africa
Harvey,Rachel Allison
Place of Publication:
[Gainesville, Fla.]
University of Florida
Publication Date:
Physical Description:
1 online resource (344 p.)

Thesis/Dissertation Information

Doctorate ( Ph.D.)
Degree Grantor:
University of Florida
Degree Disciplines:
Committee Chair:
Chalfin, Brenda H
Committee Members:
Schmidt, Peter R
Babb, Florence E
White, Luise S
Graduation Date:


Subjects / Keywords:
African culture ( jstor )
Apartheid ( jstor )
Cities ( jstor )
Cultural preservation ( jstor )
Municipalities ( jstor )
Tour guides ( jstor )
Tourism ( jstor )
Tours ( jstor )
Towns ( jstor )
Women ( jstor )
Anthropology -- Dissertations, Academic -- UF
anthropology -- south -- tourism -- township
bibliography ( marcgt )
theses ( marcgt )
government publication (state, provincial, terriorial, dependent) ( marcgt )
born-digital ( sobekcm )
Electronic Thesis or Dissertation
Anthropology thesis, Ph.D.


This dissertation considers how tourism, as a total social process, is enacted, interpreted, and produced within township destinations on the outskirts of Cape Town, South Africa. In focus, a niche industry providing tours of satellite African townships has grown into a standard excursion. Township tours introduce tourists to the history and effects of apartheid as well as feature local culture and development in these disadvantaged areas marked by race and economic class. This study addresses three interrelated concerns. First, I describe and examine how the practices of township tourism occur and become normalized. Second, I argue that tour places and practices are socially produced, depending on and transforming social relationships and social positions. Third, I illustrate the major paradoxes of this type of cultural tourism that emerge from deep-rooted conflicts over issues such as representation and control in this racialized and classed setting. What such an analysis ultimately reveals is the unsettled and uneven path of social transformation in the new South Africa. Overall, I consider how tourism plays out in the lives of local participants in an effort to offer new ways to consider the manifold impacts of the growth of tourism in so-called marginalized communities, especially in developing world cities of Africa and beyond. This analysis integrates scholarship on post-apartheid South African public culture, urban studies, place, and tourism with the personal experiences of local tourism practitioners. ( en )
General Note:
In the series University of Florida Digital Collections.
General Note:
Includes vita.
Includes bibliographical references.
Source of Description:
Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page.
Source of Description:
This bibliographic record is available under the Creative Commons CC0 public domain dedication. The University of Florida Libraries, as creator of this bibliographic record, has waived all rights to it worldwide under copyright law, including all related and neighboring rights, to the extent allowed by law.
Thesis (Ph.D.)--University of Florida, 2011.
Adviser: Chalfin, Brenda H.
Statement of Responsibility:
by Rachel Allison Harvey.

Record Information

Source Institution:
Rights Management:
Copyright Harvey,Rachel Allison. Permission granted to the University of Florida to digitize, archive and distribute this item for non-profit research and educational purposes. Any reuse of this item in excess of fair use or other copyright exemptions requires permission of the copyright holder.
LD1780 2011 ( lcc )


This item has the following downloads:

Full Text




2 2011 Rachel A. Harvey


3 To my family


4 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS In the last decade, I have visited Cape Town four separate times. I experience d my first township tour with a group of fellow college students in January 2001. We were on a whirlwind trip through Cape Town and, subsequently, the other tourist hot spots of South Africa: the wine lands, Johannesburg, and Kruger Park. En route to a loc al pottery project, our tour bus passed through seemingly endless shack settlements. Countless structures of rusted, corrugated tin leaned against one another and the sky at odd angles. Dirty, barefoot children smiled for our cameras. Women cooking and sel ling strange meats stared blankly at our massive, intrusive bus. Young men in work jumpsuits barely looked up from their cigarettes and beer bottles. The tour guide could not adequately explain this evocative, alien scenery with his microphone and we were too inexperienced to muster anything but a mixture of awe, sadness, and guilt. In the heart of this landscape, in a barbed wire compound, sat several long parallel buildings housing a technical college. Off the bus and walking in between the two furthest buildings, I saw colorful murals covered the walls of these barrack like structures. The numerous doors led to classrooms, offices, and studios. We sheepishly entered and filled a small studio where painted pottery was displayed around the edges of the roo m on tall, wooden shelves. A few African women, artists I presumed, stopped their work and looked us over nervously. One cheerful African man began to welcome us. This was my first meeting with Lesebo 1 told us about the many community members he employed and crafted into artists. He hoped the cooperative would serve not only as a training ground for artisans but as a source of viable empowerment for township residents in terms of life skills and wages. 1 Please note that all int erviews were conducted in confidentiality, and the names of interviewees are withheld by mutual agreement except where noted. In most cases, a pseudonym is employed.


5 bought most of the wares on his shelves. We were taking home much more than guinea fowl, elephants, fishes, and geometric designs in our bubble wrapped packages. For many of us, this experien ce would linger more strongly in our trip diaries than wineries and safaris. When I entered graduate school, I had not necessarily intended to study South Africa or tourism. The project first came together through my interest in craft artists and coalesce d after African Art in Transit (1994) in my hands. Thus, I returned to Cape Town in June 2002, a green but eager student of anthropology from the George Washington University trying to gather enough materia weeks. The scholarly goal of my research was to delve into the complex issues of the tourist art market given the cultural and economic struggles of the new South Africa. I think this time I was the one doing the overwhelming I came for fieldwork clumsily armed with notebooks, questions, and a tape recorder. After a new introduction, I began spending my days at the project run by Lesebo in Gugulethu that I had visited the year before. I learned that Lesebo was Sotho, an aspir ing ceramic artist, a family man, and an amazing entrepreneur. I gathered that he had struggled in school and in his other career endeavors, such as in auto mechanics. His slow, deliberate speech in our interviews somewhat screened his battles with dyslexi a and stuttering. But any inarticulateness disappeared when his instrument of communication was clay or paint. These struggles were also hidden in his humble yet excited interactions with tourists and visitors. Getting involved in art had changed the cours life. Thanks to sponsors he had set up the project in 1997 and it quickly grew in recognition. He had been asked to represent his country in cultural shows in Johannesburg and overseas. He tried


6 To be sure, the majority of the young men and women working at the project had not sought a career in the arts. They had sought a skill and a paycheck. Many applicants failed to complete the apprenticeship process due to life conflicts or lack o f interest or talent. The staff I flexible and relentless. He was both a father figure and a businessman. As boss, he demanded that the project come first. The artists recreated only his designs and the name of the project, not the artist, appeared on finished works. Only the second in command, the art director Vuka, himself an accomplished potter and painter, seemed to articulate offe nse with the restrictions Lesebo placed on the expressive forms and the limits of personal glory. Eventually, my tape recorder became invisible among the paint splattered newspapers. The pottery project grew to be my most comfortable field site. I spent several weeks with Lesebo and the staff of the cooperative learning about their work and personal experiences over greasy lunches of fish cakes and even trying my own hand at their art forms. In the end, we all exchanged tearful goodbyes, dismissing the un certainty of a future meeting. With little means of communication, I was out of touch with Lesebo and his crew for four years. I returned again to Cape Town in June 2006 for brief pre dissertation research on the greater township tourism industry. After a cquiring a cell phone, I began calling the many people on my list to set up appointments and tour dates. My voice was noticeably less shaky than during young man answered. Pause.


7 I was shocked. And no field methods manual prepares you for this moment. I introduced myself, asked a few questions, and left my number. I hurried the conversation to conclusion for both our sakes. It took awhile for it all to sink in, especially with so many unanswered questions. owned by another entrepreneu r and again under the artistic direction of Vuka in another township, Langa. I also visited the site of the original project. There were no customers or familiar faces or anyone doing actual work. A few young, tough looking men smoked cigarettes outside th e door. The shelves were almost bare. What crafts were present were terribly pottery project and the events leading to his murder from some trusted friends. The official story goes that Lesebo was shot in a robbery in a bar in Bloemfontein in 2004. The convoluted, unofficial story seems something out of a South African soapie (soap opera) except that its subject matter for once engages the lives of the lower classes. Lesebo had been called, late in life, to become a traditional healer. He left the project intermittently for training. His wife mismanaged the project and destroyed many relationships. One pe rson thought Lesebo had a number of women on the side and that his wife was irate. At the same time, he may have begun secretly for his children from a previous marriage. In his travels, he became more closely associated with his oldest son who ran drugs and who was also killed. The shooting appeared planned. By gang members? By his wife? Many different versions of this tale were told to me by persons in various l evels of social distance to Lesebo, such as tour guides and artists that were


8 widow. At first, none of thi s made sense with the romantic idea of Lesebo the d edicated, fatherly, entrepreneur that had formed in my head over the years. Despite other cases of mismanagement and exploitation of workers, I saw or wanted to see so much hope in this cooperative in particular. My trip was overshadowed by this eye openin g uncertainty and trying to bring memory up to speed with these new bits of information. I slowly began to realize this was an important story to my research. It was a story about the total experience of what happens to an emerging middle class African man takes opportunities, and works hard. He is pulled among forces of survival, family, community, comfo rtable and financially solvent, the next steps appear unclear. And, in this case, perhaps, things begin to fall apart. Immersed in daily excursions and interviews in the townships, the details of such news drew into sharper contrast the township worlds cr eated by tour narratives with the complicated realities and struggles of my hosts and their families. But I also grew increasingly intrigued by the processes of tourism in shaping the perception of places and peoples and in mediating the interaction betwee atmosphere and racialized past. I left South Africa again with tearful goodbyes, but more significantly, I left very fearful and anxious about how I would shape my fieldwork experience s into academic prose this time around. Finally, I returned to Cape Town again for nine months of dissertation research on township tourism in September 2007. Within a few weeks I met up with my old buddies at the


9 new pottery project and was greeted with director who had also become an instructor at a local technical school, had passed away, conceivably from HIV/AIDS as had his wife. Again it seemed the legacy of Lesebo would shape the boundaries of my project. By this time, I knew a great many more people in Cape Town, especially in the tourism industry. I was spending more time on tour buses and interviewing in offices. I resided variously in City Bowl, in the rough, vibey student neighborhood of Obser vatory, and in township based bed and breakfasts. However, the pottery project now stationed at the Langa Cultural Center, was positioned as a primary stop for township tourists and remained a salient field site. It was home base in many respects. This Cen ter is where I met my research assistant and key interlocutor, Siviwe Mbinda, a main protagonist in the story ahead. From there we launched our regular expeditions to interview residents and entertain tourists. After three months of observing and participa ting in activities around the Cultural Center, I realized the human drama taking place populated the center. Most importantly, observing operations from the Cen ter granted access to the intriguing underbelly of how tourism actually works in the most visited township, the liaisons, the itineraries, the successes, and the desires. Daily, I was confounded by the subtleties of different tourism strategies employed t o represent the townships, the multiple descriptions and connections to townships that were arguably irresponsible ways tourism took place. Simultaneously, I was intrigued by the the various ways they chose to engage, ignore, or seek benefit. Residents and non residents both


10 expressed to me their frustrations with the formal and informal red tape of tourism, including city and township politics. Fortunately, many chose to detail their failures and successes, great and small, for my recorder. Thus, the need to delineate the complex negotiations based on social, political and historical relationships of power, agency, and space in order to elucidate this phenomenon became readily apparent. And all of this, it seems, grew out of that accidental initial encounter with Lesebo and my first, rather unplanned, township tour. I hope to explain my place in this ethnographic project as well as call attention to the complicated endeavor of academic production. Ironically, I now study the processes that nspire to get customers, the ways the historical and social reality of the townships is showcased or manipulated in the tour format (arguably to appeal to the sympathies and unfamiliarities of the tourists), and the complicated economic forces that bring t ownship residents into an art ry project. Facts such as high unemployment, substandard housing and municipal services, the devastation of experiencing much more of township life outside that enclosure, that the veracity and uncertainty of daily life in urban Africa and how tourism (and anthropology) gauchely interlopes became apparent and bothersome. In effect, I symbolically stepped off the tour bus and from behind the camera. Each day was an exercise i


11 Now a decade after first meeting Lesebo in his studio, I have participated in well over fifty township tours and interviewed countless struggling township entrepreneurs guid es, and community members. In my current home, the fingerprints and memories of these experiences take physical form in the corners of my small house. I cannot dust or wash dishes without I tell my husband to be careful with an oil dish covered in flowers and squiggles. It really is irreplaceable. My most treasured piece will always be the blue and white coaster, painted in the original geometric pattern Lesobo called scraffito which I bou ght on my very first trip into the townships. In writing this dissertation I am indebted to a great number of individuals. Most importantly, I am thankful for the welcome and access extended to me by members of the township tourism business community in Ca pe Town, South Africa. Their openness to my presence was critical to my research endeavors. I thank these entrepreneurs for their frankness in discussing the complicated issues of tourism. I was honored to be a part of the communities in Langa and Khayelit sha for much of my fieldwork. This research would not have been possible without the stories, perspectives, and questions of many township residents. The need to truthfully tell their story to the best of my ability has inspired my commitment to this resea rch. I was blessed to form a partnership with Siviwe Mbinda, an excellent tour guide, research assistant, and friend. I am grateful to members of Cape Town Tourism and the City of Cape Town Department of Tourism who invited me into their offices and board rooms, especially Sisa Ngondo. The names of most of the individuals I interviewed and came to know are deliberately changed in the pages ahead to protect their privacy, despite my desire to thank them each by name. I protect the identity of my respondents with the use of pseudonyms for people,


12 companies, and establishments. However, the reality is that township tourism is a very public performance among a closely tied cast of characters on a somewhat small stage. Furthermore, the distinct histories of parti cular townships and their spatial relationships with my analysis of tourism, I feel, make it necessary to disclose the location of key events. I sincerely apologize for permitting any too striking characteristics that may lead to recognition. In this disse rtation, I am certain there are some subjective interpretations that those in Cape Town might disagree with. I take responsibility for any errors of fact, misrepresentations, or errors of citation that may exist. But I do hope my offering is inspiration to both township members and tour operators to reconsider the current state of things and continue working for positive outcomes via township tourism. At the University of Florida, I was supported by an outstanding committee. Dr. Brenda Chalfin welcomed me as her student and has added great depth and insight to the ideas presented in this dissertation as my chair. I would not have made it at the University of Florida without her gentle guidance, flexibility, and constant encouragement. She is a true model as a mentor in scholarship, research, and teaching. Dr. Luise White has greatly assisted in my understanding of South African urban history and has consistently pushed me do my best work. Additionally, I had the pleasure of taking classes with and being a dvised by Dr. Peter Schmidt and Dr. Florence Babb. Both have been thorough readers and steadfast supporters of my project. My research has benefitted from coursework and conversations with Dr. Victoria Rovine. I am indebted to Dr. Mantoa Rose Smouse for te aching me Xhosa, hosting me in South Africa, and becoming a trusted friend. Without the direction of these fine professors, I would have been at a great disadvantage.


13 Before attending UF, my current interests formed under the direction of Dr. Richard Grink er at the George Washington University. He and Dr. Stephen Lubkemann were studies. At GWU, I am also grateful to Joel Kuipers for serving as a MA committee member and t o Dr. Alison Brooks for being an inspirational mentor. Many fellow graduate students provided scholastic, social, and emotional support during my years in the Gainesville community. I extend my gratitude especially to Erika Roberts and Matthew Watson for always being ready to commiserate over a beer or hot meal. I am also grateful to Erika taking good care of my mischievous dog while I was abroad. I was lucky to get to share my experience in South Africa with a fellow UF gator, Steve Davis. Michelle Kiel h as been a great help as an editor. My graduate studies were supported by a number of funding sources. I am grateful for the 06 and 2006 07, I was funded by a Foreign La nguage and Areas Studies Fellowship to study the Xhosa language. Working with Dr. Leo Villalon, Dr. Todd Leedy, and Corinna Greene was always a pleasure. My Ph.D. fieldwork episodes have been funded by the US Department of Education's Fulbright Hays Doct oral Dissertation Research Abroad (DDRA) Program Grant, the Lewis and Clark Grant for Exploration and Field Research from the American Philosophical Society, and the Madelyn M. Lockhart Summer Research Travel Award from University of Florida Center for Afr ican Studies. I offer my sincere appreciation to the funding sources and to the people that helped make these great opportunities available.


14 This dissertation further developed in conversations among current scholars in the fields of anthropology, histor y, and African studies abroad. I am most indebted to the Centre for African Studies at the University of Cape Town, including Dr. Harry Garuba and Dr. Nick Shepherd, for assisting with research logistics. My conversations with Dr. Steven Robins, Dr. Leslie Witz, and Dr. Sean Field provided additional resources for thinking through this material. During the last year of writing, I have been working in Waipahu, Hawaii for Hina Mauka. I am grateful to the wonderful staff for always cheering me on. I extend spe cial thanks to my supervisor, Monique Weisman, for being so flexible with my work schedule during this busy time. Finally, I owe a huge debt of gratitude to my family for their unwavering support through my many years of education. My parents, William Har vey and Fran Goddard, have provided much additional financial assistance throughout the graduate process They, along with my step parents, have been exceptionally proud and encouraging. It was a pleasure to have my mother and brother, Benjamin Harvey vis it me in Cape Town. M y brother passed away during the writing of this dissertation. A sensitive and compassionate soul, Ben was made instantly uncomfortable by the township tour experience. Months into my fieldwork, he reminded me of the awkward and uneasy paths I traveled so casually each day. I am especially thankful for the support and assistance of Joshua Toney, my lov ing and patient husband. He has share d the South African experience with me as well as the stresses and rewards of graduate schoo l.


15 TAB LE OF CONTENTS page ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ................................ ................................ ................................ ........... 4 LIST OF FIGURES ................................ ................................ ................................ .................. 18 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 19 ABSTRACT ................................ ................................ ................................ ............................. 21 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 23 Research Summary ................................ ................................ ................................ ............. 23 Setting: Cape Town past, present, and future ................................ ................................ ...... 27 Historical Background ................................ ................................ ................................ 27 Relocating Tourism ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 34 Township Tourism in an Anthropological Perspective ................................ ........................ 36 Townships as Research Space ................................ ................................ ..................... 42 Uniting the Study of Tourism and Place ................................ ................................ ...... 46 Methodological Considerations ................................ ................................ .......................... 49 Dissertation Outline ................................ ................................ ................................ ........... 55 2 PARTICIPANTS, PLACES, AND ITINERARIES ................................ ............................ 62 Inside the Bus, Inside the Academy ................................ ................................ .................... 63 The Mediatio n of Township Tourism ................................ ................................ ................. 69 Itineraries ................................ ................................ ................................ .................... 70 Common Routes ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 71 Secondary Str ategies and Alternative Tours ................................ ................................ 73 Participants and Places ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 75 Initial Mediations of the Tourist Experience ................................ ................................ 76 Encountering Local Participants ................................ ................................ .................. 77 Between Problems of Heritage and Problems of Research ................................ .................. 83 3 TOUR OPERATORS AND THE MEDIATION OF TOWNSHIP TOURISM ................... 89 A Brief History of Township Tour Operators ................................ ................................ ..... 90 mmas ................................ ................................ .................. 92 Langford's story: New beginnings, old obstacles ................................ ......................... 93 Kabelo's Story: One Man, One Combi ................................ ................................ ......... 96 Sis Layla's Story: Family, Identity, and Business ................................ ....................... 100 Growing Apart Together ................................ ................................ ........................... 103 The Second Generation an d the "Real," "New" South Africa ................................ ..... 104 Destinations ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 109


16 Two Shebeens ................................ ................................ ................................ ........... 109 Additional Destination Comparisons ................................ ................................ ......... 114 Discussion ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 118 4 MAKING A LIVING AS A TOUR GUIDE ................................ ................................ ..... 122 ................................ ................................ ................................ ............... 122 The Role of Tour Guides ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 123 Tour Guiding as Work in South Africa ................................ ................................ ............. 125 Notes on Methodology ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 127 Meeting Siviwe ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 129 Working with a Research Assistant ................................ ................................ ........... 131 Tour Guide Training ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 133 ................................ ................................ ......................... 136 Monitoring Tour Guide Registration ................................ ................................ .......... 138 Starting Out as a Tour Guide ................................ ................................ ............................ 142 In/Formal Employment ................................ ................................ ............................. 145 Encountering Community Issues ................................ ................................ ............... 147 Homeboys ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 150 Seeking Independence ................................ ................................ ............................... 152 Tour Guiding and Social Identity ................................ ................................ ..................... 153 Working with a Research Assistant Reprise ................................ ................................ ...... 159 5 ................................ ................................ ....... 162 Historicizing Divisions and Development in Langa ................................ .......................... 165 Community Based Tourism in Townships ................................ ................................ ........ 172 Participation and Performance at the Cultural Center ................................ ........................ 176 Seeing the Internal Logic of the Cultural Center ................................ ........................ 179 Cre ................................ ................ 181 Walking Tours and Local Participation Strategies ................................ ............................ 185 Pamela and the Sheep Heads Sp aza ................................ ................................ ........... 186 Reginald: Informal Site Guide ................................ ................................ ................... 189 Site and Sentiment: Hostel Home Visits ................................ ................................ .... 192 Other Langa Destinations and Foreign African Crafters ................................ ............. 198 Mediator s ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 201 Discussion ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 203 6 CONSTRUCTING THE GUGULETHU SEVEN MEMORIAL AND THE STRUGGLE FOR POLITICAL HERITAGE ................................ ................................ ... 207 Monuments and Public Memory ................................ ................................ ....................... 208 The Gugulethu Case Study ................................ ................................ ........................ 211 Notes on Methodology and Analysis ................................ ................................ ......... 213 The Gugulethu Seven in Public Histo ry ................................ ................................ ............ 215 Local Encounters in Gugulethu ................................ ................................ ........................ 218 Background and Context ................................ ................................ ........................... 218


17 Da ys on the NY1 ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 221 Building Monuments and Representations ................................ ................................ ........ 225 Touring Monuments on the NY 1 ................................ ................................ ..................... 235 Touring and Politics ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 237 General Tours ................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 243 Alternative Tours ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 246 Tour Interpretations ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 251 The Struggle Over Meaning ................................ ................................ ............................. 255 7 BED & BREAKFASTS ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 259 Home making under apartheid and beyond ................................ ................................ ....... 263 Historicizing urbanization ................................ ................................ ......................... 263 Home provision and upgrading ................................ ................................ .................. 266 Home and housing in paradox ................................ ................................ ................... 270 Development and Concerns of the Township B &B Industry ................................ ............. 271 Comparing Township B&Bs in Cape Town ................................ ................................ ...... 275 Post Apartheid Postcards ................................ ................................ ........................... 276 Shack chic ................................ ................................ ................................ ................. 279 Township elegance ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 282 Brochures, Certificates, and Stars ................................ ................................ ..................... 284 The Township Guest House Association ................................ ................................ ... 288 Representations and Competitions ................................ ................................ ............. 290 Discussion ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 295 8 CONCLUSION: A SHARED STORY OF TRANSFORMATION ................................ ... 298 An Anthropological Approach to Township Tourism Revisited ................................ ........ 298 Principal Findings ................................ ................................ ................................ ............ 302 Mediation and Interpretation ................................ ................................ ..................... 302 Participants ................................ ................................ ................................ ............... 304 Situated Knowledge ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 306 Place ................................ ................................ ................................ ......................... 308 Paradox ................................ ................................ ................................ ..................... 310 Looking Forward ................................ ................................ ................................ .............. 312 APPENDIX A GUGULETHU SEVEN MEMORIAL TEXT ................................ ................................ ... 315 B PEOPLE IN ACTION GUEST HOUSE CHECKLIST EXAMPLE ................................ 316 LIST OF REFERENCES ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 324 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 344


18 LIST OF FIGURES Figure page 1 1 ....... 60 1 2 Map of Cape Town and townships (Joshua Toney 2011) ................................ ............... 61 5 1 Gugulethu Seven Memorial 2008 ................................ ................................ ................. 258


19 LIST OF ABBREVIATION S ANC African National Congress BEE Black Economic Empowerment CBD Central Business District COCT City of Cape T own CTRU Cape Town Routes Unlimited CTT Cape Town Tourism DACST City Department of Arts, Culture, Sport, and Tourism DEAT National Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism FIFA Fdration Internationale de Football Association GAA Group Ar eas Act GEAR Growth, Employment and Redistribution Program LDF Langa Development Forum NGO Non governmental Organization NP National Party PAC Pan Africanist Congress RDP Reconstruction and Development Program SATSA Southern Africa Tour ism Association SATY South African Tourism Yearbook SMME Small, Medium, and Micro Enterprises TEP Tourism Enterprise Programme THETA Tourism, Hospitality and Sport Education and Training Authority WTO World Trade Organization WTTC World Travel and Tourism Council


20 VOC Dutch East India Company


21 Abstract of Dissertation Presented to the Graduate School of the University of Florida in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy BUSINESS: THE PARTICIPANTS AND PLACES OF TOWNSHIP TOURISM IN CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA By Rachel A. Harvey August 2011 Chair: Brenda Chalfin Major: Anthropology This dissertation considers how tourism, as a total social process, is enacted, interpreted, and produced within township destinations on the outskirts of Cape Town, South Africa. In focus, a niche industry providing tours of satellite African townships has grown into a standard excursion. Township tours introduce tourists to the history and effe cts of apartheid as well as feature local culture and development in these disadvantaged areas marked by race and economic class. This study addresses three interrelated concerns. First, I describe and examine how the practices of township tourism occur an d become normalized. Second, I argue that tour places and practices are socially produced, depending on and transforming social relationships and social positions. Third, I illustrate the major paradoxes of this type of cultural tourism that emerge from de ep rooted conflicts over issues such as representation and control in this racialized and classed setting. What such an analysis ultimately reveals is the unsettled and uneven path of social transformation in the new South Africa. Overall, I consider how t ourism plays out in the lives of local participants in an effort to offer new ways to consider the manifold impacts of the growth of tourism in so called marginalized communities, especially in developing world cities of Africa


22 and beyond. This analysis in tegrates scholarship on post apartheid South African public culture, urban studies, place, and tourism with the personal experiences of local tourism practitioners.


23 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION Research Summary Township tours ha ve become solidly planted on the standard tourist itinerary in Cape Town, South Africa in the last decade. These tours visit African neighborhoods, impoverished shantytowns, and other developing areas located on the periphery of the city. Townships sit in dire contrast to the European urbanism of the central business district and natural beauty of the apartheid, the legal system of racial segregation imposed by the Nat ional Party (NP) government between 1948 and 1994. Building on colonial era practices, apartheid limited the civil rights of white inhabitants under a system of minority rule by whites. Township tours introduce tourists to the history an d effects of apartheid and feature local culture and development in these disadvantaged peri urban areas still marked by the inequities of race and economic class. remem transformative, and beneficial to host and guest alike. During the typically four hour journey, local tour guides combine elements of history, culture, and social life to honor sites of struggle or share everyday experiences. Routes also promote local businesses and their products. On their excursion, foreign tourists take in numerous and evocative snapshots of township living: rows of dilapidated shacks, open air marke ts, waving children, and men gathered in the shebeen (informal pub) for drinks. Township residents engage with tourists at craft markets or performance sites, or as tourists visit service projects, schools, businesses, and even private


24 homes. Township base d restaurants and accommodations are also becoming popular destinations. Township tourism the increasingly commonplace, nonetheless peculiar, encounters inspires the research presented in this dissertati on. The image of affluent, mobile leisure travelers touring the derelict homes of an immobile, disadvantaged, and ethnic underclass presents glaring questions about voyeurism, exploitation, and the reification of culture. The history of race, class, and sp atial relationships in areas and become a fundamental, international tourism destination. Township tourism also embodies the progressive possibilities present in t he new South Africa. This dissertation considers how tourism, as a total social process, is enacted, interpreted, and produced within township destinations on the outskirts of Cape Town, South Africa. My analysis addresses three interrelated concerns. Firs t, I question how the practices of township tourism occur and become normalized. Second, I examine how tour places and practices are socially produced, depending on and transforming social relationships and social positions. Third, I illustrate the major p aradoxes of this type of cultural tourism that emerge from deep rooted conflicts over issues such as representation and control in this racialized and classed setting. I probe how township tourism reveals unresolved tensions regarding social transformation in the public sphere in the new South Africa. Overall, I consider how tourism plays out in the lives of local 1 participants in an effort to offer new ways to consider the manifold 1 and fraught term in the discipline of anthropology given our increased understanding of the interconnectedness of our global world and given various conceptions of the parameters o fieldwork ( Gupta and Ferguson 1997). Tourism brings together an international mix of businesses, travelers, workers, and primarily South Africans citizens, largely residents of the townships of Cape Town, who are involved in or witness to the growth of tourism. See t he continued discussion ahead under methodology.


25 impacts of the growth of tourism in so called marginalized communities, esp ecially in developing world cities of Africa and beyond. The analysis integrates scholarship on post apartheid South African public culture, urban studies, place, and tourism with the personal experiences of local tourism practitioners. In the past two de cades, South Africa has become a budding international tourism destination (CTRU 2007). Tourism development capitalized on a new national attitude, hopes for economic growth, and the promise of social and political transformation. In this vein, the townshi p tourism phenomenon solidified as a niche market in the 1990s, offering a fresh alternative to long established tours of the scenic Cape peninsula and Winelands. Cape Town drew 1.7 million and 1.9 million foreign tourists in 2007 and 2008 respectively, th e primary period of my fieldwork. Cape Town arrivals were expected to continue to rise in anticipation of the 2010 FIFA Soccer World Cup (CTRU 2008b). It is estimated that over 375,000 annual his time, most likely in the townships (derived from CTRU 2008b, the Western Cape Tourism Barometer 2007 quarterly reports). both formal and informal housing. They were produced by decades of legislated segregation to contain a non white, underclass labor pool by the South African state beginning as early as 1900. Urban residential separation was the precedent set by the rise of the NP and formal apartheid in 1948, f orcing all non whites (Jewish, African, coloured, Muslim, Malay) out of designated prime areas and into race 2 specific neighborhoods (Bickford Smith et al. 1999). Purposefully designed 2 egories and decided individual membership (Dubow 1994:359). The definitions put forth by the NP of white, Bantu (African) colored, or Asian, referred to ancestry, blood types, country of origin, and physical appearance (ibid:360). Accordingly, each


26 as the quintessential apartheid city, Cape Town remains characterized b y spatial segregation based on economics. That said, class is strongly linked to skin color or identified ethnic background (Besteman 2008, Turok and Watson 2001, Western 1996[1981]). Today townships white populations. During tours, examples of post apartheid development and progress are confounded by the fact that many of the three million township residents endure substandard housing, limited access to urban centers, uneven development, unemployment, and slow poverty alleviation (Harrison et al. 2007, Zegeye and Maxted 2002). visitors and rendered unsafe for most white South Africans (Bickford Smith et al. 1999). Now t in a number of South African cities, including Durban and Johan nesburg. 3 These factors place once marginalized African township residents and spaces squarely on a national and global stage. As South Africa seeks to reveal townships as sites of cultural and historical heritage, I question, however, what the productions of tourism may conceal. Township tourism is a lens on and conduit for post apartheid transformations and speaks to the meaning and appearance of urban public culture. This research is tied to the themes of racial group was characterized by certain primordial features, physical and behavioral, and a certain mission or sense of primordial affiliati on, biological descent, and cultural identity, was easily unde (ibid: 359). In contemporary usage, South Africans vary greatly in their use of race or ethnicity as well as their acceptance of apartheid era racial labels (Besteman 200 8) I refer to Africans (such as Xhosa or Zulu speakers) and expected to understand that these racial definitions are cultural constructs, creat ed in a particular historical and whites. 3 In Soweto outside of Johannesburg, a host of tour providers, museums, restaurants, and accommodations have sprouted in the up and coming Orlando neighborhood of figureheads Nelson Mandela and Desmond Tutu.


27 integration, work, heritage, and place given the legacy of race based, and now class based, spatial segregation and limits on personal opportunity. My analytical approach builds on and differs from current perspectives on township tourism and issues of cultural heritage in South Africa. Interpretations o f the tours as performances, analyses of cultural or place production, and pulling out instances of cultural reification are significant. However, the interwoven intricacies of local social and economic relationships as well as personal desires and experie nces further beyond the outwardly problematic representations of township tours to engage how such representations develop in practice as the result of social proce sses. What such an analysis ultimately reveals is the unsettled and uneven path of social transformation in the new South Africa. Setting: Cape Town past, present, and future a continual palimpsest of histories, populations, languages, and social changes (Bickford Smith et al. 1999, Hall 2006, Worden et al. 1998). As the quintessential apartheid city, Cape Town remains characterized by spatial segregation that follows the contours of ethnicity and economics. The historical development and contemporary concerns of this urban area serve as important background information for this study as well as key content for township tour guides to im part to their passengers. Historical Background The cultural landscape of Cape Town, in its diversity and spatial organization, matured to its current form through several episodes of settlement, migration, and legislation. In the 17th century an outpost was established on the southernmost coast of Africa by the Dutch East India


28 ble Mountain. Over the next century, the Dutch brought slaves (often designated as the racial group Malay) from places such as Madagascar, India, and Indonesia. The intermixing of these many ethnic groups, including European settlers, resulted in what is c alled the Cape coloured square fortress, garrison, and eventually a castle (Hall 2006:191). Businesses and homes over time filled in the orderly grid planned by t he VOC surveyor. Outside the central town square, homesteads were envisioned with garden and small livestock space. South Africa was a slave holding colony until 1838. Under British control in the 19th century, Cape Town became an overcrowded inner city, w ith slums emanating from the wharf towards the busy core. The landowners left the city to the underclasses, primarily non whites (Worden 1997:32). Before the implemen tation of apartheid legislation, Cape Town was arguably the least segregated urban center in southern Africa (Western 1996[1981]:3, Bickford Smith 1995). African Bantu groups began moving toward the Cape from the rural Eastern Cape in search of work in the late 19th century period of industrialization (Worden 1997:33). As ethnic and class based tensions mounted, laws developed to provide specific areas for ethnic workers and ensure the continued dominance, privilege, and well being of whites (Swanson 1977). Forced removals of ethnic populations from the city center began with slum clearance by 1900 and proceeded with the implementation of the Urban Areas Act in 1923 and then the Groups Areas Act (GAA) after 1950. After the Afrikaner (Dutch South African nati onalists) National Party took power in 1948, they strategically undermined black political participation, education, travel, marriage, and employment.


29 Spatial segregation and the maintenance of the township system was a key aspect of NP strategy. Under th eir apartheid policies, the city of Cape Town was transformed through spatial reorganization based on legal definitions of ethnic identities and an ideology of separate development. Such policies built on long standing de facto segregation and officially s eparated African and coloured communities from white neighborhoods and the city center. Along racial lines, non white families were scattered to the barren outlying areas of the city known as the Cape Flats or townships. Social engineering and modernist pl anning schemes served to purposefully remove non whites from inner city residential areas to outer suburb zones. Townships, and their African and coloured residents, were symbolically and physically divided from one another via rail lines, highways, and in dustrial complexes (Bickford Smith et al. 1999). Nationally, between 1950 and 1984 the application of the GAA resulted in 126,000 families or 360,000 people and 2,771 traders being evicted from their homes and businesses (Saff 1998:50). For instance, Dist rict Six is a significant place in Cape Town and an anchoring example of apartheid era segregation on township tours. A former mixed race neighborhood, District Six has become the most famous case of forced relocation and its effects under the Apartheid st ate. On tours, the story serves as an entry point into the creation of the townships. Couched in arguments long before apartheid in 1897 (Swanson 1977). In 1901, Africans living in District Six an d elsewhere in the city were forcibly removed by armed guards to quarantined barracks outside the city. Despite lack of evidence, the harbor men were accused of spreading the recent bubonic plague outbreak. Removal occurred regardless of infection and many were not allowed to collect their personal belongings (Bickford Smith et al. 1999:19). In 1966, the suburb of District Six was declared a white area under the auspices of the GAA. It is argued that the laudable characteristics of the suburb, its


30 mixed pop ulation, integrationist ideology, and picturesque position made it a vulnerable target for apartheid planners and political agendas (Swanson and Harries 2001:64). Over the next 15 years, houses and streets were slowly razed by bulldozers. By 1982, any life in the community had ended. Over 60,000 people were forcibly removed from their homes and scattered to the barren outlying areas of the city. During this same time period, townships, designated by race, were being developed outside the city center. The f irst African township, Ndabeni, established in 1901, housed many of the harbor workers removed from District Six (Bickford Smith et al. 1999:45). Overflowing within a decade, the oldest remaining bl ack township Langa was opened 11 kilometers from the city center in 1927. Early townships were organized for control and surveillance. Cape Town residents and increasing numbers of migrant workers lived in cramped dormitory barracks called hostels and in limited family housing. These buildings were erected along a grid of easily monitored streets with one guarded entrance. Significantly, residents were not allowed property ownership, but held long term leases with the City Council. In addition, regulations were put in place to limit social gatherings, trading, and the brewing of traditional sorghum beer (ibid: 87 88). As more African migrants flocked to Cape Town from the rural homelands, 4 more planned townships were erected such as Nyanga (1948), Gugulethu (1958), and Crossroads (1974). Influx control was maintaine d by pass laws that restricted the movement of Africans, especially that of African women to urban areas, limited the growth of stable African families. Township residents faced pass checkpoints and nighttime raids as well as raids seeking out squatters, b ootleg liquor making, or political gatherings (Bickford Smith 1999:175). Coloured residents were moved to 4 During this time period Africans were caught in a double bind between town and country. In the rural areas, Africans were forced into tribal homelands called Bantustans. I ncreasingly, they need to seek urban employment to sustain their families ( Beinart 2001, Beinart and Bundy 1987).


31 separate but equally disadvantaged areas of the Cape Flats in suburbs such as Windmere, Bonteheuwal, and Heideveld (Western 1996[1981]). As black popu lations grew, influx control was abandoned by the mid 1980s. However, expansive residential areas sprawled over 30 kilometers from the city center as blacks were located and relocated farther from town. blished in 1976 and the largest African township, Khayelitsha, began in 1985 (Bickford Smith et al. 1999). In Cape Town, 20th century planners were tasked with managing unprecedented, urban and industrial growth. However, the separation and control of no n whites belied the apartheid Africans especially were characterized as aliens to the city belonging instead to their rural homelands (Parnell and Mabin 1995). Town ships served to corral black laborers into safely distanced reserves for their easy exploitation in white owned industries. Further, labor preference laws served to create class differences among racial groups as coloureds were given hiring preference for certain skilled work over Africans. A small, working class of permanent residents, made up of mostly coloured persons and some Africans, was allowed to develop as migrant Africans maintained low skilled and temporary job passes. For work, township resident s traveled by train into the city center neighborhoods. In these shared spaces or white urban areas, signs political, and economic place in the system (Bickford Smith et al. 1999, Seekings and Nattrass 2005, Western 1996[1981]). Despite attempts to isolate Africans and their political life in the townships, political groups such as the African National Congres s (ANC), the Pan Africanist Congress (PAC), and the United Democratic Front (UDF) challenged the system. In light of the banning of black


32 political organizations and the imprisonment of their leaders such as Ne lson Mandela and Robert Sobukwe on Robben Isla nd in the Cape Town harbor resistance continued. Nationally, community based and student led campaigns launched strikes against the Bantu education system, pass laws, and residential segregation. They also organized work stay aways and boycotts. After deca situated in the townships, and given growing international anti apartheid sentiment, the National Party began to concede to a power sharing agreement by the late 1980s (Reid 2009: 285 287). As another example, after activist campaigns, the District Six area was never successfully redeveloped. Today, the District remains a mostly open, rubble strewn piece of land located just outside the central business district. The location also remains a strong rallying symbol for the causes of forcibly removed families. A museum and heritage center was created in District Six in an old Methodist Church in 1994. The museum has become a prime destination on township tours. At the time of fieldwork housing rebuilding and redistribution to former residents was finally underway. In 1994, the transition to majority rule was solidified with the first open elections and the inauguration of Nelson Mandela of the African National Congress as president (Be inart 2001). In society from one based on state enforced racial inequality and infused with racially based hatred and ignorance to one of multiculturalism, tole (Besteman 2008:2), and township tourism began to blossom. The new government initiated a host of programs aimed at housing, services, and job provision, promising a better life for the previously disadvantaged (Bond 2000, Harrison et al. 2003, Harrison et al. 2008). However,


33 newly elected officials faced considerable crises of poverty, unemployment, and growing rates of urban migration. As Besteman (2008) chronicles, the post apartheid transformation effort has been an uphill battle on all fronts civic, economic, and personal. Presently, Cape Town remains highly segregated and the subdivisions of the townships continue to house the non white underclasses. Townships serve as undeniable, visual and visceral proof that the social and economic divisions of apartheid linger in Cape Town, challenging the promises of modernist planning. Furthermore, media and popular portrayals of the townships as dangerous, violent spaces threaten the cosmopolitan glamour and touted sa fety of the central business district and the tourism industry pub lically carried out in the Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC), a tribunal to address human rights violations, giving voice to victims and granting amnesty to perpetrators. The TRC process has been variously interpreted as a success or failure (ibid : 10, James and van de Vijver 2001). Importantly, the TRC did little to compensate victims or address structural inequality. The last fifteen years of reconciliation has not meant an equal sharing of wealth, property, and opportunity. With a current populat called coloured, one third African, and the rest mostly white (COCT 2001, Richmond and Ranger 2009). 5 Contemporary township dwellers maintain strong ties to rural family homesteads. In Langa, Gugulethu, and Khayelitsha unemployment reaches 50% (COCT 2001, Besteman 2008:17 18). 5 Again these designations are a vestige of the apartheid era classification system. Many seek to do away with these labels, but such delinea ted figures are important in considering the current character of the city.


34 Nearly half of Africans families in the Western Cape live below the household subsistence level. It is estimated that over 400,000 township families are on the provincial waiting list for formal housing provision (Eppel 2007:58). This means that in the newest and largest African township in Cape Town, Khayelitsha, over 70% of households reside in informa l structures or shacks. Additionally, the city is regarded as having the highest rate of per capita violent crime in the nation (COCT 2001). In many townships only 5% of residents earned a high school diploma (Besteman 2008:17). In contrast, upper class, p redominantly white suburbs such as Newlands and Claremont boast 97% employment and higher education levels (ibid:18). influences of colonial expansion, slavery, entrenched ra cial segregation, and spatial engineering (Hall 2006:190). As the following examples show, this legacy holds significance and raises pressing questions for contemporary post apartheid social identities, history and memory making, and the meanings associate d with urban places in the townships. This overview of Cape story of the city and nation as a whole. In South Africa, material inequality, popular protest, and r resistance to apartheid for Capetonians became solidified in issu es of property and access to the city as well as the right to services and equal economic opportunity. These are struggles that continue in contemporary Cape Town and manifest in township tourism. Relocating Tourism legacies, civic inequalities have impacted the development of commercial tourism in the Cape Peninsula past and present. Importantly, the post apartheid transition is both an impetus and a challenge for the development and meaning of


35 tourism growth in town ship areas. Traditionally, tourism in the Western Cape has been concentrated geographically in the Central Business District, along the Cape Peninsula, and in the Winelands, which were designated white areas under apartheid (Cornelissen 2005:164). Long sta nding emphasis on these core attractions based on shopping, dining, and leisure have also affected the geographic distribution of infrastructure and capital investment in the province (ibid). Take, for example, the upscale V&A Waterfront and suburban shopp ing complexes such as Century City (Dodson and Killian 1998, Marks and Bezzoli 2001). Questions arise about whether these high end developments further entrench geo spatial and economic divisions. Although the city has seen rapid growth in the affluent CBD and Atlantic suburbs, the implementation of infrastructure and opportunities in the townships has occurred significantly below expectations or in haphazard, unsustainable patterns (Cornelissen 2005b:182, Harrison et al. 2008). After 1994, tourism developm ent seemed to be a viable solution to a number of national challenges. Changes in the political organization and the resultant forging of a new national imaginary linked to reconciliation, multiculturalism, and development are reflected in the post aparthe heritage. Cultural tourism holds the potential to grow the visibility of and access to neglected geographic areas, such as townships, as well as to create new avenues f or employment in these disadvantaged regions. The development agenda led to national, provincial, and local programs for the extension of tourism options and training with the goals of empowerment, sustainability, and recognition of heritage (Allen and Bre nnan 2004, Cornelissen 2005a, Goudie et al. 1996, Rogerson and Visser 2004, Witz 2007).


36 Although the townships have been visible in the media, acclaimed in literature, arts, and music, and examined in academic research in the past century, they were not c onsidered accessible areas and certainly not mass tourism attractions. Under apartheid, official tours of the services. Questions arise as to whether this phenomen on is being recast or repeated. As the townships increasingly gain international acclaim as sites of resistance and local culture, the viability of extending cultural tourism options to encompass urban African areas seemed a viable endeavor. However, towns hip tourism must also grapple with the realities of the past. In the mid 1990s, development forums formed in each township to address the implementation of changes to infrastructure. Tourism training became a goal of these forums. Encouraging entrepreneurs hip and pleasant attitudes to tourist visitors was at first a hard sell according to contacts who served on these boards. Yet, as tour companies, restaurants, and craft sellers began to attract the business of international tourists, expectations and inter ests piqued. Tourism developments sprang up in a number of configurations based on these expectations. Community arts and cultural centers were built by the municipality in a number of townships to host artists and performances. A decade on, dozens of fill ed tour busses pass through the townships each day and make stops at craft shops, homes, projects, even schools and guest houses. Township Tourism in an Anthropological Perspective Township tourism is linked to certain key national and global trends conce rning inequality and integration of people and place in the post apartheid era. T hese initiatives capitalize on the themes of cultural diversity and reconciliation ( Goudie et al. 1996). A number of similar enterprises, such as monument and museum renovation, erupted in the new nation building


37 period (Coombes 2003, Marschall 2006a, Rassool 2007). Second, poo 2011, Lennon and Foley 2000, Novelli 2005). This means the tours feature environments offering distinctive cultural experiences that benefit local communities (Chambers 2000, Stronza 2001). Add itionally, as part of post apartheid restructuring, township areas are being valorized as based development is promoted in a municipal urban renewal mandate to create a more integ rated city via revamping housing, infrastructure, and transportation schemes (COCT 2011, Harrison et al. 2003, Harrison et al. 2008). These upgrading plans are accompanied by marketing campaigns that project an image of an integrating, tourist friendly cit y to the world. In my investigation of these processes, township tourism reveals a series of interrelated paradoxes concerning representation, urban space, race, and economic and social relationships to be unraveled. Enabled by the injustices of the apart spatialized poverty (which stands in the way of integration), exemplified by the townships, is transformed and even celebrated as a heritage attraction (McEachern 2002, Robins 2002, Witz 2007). This engineered sep conception of space, self, and other, affecting the way they approach cooperative work (Besteman 2008, Jackson 2005). Current considerations of township tourism are mired in new national public debates over how racial identities and cultural heritage should be represented in present day South Africa as well as how such connotative and spatial divisions can be overcome (Coombes 2003, McGregor and Shumaker 2006, Rassool 1999). Moreover, claims to r esponsible practices, local development, and empowerment through tourism are touted by private companies and municipal tourism agencies despite the scant evidence of sustainable success or


38 local control over tourism based enterprises (Allen and Brennan 200 4, Briedenhann & Ramchander 2006, Cornelissen 2005b, Rogerson 2008). Finally, South African attempts at either representational or economic restitution through tourism are complicated by the simultaneous engagement of a global public as history, people, an d culture are packaged for consumption. In these instances, the goals of appreciation and development can coincide with the perpetuation of difference and inequality via tourism practices. In this way, township tourism demonstrates the complicated social flows and forms of the public sphere which are emerging to define the new South Africa. As such, township tourism provides a medium for discussion of the junctures where social differences manifest as public phenomena (Nuttall and Mbembe 2004). In this cas e, public culture is solidified in both highly particular and localized events as well as global marketing and consumption. I purposely look to how tourism enters local conditions and struggles. Although tourism depends on global demand, contemporary towns hip tourism practices are equally a result of specific, historicized patterns, cultural contestations over representation, as well as orchestrated spatial and power relationships (Bruner 2005:4 5). Understanding township tourism as a new and multifaceted phenomenon centered in the townships, my study engages the vantage point of the places and persons that shape it. I am concerned with describing and analyzing who participates, how tourism practices are shaped, and what the introduction of tourism means in toured destinations, places, and other tour content are socially produced as well socially productive, dependent on social relations as well as impacting social identities and relationships and vital to the creation of new ones. Beyond the surface product, what may be prosaic


39 presentations to foreign tourists, tourism practices and places s peak to how urban residents currently define, negotiate, and confront a legacy of inequality and difference. To achie ve this, my analysis delves into the underlying processes that contribute to the formation of tourism practices, such as cultural identity, community politics, as well as work and economic relations (Brennan 2004, Bruner 2005, Ebron 2002, Ghodsee 2005). To urism has performative and essentializing elements, and tourism production depends on the malleable, multivalent quality of the facts, sights, and symbols related to tourism destinations, products, and even cultural groups (Chambers 2000, Comaroff and Coma roff 2009, Hamilton 1998, Kirshenblatt Gimblett 1998,Urry 2002[1990]). However, it is important to understand how such representations come into existence, what they do, instead of just what they show (Crang 2006:24). At issue are not solely the representa tive strategies that code places, but how these representations develop and become standardized through action (Crang 2006, Crouch 2000). As signification, even s As will be examined in Chapter 2, the current literature on township tourism primarily touristic representations and issues of cultural heritage in t he new South Africa. Scholars offer a composite sketch of routes, destinations, and narratives to compare how the tours collectively package the townships and South Africa (Goudie et al. 1996, McEachern 2002, Minkley et al. 2001, Robins 2002, Witz 2007). I t is established that township tours present a spatio temporal


40 journey from colonial times to apartheid to the release of Mandela and beyond. Tour routes build on key thematic signifiers or sites. Tourism practices warrant analysis as deeply symbolic, as p erformances, and as forms of emergent culture history and place making. My approach grows from these underlying claims. However, as Witz (2003) emphasizes in his attention to cultural production in the public sphere elsewhere, subordinate groups const ruct their own meanings. Analyzing the Jan Van Reibeck festival as a multivocal and multivalent event, he shows that surface attention to portrayals, performances, and representations undermines a full understanding of the process of cultural meaning makin g. Indeed, we need to interrogate the forms, practices, and social contexts that go into the production of culture or history (ibid:7). Furthermore, the emergent processes tourism participants are caught up in (i.e. culture history and place making) dep end on and generate new practices and subjectivities, such as social and economic relationships, mobility in the city, or collective and individual desires. In this specific case, as we shall see, tourism plays out in multiple, interrelated ways. Some soci al processes, such as creating public monuments to heroes of the anti apartheid movement, involve contests of a more historical and political nature. Other processes, such as the experience of tourism employment, are more idiosyncratic and socio cultural. Others still may be semiotic or place based, such as the marketing of township home stays at bed and breakfasts. Township places, already laden with public and private histories and memories, are overlain with new narratives and itineraries of touristic pr oduction. To examine these social processes, I delve into the purposes and planning schemes behind township tourism, the relationships between vested parties, what outcomes emerge for local participants such as tourism employment and access to tourism bene


41 concerns. I draw out these practices through six central chapters, each exploring a different s (Chapter 4), community responses (Chapter 5), anti apartheid struggle monuments (Chapter 6), and bed & breakfast accommodations (Chapter 7). My goal is to reveal the layers of backstage structure that inform the tourism industry and untangle the webs of decision making that create the final tourism products. As a field, t ourism studies have been critiqued for privileging the collective over the particular or for reducing tourism to a set of economic activities and tourists to a set of preferences (Selby 2004:3, Stronza 2001). I place importance on allowing individual voices and interpretations of tourism processes. Tourism reveals their anxieties and ambitions surrounding notions of work, home, community, and identity. Township residents are working withi n current, inequitable, tourism structures, to achieve marginal returns and make do. The history, transformation, and growing pains cited above most vividly affect township residents. These facets serve as essential parts of township tour narratives and co lor remembrances of township places. Importantly, this dissertation engages the specific memories, political philosophies, and desires of those who narrate and design tours. Local tourism participants hold a range of experiences and this variance manifests in tour practice. Personal differences often depend on gender, race, and generation as well as experiences of poverty, education, and opportunity. For example, the eager, 20 something township men who predominantly lead township tours have built upon and diverged from the goals of the first generation of township tour entrepreneurs who more acutely remember the anti apartheid struggle. I, thus, address a dearth in the broader literature concerning the agency of local actors involved in tourism in urban con texts.


42 Such an investigation of township tourism can speak to the current status of social transformation in South Africa in the public sphere both tangible and intangible ways, such as via economic opportunity, entrepreneurial success, power relationship s, self representation, empowerment, or inter racial understanding. In the chapters to follow, I do not to scrutinize tourism as another failure of development or as simply a voyeuristic neo colonial exercise. Rather I show how tourism is working in the t limitations require a better understanding. An ethnographic investigation of the social processes behind how tourism functions can shed light on how tourism developments might be improved in this and similar community situations. The Cape Town case demonstrates that tourism plays an integral role in reshaping the social relations of people and place in a racialized and classed district in the midst of a global city. Townships as Research Space As Selby (2004: 3) notes, there is need in the study of tourism, especially in the urban setting, to cast a wide net in terms of theoretical perspectives. Contextual and theoretical underpinnings are drawn from a variety of disciplines, notably South African studies, urba n studies, tourism studies, and anthropological investigations of place, performance, and narrative. African urban spaces such as a townships have been the focus of anthropological inquiry since the Rhodes Livingston Institute based in Zambia in the 1900s (Schumaker 2001). Scholars such as Elizabeth Hellman (1948), Monica Wilson (Wilson and Majefe 1963), and Phillip Mayer (1962, 1980) devoted effort to evolutionary or structural understandings of the African transition scholarly treatment of African culture and urbanism has developed and broadened in recent decades beyond such static characterizations to see its dynamic and syncretic qualities, a call remains in recent scholarship to reconsider our framing of urban Afri can studies solely in relation to crisis, resistance, or modernization (Ebron 2002:23,


43 Ferguson 1999, Hanson 1997, Maylam 1995, Moore 1994, Parnell and Mabin 1995). In the they were and are still part of the creative potential of modern life (Robinson 1998:163). 2004:22). Living takes place on the streets, where children grow in close proximity to deprivation and violence but also come to know the importance of innovation, resourcefulness, and resistance. Additionally, peri urban areas are increasingly connected to the global economy through fluid strategies and activities that reach across social and spatial distances (Simone 1998:174 175). Between the spaces of township and town there were and are multiple sites of contact and socialization between various class es and ethnic groups of Cape Town. The mobility afforded by tourism employment increases such encounters. Specifically, we should seek an ethnographic investigation of what urban change looks like in South African cities (Besteman 2008, Judin and Vladislav ic 1998, Nuttall 2004, Mbembe and Nuttall 2004 ). A s Nuttall argues, there is also a need for new kinds of studies to consider the and Benjamin (1982), she remind s us that the post juxtaposed township tourism, the multidimensional lives and strategies of urban actors and the arti facts and


44 spaces they manipulate serve as a site from which to investigate change as well as personal and collective attitudes or approaches to social and economic structures. I draw inspiration from comparative urban studies which provide analysis of the cultural production occurring in similar underprivileged areas in Africa (Hansen and Vaa 2004, Ghannam 2002, Nuttall and Michael 2000 Simone 1998) and beyond (Cald e i ra 2000, Goldstein 2003, Holsten 1999, Jaguaribe and Hetherington 2004, Low 1999, Low 200 0, Low and Lawrence Zuniga 2003). Such scholars point to ethnic peri urban areas as important sites of possibility, shaped by locals but also affected by outside forces such as local development planning or global economic practices, both elements of touri sm I build on South African research which looks beyond political struggle or race relations as the singular determinates of identity and change (Nuttall and Michael 2000). Scholars have documented practices which sustain livelihoods, such as the developm ent of the arts (Coplan 1985), fluid networks of family relations (Spiegel and Mehlwana 1997), and informal economies (Robins 2002), uncomfortable instances of apartheid d with meanings and memories (Lee 2005, Ross 2005b). meets the same fate. I will investigate how tourism is also an impo rtant mediator of transformation for urban spaces that involves similar practices. Approaching tourism from such a perspective allows us to understand the way individuals actively remake the arena in which their community is marketed. As Jaguaribe and Heth erington (2004) argue, tourism creates new urban forms and highlights challenges present in the social


45 relations of the city, such as persistent inequalities. Writing about tourism in the favelas of Rio, another divided city, Jaguaribe and Hetherington ar suburb, such peri urban locales are best examined on their own terms. It can only be understood at the street level, at the level of performance from the air these zones look merely chaotic. The alternative or der is a product of migration, capital, and the land itself. It brings forth new urban forms, cultural synergies, and challenges to the social relations of the city, while at the same time reproducing a social structure, power relations, and inequalities. A surface of emergence for new urban dynamics, cultural production, and forms of mediation, such indistinct contact zones are porous, contradictory, and permanently negotiated. [2004:165] Importantly, I follow through on their conclusion that such areas ar Behind the scenes, township tours occur within a local drama replete with instances of success, struggle, competitive self marketing, muddled with corruption and good intentions. Current pr actices have grown out of problematic development programs and entrenched historical and socio economic relationships. Given these factors, I argue that despite a lack of transparency or adherence to a conventional model of sustainability, township destina tions voyeurism, exploitation, or reification, I do not interpret the workings of township tourism as failed community or heritage development. Rather I seek to expos e the internal social processes that fuel the persistence of certain practices, their possibilities and limitations. I show how the vested parties are strategically participating, not for dissimilar ends, but with unequal levels of control. Beyond this ana lysis, how township tourism takes place holds varied yet significant implications for township residents. I hope this approach, drawing out local experiences, can inform future work to improve to the sustainability and empowerment objectives associated wit h community based tourism projects.


46 Uniting the Study of Tourism and Place This approach to townships as research space involves an understanding of the importance of place. Tourism engages the production and construction of place. In this dissertation, th e term place represents the spatial dimension of culture. Space points on the landscape becomes place when given meaning or when it comes to hold memories of people and events (Lawrence and Low 2003:13, Feld and Basso 1996). Places, similar to tourism prac tices, are socially 2003:203). Such meanings can be individual, shared, c ompeting, and contested. Places can have no meaning apart from practice or human action, rather space becomes place when it is invested with conceptual and logical structures (Bourdieu 1977). Invoking the appreciation of culture, history, and place, town ship tourism falls, in part, in promotes cultural landscapes that hold great historical and symbolic landmarks, monuments, and Heritage, too, is socially constructed and dependent upon local contexts and practice. In effect, tourism and place making depend on similar processes: atmospheres The visited space of township tourism is a web of significant places. Under apartheid, townships became identified externally as no go areas for whites and internally as enclosures for black labor. In this case, identities beca me linked with legislated definitions and segregated places. Society became mirrored in segregated spatial layout creating zones of safety and uncertainty, solidarity and suspicion, insider and outsider (Western 1996[1981]). It is understood that townships were built by outsiders to be practical and sparse, to define, confine, and secure.


47 However, townships were also complex sub societies (Bozzoli 2004). As Bozzoli points out, although townships were hidden areas to the white minority, to insiders they were neighborhoods full of life, homes, sports, churches, shebeens and all the social drama and memory making those places entail. Overtime, the controlled spaces of apartheid design were given new and more powerful internal meanings as places of domesticity, business, culture, resistance, and the like. Given the introduction of tourism, townships are also being repurposed as a national showcase for heritage and development. Townships are being reinvented as sites of heritage while places therein are being gi ven a newly imagined past to be presented for a global tourist national memory di differ and collide with this municipal and national campaign to recharacterize place or in this case to recharacterize some places and not others, often for outsiders. In other words, the subject matter of township tours, from struggle history to Xhosa culture to the failures of development, are everyday encounters for residents. Put ano ther way, the places referenced on township tours continually become layered with meanings. Based on this understanding, an investigation of the significance of place or the use of place for various local tourism participants is a necessary part of my anal ysis. My methodology draws on work by Low, who argues that we must investigate both the social production of space (through social, economic, ideological, or technical factors) and the social construction of space


48 (through phenomenological and symbolic fac tors) (Low 1999: 112, Low 2000). 6 It is vital to probe how and why sites from homes to monuments are planned and built as well as how they analysis focuses on ho w local participants perceive the representation of themselves via tourism as it relates to place and the linking of their identities to the township. Internal contests over tourism practice and representation point to places of cleavage in the public tran sformation of townships from neglected suburbs to heritage destinations. Or as Scarpaci writes: learning how they socially construct their neighborhoods and in in terpreting the public and consumption of place in a number of ways. For example, in the case of tour guide s and managers, place is embodied in their concept of self and their definitions of success. Additionally, guides and other local hosts serve as storytellers and performers. Their narrations evince how people construct perceptions and experiences of place (Schmidt 1996:92). As transform meanings (ibid). I look to the way guides variously treat significant places, such as shebeens hostels, or monuments, to reveal how their representations of place evolve in process as a response to a number of factors. Importantly, as local participants divergently represent sites of history, culture, struggle, even everyday spaces in the home, they often enlist a selective 6 Low builds on a number of theorists such as Harvey (1985, 1990), Castells (1989), Foucault (1975), Holston rmeated with social relations; it is not only


49 description; some aspects are remembered while other aspects become purposefully forgotten or obscured. In each of these analytical ventures, emphasis is placed on drawing out the social processes behind these practices and the unresolved tensions they reference. Methodological Considerations In the last decade, I have visited Cape Town four separate times. In 2001, I came as an undergraduate student and tourist, exp eriencing my first township tour unfiltered by the sieve of graduate studies in anthropology. In July 2002, I returned for six weeks of fieldwork concentrating on how African material culture was presented by black artists in township markets and cooperati ves as well as how township crafters gained access to the greater Cape Town market place. 7 I grew increasingly intrigued in the processes of tourism in shaping the perception of places and peoples and in mediating the interaction between hosts and guests. Thus, I returned to Cape Town in June 2006 for pre dissertation research. Finally, I spent September 2007 thru May 2008 in Cape Town completing the qualitative, ethnographic study for this dissertation. The scenarios and conclusions presented here hinge o n a number of strategic methodological choices and underlying premises. Tourism as a realm of study is extremely complicated and multivalent. It involves tourists, investors, hotels, state planners and aid agencies, tour guides and companies, international travel agents, host community leaders and members, and specialists, such as academics or curators, among others (Dahar 2000). Tourism presents a methodological problem to carve out a fieldwork space in such a complex, fragmented, and heterogeneous industr y (Selby 2004:2). 7 This data served my Master of Arts thesis at the George Washington University. Afterward, I transferred to the Univer sity of Florida for Ph D work and training in the Xhosa language.


50 To understand the many perspectives and practices, a focused analysis, combining observation, participation, and interviewing with local stakeholders best served my analytical framework. My approach depends on an understanding of communi ties as heterogeneous entities and tourism and heritage as ideological, political, and economic pursuits. This approach allows t into the different meanings various stakeholders assign to tourism, and look at interpersonal transformations and relationships (Scarpeci 2005, Wallace 2005:10). Secondly, an ethnographic investigation drawing out the relationships between local particip ants can lay bare the different relations of power that are served through tourism. Such analysis illuminates how different parties, especially local community members, may be excluded from the market and decision making processes by elites, physical dista nce, and/or training. This method can further isolate network connections among vested parties (Rogerson and Visser 2004, WTO 2002). That said, in practical terms, a thorough understanding of all vested parties is not methodologically viable . My primary focus grew to be an examination of the nature of tour narratives, routes, leaders, and the places, people, and objects on which tours depend I decided to concentrate on understanding the tourism industry from a local perspective. As noted, the local is a problematic term in anthropology (Gupta and Ferguson 1997). The local social field in this dissertation refers to the Cape Town region, with an understanding that tourism and the townships are bound in a relationship with national and international forces. I found the most interlocutors. 8 Through these endeavors, I gained access to current and long term experiences of 8 osed to structured surveys. S lts, w ordinary


51 local participants to learn how tourism impacts their livelihoods, practices, and conceptions of self and community. These persons are consequently the protagonists of the following chapters such as tour operators and guides, local participants in Langa township, and B&B proprietors. To accomplish this I chose a representative sample of participants from tour companies and township destinations; this includes guides, managers, entrepreneurs, and a cast of other performers, crafters, and locals who are part of the tour experience. I began by collecting and analyzing marketing materials, such as guide books, brochures, and websites, including those of government funded tourism programs. Primarily, I conducted informal, semi structured, and structured interviews with a range of groups to collect personal n arratives and life histories. Most importantly, I shadowed a number of tour guides on their daily journeys, immersing myself in the narratives they wove, their patterns of working, and relationships with other tourism personnel including township residents Over the course of my fieldwork visits, I participated in and recorded well over fifty township tours, with representative types of guides and companies, at all times of the day, week, and year. I completed participant observation and interviews with ar ound twenty different tour operators. 9 In brief, seven companies were African owned and operated and would be classified as Small to Medium Size Enterprises or SMME. Three of these companies are managed by coloured owners or other non whites and are also S MMEs. Five companies had mixed management, meaning both white and non white proprietors shared control and ranged in size from small to large enterprise, large meaning the company has a significant number of employees and offices in multiple cities. Finall y, five companies were managed by white South social change and impacts, allowing a more nuanced understanding of tourism outcomes besides victim or villain. 9 I employ an estimate as a number of these endeavors would merge or fission during my research.


52 African or non nationals and ranged from small to large enterprises. As a constant presence at destinations on the tour route and in my interviews with free lance guides, I was further exposed to the various pr actices of other tour companies. Based on this experience, I chose a number of fundamental destinations for extended participant observation off the tour bus. As township tours transect many African and coloured areas, my analysis of tour routes, destinat ions, and narratives is not limited to a particular area. However, a regional focus is advantageous for understanding particular destinations and the associated community responses. I concentrated on the established tour destinations of Langa and Khayelits ha. These two areas represent the oldest standing and newest township formations. In a 2 kilometer radius, Langa offers two B&Bs, a community arts center, a restaurant, sites of anti apartheid uprisings and violence in the 1960s and 19 70s, worker hostels, informal and formal homes, as well as a traditional healer. As current migrants flood into the city, translation in Xhosa) (Bickford Smith et al. 1999). The area has a number of B&Bs, craft cooperatives, health and education centers, and dramatic overlooks of squatter camps. (During my fieldwork, destinations in coloured townships were not as numerous but steadily developing.) One crucial concern was regular meetings wit h residents who opened their living spaces to tourist intrusions, especially in the migrant worker hostels. This aspect of research was further bolstered by physically living in the townships on a part time basis. I spent a significant number of weeks wor king in and around township bed and breakfasts in Langa, Gugulethu, and Khayelitsha. For example, in Langa, I stayed often at two B&Bs. From there, I could walk to the Cultural Center or to do interviews among the hostels and townships, frequenting the spazas and stores, increased my


53 recognition with residents. In the evenings, I shared meals with the proprietors, other tourism me thodological choices, particularly immersion in daily township life, distinguish my work somewhat from other research on township tourism. 10 To gain a full understanding, I spent time seeking insights from other stakeholders. I often questioned members of the township community not directly involved in tourism but witness to its effects. I also spent time with city and provincial tourism officials, tourism training facilitators, and some tourist visitors. With tour company managers, I collected information about the organization and history of the industry. With officials, I attempted to document the policies guiding tourism developments at the city and national government level. I wanted to determine the role and influences of each of these individuals or p arties in shaping aspects of township tourism. These methodological choices, as well as the very subject of my research, resulted in challenges of positionality. 11 Township residents and other tourists often assumed I was a tourist, which arguably I was in one sense of the word. Typically accompanied by tourist guides and frequenting sites for tourist consumer or donation transactions, I repeatedly had to establish that I was a visiting student and not a customer. Although in some instances, having resident s assume I was a tourist and then come to know me differently yielded valuable comparative information about how tourists were perceived and treated, adding depth to my study. In one significant example of misunderstanding, I had arranged to meet with a sm all beading group in Samora Machel township. The women traded wares with an established co op/store in the city center, 10 When not in the townships, I live d a few ki lometers away in the student suburb of Observatory. In previous fieldwork episodes, I typically stay ed in tourist hostels in City Center when not working from township B&Bs. 11 Also consult the Acknowledgements for comments on positionality.


54 another group of beaders from a distant tow nship also arrived expecting that I was a buyer. They were first angry to not have been included in the deal and then quite angry to see that I was not actually there to evaluate and purchase. Nevertheless, negotiating consumer relationships were unavoidab le. Occasionally, I did purchase crafts from those I interviewed, and I always paid for my room and board at township B&Bs. I more rarely paid for tour admission as a number of company owners generously allowed me free access to their tour buses. In all of my fieldwork episodes, I often depended on local persons as drivers, translators, and references. Significantly, during field research in 2007 08, I worked with one key interlocutor, a then 24 year old, African tour guide named Siviwe Mbinda. 12 What procee ded became a mirrored experience and a fruitful collaboration that exceeded my expectations. Our time together yielded an undeniable impact on the substance of my fieldwork and the content of this dissertation. Our relationship became framed by mutual depe ndence and a somewhat mirrored experience. He, as an up and coming tour guide, and I, as an apprentice scholar of tourism, were both invested in understanding how culture could be made and remade or performed and manipulated. Our efforts together furthered his personal, vocational, and public goals as well as my own. We served as guides for each other, two neophytes, seeking a certain expertise in our respective fields. Expansion on this relationship and methodology is found in Chapter 4. I asked Siviwe exp licitly how he wanted to be identified in this manuscript and others to come. And though eager for recognition of his accomplishments, Siviwe was wary of any negative perceptions from his peers. Further, we do disagree on a number of fine points. I openly 12 I worked with Siviwe between October 2007 and May 2008. He gave permission to use his real name.


55 experience becoming a tour guide. Though removed from academic burdens, as a point of fact, I think he holds an equal sense of ownership and pride. Throughout th is document, I hide all other names of the township suburbs and streets investigated due to their historical significance. To be clear, the interviews, tours, field notes, and conversations referenced in this dissertation occurred during fieldwork episodes in June and July of 2006 and between September 2007 and May 2008. Where possible I note the dates of personal communications. However, given the nature of anthropol ogical fieldwork, readers are asked to understand that analysis is based on extended participant observation or immersion in the township and tourism community. Dissertation Outline My analytical approach is carried out in th e following main chapters. I employ ethnographic case studies of specific individuals and groups. Each chapter hones in on the social processes and relations behind township tourism practice including the aspirations and struggles of participants, the mult iple meanings given to place, and the outstanding tensions and paradoxes of this cultural heritage industry. Chapters 2 and Chapter 3 present a more complete picture of what township tours are, what they do, where they go, and how they developed. Chapter 2 introduces the participants and places that constitute the primary tour routes. Through a series of anecdotes, I show how my analytical approach builds on and differs from prior accounts. In relation, Chapter 3 takes up the development of tour practices f rom the vantage point of the beginning tour guide entrepreneurs and current business owners. I show that an empirical consideration of the role of mediators, in and


56 township representations and tour quality. Such a comparative approach to current business organization and tour itineraries must take into account the va riability in what seems like standardization. Despite similarity in current mainstream tour routes and narratives, the motivations behind these endeavors vary greatly as do individual and company ideas about quality, representation, and responsibility. A h andful of tours fall conspicuously outside the norm. By looking at various strategies for tour itineraries and differential treatment of tour destinations, I look beyond the outwardly problematic representations of township tours to engage how such represe ntations develop in practice as the result of social processes. Chapt ers 2 and 3, marking the journey into a fuller understanding of key township tour sites, begin to draw out the complex, paradoxical factors of tourism practice and how they are mediated by owners, operators, and guides. Chapter 4 focuses on making a living as a tour guide, with emphasis on my research assistant, Siviwe. This chapter continues to detail the process of creating and shaping tour routes and narratives as well as discuss the social and interpersonal aspects of tour guiding. I posit tour guides a s a new social identity, a new category of worker, forged in the contemporary milieu of serve as curators, performers, and customer service agents as well as s avvy, autonomous businessmen. Despite arguable impediments, such as disadvantages in the workplace and the pitfalls of get rich quick schemes, the tour guide is a powerful, indispensible actor working within and around the rules of company employment struc tures and tourism protocol to achieve


57 perceived as successful business men, face the scrutiny of their local community. The ideas presented in this chapter draw on models for thinking about labor in Africa (Freund 1988, Cooper 1987) and tourism as work (Ghodsee 2005, Gmelch 2003, Costa 2009). As mediators, operators and guides come to control who participates and benefits from tourism. They find themselves in n ew relationships of exchange, even race and class conflict with their peers and neighbors. To further illustrate these shifts, Chapter 5 looks at tourism in o f various social positions are able to participate in tourism. Within its boundaries, Langa holds almost all of the elements that have come to characterize the sights, sounds, and smells of the most common township tours as well as a vivid history of labor struggle, and reform. Weaving tourism. Each profile offers an understanding of how local actors are simultaneously vital to ons of culture, history, and place. Yet residents are often excluded from control over tourism practices, representations, and allocation of benefits. Throughout these Langa examples, the so called responsible tourism practices proffered by tour companies, such as visiting and ensuring aid is left at local craft shops, projects, crches, and homes, are a key feature of tour narratives. However, ethnographic attention to the backstage of tourism practices reveals competitive self marketing, networks of commi adaptive strategies to gain benefit. These examples further show the tensions in township tourism between community empowerment, personal benefit, and exploitation. Building on the previous chapters, Chapter 5 illustrates the underlying, internal logic of this community based tourism. Chapter 6 concerns political history and monuments and the role that cultural tourism plays in the process of memorializing. As an extended example, I offer a micro ethnography of one


58 strategic tour bus stop the Gugulethu Seven memorial to seven young men who were ambushed and killed by the South African defense force in 1986. A monument to their sacrifice has been erected on the main thoroughfare of Gugulethu township. However, city planners, the monument d esign artists, and tour guides interpret and use the site in very different ways. I examine how each party variously invokes the themes of community, representation, reconciliation, and violence in this one significant place. I consider how events such as the Gugulethu Seven circulate in popular memory and contribute to the making of place and narrative through tourism. This case study reveals how tourist destinations, such as the Gugulethu Seven, are cultural constructs whose meaning is often contested and maneuvered by certain groups. For example, for former ANC combatants, touring the monument is personally transformative. The multiple parties involved all actively contribute to the reshaping of the post apartheid city. Importantly, I detail how each part y may depoliticize or politicize the place in reaction to new national rhetoric regarding unity and reconciliation. Chapter 7 focuses on another exercise in the social production of township tourism environments creating luxury accommodations in the most unluxurious townships. In light of the economic and family obligations, a central role for women in township based tourism is found in the growing number of bed and breakfast establishments that have emerged in the last decade. To foreign visitors, an over night stay is marketed as the ultimate way to experience the creating networks of support and knowledge, joining associations on both local and international lev els as they transform once demeaned township spaces into globally renowned tourist international accommodation guides. Comparing their methods of decorating, ma rketing, and


59 customer service, paradoxical ideas emerge concerning meanings of home, domestic commodities, and representations of African township culture in both contemporary South Africa and international travel brochures. The female proprietors express desires for modern, respectable homes that compete with accommodations offered in swank city neighborhoods, such as giant TVs and private baths. Yet at the same time, they must maintain a strategy of selling the chaos, flavor, and hospitality of township l ife and African culture to global consumers. As these women race to capitalize on the budding tourism market, they encounter constraints upon their expressions of modern, African domesticity. But they rise to meet these challenges in specific local and gen dered ways. Overall, township tourism invokes transformation, major and minor, on a more social level, communal and personal. Marginalized local stakeholders are not without active strategies for inclusion or aversion, voice or visibility. In the concludi ng chapter, I summarize how we can interpret the practices of local actors in the township tourism drama as creative social agents working in and around current structural forces. I revisit the analytical framework posited in this chapter and the contradic tions posed by framing townships as cultural heritage. I reiterate how we can see the paradox of creating versus ameliorating ideas of difference based on class, race,


60 Fi gure 1


61 Figure 1 2. Map of Cape Town and townships ( Joshua Toney 2011)


62 CHAPTER 2 PARTICIPANTS, PLACES, AND ITINERARIES In the last fifteen years, townsh ip tourism has developed from a fledging, niche project to a significant, viable market for overseas visitors. During this time, a number of tour itineraries have emerged which focus on township destinations from Langa to the far reaches of Khayelitsha. A significant number of Capetonians, primarily township residents, have found active roles to play in the daily production of tourism or are witness to its effects. At the same time, scholars have been justly preoccupied with the symbolic and ideological pro blems which emerge when townships are recast as heritage. A complex relationship exists between heritage and tourism. In a number of global cases, debates have raged over whether heritage initiatives, often dependent upon local history and culture, enact a n important form of recovery for local communities and increase employment opportunities. Or, alternately, it is questioned whether the heritage industry only offers commercialization of selective aspects of history and culture to benefit global or nationa l tourism at the expense of locals (Bruner 2005, Chambers 2000, Kirshenblatt Gimblett 1998 Lanfant et al. 1995, Smith and Brent 2001, Urry 1995 ). To attend to such conundrums in the Cape Town case I contend that it is important to understand how the prac tices and places, such as the narratives, destinations, and representations of township tourism come into existence as well as the effects of tourism participation for local actors (Crang 2006:24). This chapter introduces the representative participants an d places involved in township tourism I examined during fieldwork. I argue that tourism is a mediated endeavor, negotiated by local participants in complex and uneven ways. Given this, I explore how current township tourism practices have developed, standa rdized, and continue to shift based on a number of social factors. Third, I draw out instances of difference or disagreement that speak to greater issues and persistent tensions in the Sou th African public sphere. I am


63 concerned with how township tourism b ecomes normalized and meaningful in the context of What emerges from these examples is an understanding of the social field as well as the multiple goals, i nterpersonal factors, and outside influences that come together in this phenomenon. Tourism practitioners and township residents hold a range social positions and relationships to each other, to significant places, to the municipal and national rhetoric pr omoting township tourism, as well as unequal levels of control over how township tourism takes place. Moreover, township places, already laden with public and private histories and memories, are overlaid with new narratives via touristic production. I als o look to current academic understandings of township tourism. I offer the opening anecdote to preface how my analytical approach seeks to look beyond the outwardly problematic representations of township tours, engaging how such representations develop in practice as the result of social processes. Scholarship on the township tourism enterprise has interpreted the composite symbolic and narrative outcomes of tours (Goudie et al. 1996, McEachern 2002, Robins 2002, Rolfes et al. 2007, Witz et al. 2001, Witz 2007). These broad critiques offer compelling observations about the problems and limits of current township representations. However, representations cannot be divorced from the persons and processes that create and mold them. Inside the Bus, Inside the Academy Township tours quickly gained the attention of local scholars noting the changing tenor of cultural heritage issues in South Africa and suspicious of tourist oriented packaging of apartheid history specifically and African cultures in general (Goud ie et al. 1996, Minkley et al. 2001, Robins 2002). Ongoing research concerns the reconfiguration of areas of contested heritage (Rassool 2000, Schutte 2003,Worden 1997), such as the remaking of museums or monuments


64 (Coombes 2003, Marschall 2010, Nanda 2004 ), as well as the discursive and cultural processes by which this occurs (Hamilton 1998, Nuttall and Coetzee 1998). Other researchers have questioned the development and pro poor aspects of such endeavors (Allen and Brennan 2004, Rogerson 2008, Briedenhann & Ramchander 2006). During my study and afterward, I met both established researchers and fellow graduate students from the disciplines of history, anthropology, tourism management, and geography, all keen on studying this evocative aspect of post aparthe id tourism, and each vying for a new way to address the salient issues of history, memory, culture, heritage, place, and commodification among others. For example, Dr. Leslie Witz, an esteemed historian at University of the Western Cape (UWC), along with South African colleagues Ciraj Rassool and Gary Minkley among others, has published widely on issues related to the intersections of heritage and tourism in the South African context, including township tourism (2001, 2003, and 2007). As a part of his 2008 field trips. Students embarked on a township tour, and Dr. Witz graciously invited me to attend the pertinent afternoon of discussion following their tour. 1 Witz argues that tourism options and marketing in Cape Town have changed dramatically in the last two decades (2007). Three key factors serve as evidence to this claim. First, Cape Town is being promoted as proudly multicultural, as in the city festival slogan Museum (featuring the cell block where 1 I attended the class discussion on April 17, 2008. All referenced quotes from the class occurred on that date. The class was comprised of around 25 students and exhibited a mixed demographic make up. Students of various ages and backgrounds, from all over Africa and Europe, were present. Witz was joined by a visiting American Fulbright scholar, a recent Ph.D. in history, who served as the class co moderator.


65 Nelson Mandela and other prominent political prisoners were detained) or the District Six Museum mentioned in Chapter 1. And third, Cape Town planners want to showcase development and progress of city services, infras tructures, and people. Township tours accordingly attend to all of these factors: culture, history, and development. One issue for Witz is visitors with a static, ess entialized view of African urban culture. In response, the class discussed how tours are a spatial and temporal journey through apartheid and its effects, couched in the history of forced removals and culminating in proof of progress and change. This argum ent is established in much of the current literature and is often explicitly spelled out by tour narratives and brochures. Basically, tours move from the central city, following the path of coloured and black citizens removed from designated white resident ial property under pre apartheid and apartheid policy. Tour guides almost invariably begin at the District Six Museum. This part of the tour, engaging the history and emotions of communities removed from central Cape Town to the outlying townships, enables later narratives and provides context as participants move to see the townships for themselves. in examples of Xhosa language or rituals and during stops such as th e traditional healer ( sangoma ), or informal pub ( shebeen ) to taste traditional beer. History (and politics) is invoked in key places, such as at the old migrant labor hostels, or the site of the 1960 pass laws march, or at the Gugulethu Seven Memorial whic h marks victims/heroes of the anti apartheid struggle. Finally, the theme of development, also noted by Witz (2007), is invoked with visits to As Witz writes, tourist participants are thus brought full circle in the temporal journey through


66 the history of the townships and strategically left with images of contemporary progress (2007). meaning that tourists were granted opportunities to give back, not just appropriate. members picked out pieces of the tour experience that were somewhat i naccurate or problematic. As an example, the places toured are not necessarily where former residents of District Six were removed to. And significant time was spent analyzing aspects related to culture that appeared to be purposefully staged, such as the stop at the shebeen to taste umqumboti the traditional beer, or visits to hostel homes in Langa. Many remarked that it was clear the residents knew the tour was coming. Others suggested that the specific pub and rooms visited were sites of a performance. One woman from a black township in another city argued that township people do not drink and fill up pubs during the day or just lie about on their beds. Another student was skeptical if people actually drank traditional beer at all. They questioned: were the residents the most egregiously staged aspect. Students could not help but notice the sign placed strategically out front demanding five rand per tourist. A nother male student was put off by the visit to the daycare, feeling the young children were forced to sing and look happy for the tourists, thus garnering donations. He questioned if all the examples of development on tours were just places to give handou ts instead of seeing real empowerment. A turning point in the discussion came when the co moderator addressed concerns about representation. He asked how time was presented in the tours. Were township tours showing ere mixed. Most cited that the shebeen hostel, and sangoma aspects relegated township to the past and ultimately had a village/rural or apartheid


67 referent. The class co moderator, then asked, who was in control of these narratives? This led to discussions of power and the weighing of tours exploitative possibilities. Was this just end, students seemed exasperated by a host of unanswered, pragmatic questions. Is this t ourism responsible? Who is really benefiting? Is tourism creating jobs and independence or rather dependence? Taking in the conversation, I was at an advantage to know more details about the so called 1999 [1 9 75 ]). Most elements of their tour, content were influenced by a number of factors and incongruencies. For instance, the black owned tour company they hired is Langa to an up and coming suburb development as soon as success would allow. 2 The address of the guid es he hires are from Langa and Xhosa speaking, but not all have afforded the time and money to become certified through coursework or registered with the provincial tourism board. This means the guides are not technically or legally qualified to give tours of their own company over personality issues and was generally bored and jaded about having to give township tours every day. He sought advancement to leading Cape W ineland and Peninsula tours instead of being cast only as a township guide. During the last tour I had taken with him that year, the guide had seemed tired, disinterestedly repeating a tour he knew by heart. That day he 2 The proprietor grew up in Langa and is in Langa on a regular basis. Importantly, he pointed out that he must come to Langa for family and cultural ritua ls. He felt that his neighbors in the new suburban area would not tolerate a lamb sacrifice in the backyard.


68 decided not to even get out of the b us at some stops, at one point telling the tourists to just go on into the daycare without an introduction and come back when they were finished. Frustrated, he appeared apathetic about whether he was successfully constructing a spatio temporal journey or providing meaningful images of hope and change. On tour, when the UWC students reached the shebeen and hostel district in Langa, the guide turned them over to a sincere and knowledgeable local man named Reginald. Many companies informally employ Reggie as a site guide, under the pretense that the official guide will be busy moving the bus ahead so tourists can do some walking, meeting, and greeting. The students commented that it was never clear who this man was. Reggie takes his position very seriously, ho wever, his approach is secretly mocked by the families he visits. If the students knew Reginald had spent 20 years in jail for violent crime, that his compensation was not guaranteed, or that the guide just wanted a break, they might have been more alarmed Likewise, the shebeen the homes, the daycare, the B & B, and the sangoma they visited each have an intricate back story. concluded with were also my questions. Mor eover, their concerns were similar to the inquiries I often received from interested tourists in the many groups I accompanied. 3 Similar in scope to this class discussion, much of the current literature on township tourism oint and analysis. My analysis builds on the underlying claims cited above. Interpretations of the tours as performances, analyses of cultural or place production, and pulling out instances of cultural reification are significant. Attention to the 3 front of me turned to his companion a nd iterated that there was no way he believed the musician actually lived there, when, in fact, he did.


69 national rhetoric of cultural appreciation or issues of heritage and community responsibility are also important to this emergent aspect of public culture in the new South Africa. Yet, as Witz (2003) has argued in another context, subordinate groups involved in su ch public performances construct their own meanings. Thus, I argue that rooting out the intricacies of local social and economic relationships and the personal desires of participants provide a fuller understanding of e elements. I begin this investigation with a detailed accounting of the types and routes of township tours mediated by tourism practitioners The Mediation of Township Tourism Tourism is a mediated process with various local and international stakeholders influencing tourism marketing and practice. In tourism analysis, a distinction is often drawn between hosts and guests. Many times, guests, or tourists, are indicated as the agents of social change, commodification, and standardization. However, research increasingly shows that hosts, or local persons and their communities, are actively shaping the ways their areas are marketed and toured (Werner 2003, Stronza 2001, Jaguaribe and Heatherington 2004). Dispensing with a simple dichotomy between host and gue sts, insiders and outsiders, Werner draws attention to the various mediating roles in the tourism encounter: The anthropological literature on tourism has dealt extensively with how tourism affects local culture, economy, and environment through use of the concepts of hosts and guests. One of the unintended consequences of this dichotomy is that there has not been adequate attention paid to those who actively mediate the touristic process. As a result, guests, rather than mediators, are often credited or bl amed for changes that occur to a society...While hosts are typically portrayed in the literature as passive recipients of externally driven change, tour operators are actively working to develop tourism. [Werner 2003:156] In other words, mediators are tren dsetters. They are prime actors in the process of tourism production. In this case, tour guides and operators are key mediators of township tourism. Their decisions can control where tourists go and how local residents may participate or benefit.


70 Additiona lly, their practices, such as selective itineraries, performances, and narrations translate the African township experiences for tourist visitors. Itineraries town ship tourism, itineraries, as non materialized or materialized form are a protected commodity. Non visit. Materialized routes are the actual course taken by guides and touris ts that may be directed by the same philosophy as the non materialized route. Although creating an itinerary is a standardizing mechanism, in practice the individual adoption of a route as well as the day to day running of the itinerary are met with all ot her kind of factors, strategies, and moments of agency. and consume pla symbolic use of the township landscape as routes follow the trajectory of forced removals from town to township to freedom (McEachern 2002:96 c daily life. McEachern argues that these sites, as places to stop and narrate, become more important than the actual significance of the event or practice being described (drawing on MacCannell 19 9[1975] ). These markers become a part of the individual ways guides and operators, as mediators, craft the message of their tour. Moreover, the choice of a route and destinations directly influences how other township re sidents come in contact with or participate in tourism.


71 Common Routes A number of over lapping styles of township tours exist. The first and most prevalent, I primarily c ultural in content and forward looking, offer ing a mix of historical and contemporary social information as well as discussing Xhosa traditions and including home visits. The main thematic markers: living culture, political resistance, and modern life, also allow tourists a glimpse of daily township existence. Companies highlighting a more h istorical and informative focus. The three to four hour journey of these township tours has a number of beginnings. Guides get their daily assignments around 7:00 a.m. Tourist pick ups occur between 8:30 and 9:00 am. Thematically some tours begin with the end of apartheid and the dramatic transformation of the country. Other tour guides first explain the history of forced remo vals at the turn of the 20 th century and culminating in the District Six example of the 1960s. Others begin with Dutch arrival of 1652 and the populations of slaves that forever changed the culture and character of central Cape Town. For so often a history lesson. When driving to the District Six Museum or to Langa clients will get an overview of apartheid and Cape Town facts. Many times guides will call attention to the December and June. Upon entering Langa, the closest township to the city center, tourists are in awe of the different types of housing, business establishments, and pr ojects. The Langa Cultural Center and similar enterprises, including schools and daycares get frequent visitors. Many tours township homes. The walking tour highlights include the sight of the 1960 march against pass


72 laws and the former pass office building, the police station, and several types of housing including council built duplexes, hostels, new middle class housing, and informal settlements. As a part of the walking or bus tour, visitors to Langa also may take time for stops at a shebeen or Tours continue away from the Langa Cultural Center, moving through Gugulethu township to visit memorials for acts of violence committed under apartheid rule (Chapter 6) or other development oriented centers. The driving route usually is designed to weave through the township suburbs, showing various kinds of housing, the differences between coloured and African neigh borhoods, as well as interesting sites such as restaurants, cemeteries, or urban farms. Then, Khayelitsha, the most remote yet largest African township, is typically the final area covered. Here again, if not yet attend to, a tour may visit a number of cap acity building programs. Finally, a shack turned bed and breakfast in Site C is a major draw (Chapter 7). Tours then usually wind back to the N2 Highway and return to town. against the traffic, one owner and guide, Kabelo, essentially runs his tours backwards. He starts his tour by driving all the way to Khayelitsha, effectively avoiding the suspicious convergence of busses at places like the famed Khayelitsha shack B&B or th e District Six Museum. Kabelo emphasizes attention away from a man relieving himself on one side of the road by excitedly describing the row of houses on t he other. There are always going to be sights in the townships that are new or elusive. He adds that he can usually assure that a tree or a building will be there the next day, but as to the person selling meat or crafts, you never know (personal communica tion, October 3, 2007).


73 Factors as seemingly negligible as a security gate can change a tour itinerary. For example, another operator and guide Sis Layla always patronized one Gugulethu tourism center and craft market until they put in a security gate. She noted that the gate is a good measure considering the prevalence of petty crime in the area. At the same time, she wondered why, if the guard can see her coming in a tour bus with tourists, they wait to sign the guestbook and waste time. Further, if the p ower goes out a central concern, considering the rolling black outs plaguing the townships she and her guests could be stuck on the inside (personal communication April 29, 2008). 4 Secondary Strategies and Alternative Tours Outside and somewhat in oppositi tours stress specialties such as music, food, or volunteer opportunities. They promise to be the most authentic, interactive experiences. These tours take the border crossing metaphor, a reference to the physical and social boundaries of apartheid, of the township experience to another level. For instance, Helen, a white South African, gives personalized walking tours, facilitates photo tours, or sets clients up with service organizations in the most remote informal settlements. Focusing on the people and lifestyle of Khayelitsha, she offers some historical background on the 30 kilometers journey from town. However, her true passion is connecting people. Often she takes groups first to visit the home of her dear friend, Anne. Anne is a Xhosa woman, a retired house, hearing her story, and exchanging questions that real connection will take place. With 4 Kabelo and Sis Layla will be discussed further in Chapter 3 on the role of owner/operators Please note that descriptions of tours and personal styles in this chapter are based on multiple excursions during the dates of fieldwork.


74 ily, she then leads the group on a walking tour through the sandy shack settlement nearby, being sure to greet everyone, enter homes, and play with children. Over the past few years, Helen herself has struggled to keep a home and worked another job for sup port. Her deep connection to Khayelitsha is evident. However, this forced interactive tactic does not always work if the clients were expecting a tour with more conventional boundaries. Another company, Red Bush Routes, 5 led by a young white South African Edward, was also inspired to make scenarios for real exchange possible. Their method is a bit more refined ry is not explicitly part of their tours, but emerges nonetheless in encounters with jazz, reggae, or personal stories. They currently offer a jazz tour, a reggae tour, a cooking tour, a soccer tour, and a number of other specialized experiences. The tours work by moving between venues and homes all over Cape Town. For example, the Jazz Safari may start at a little club in District Six to meet and hear some talented young musicians. Then the group may travel to a township home to hear about the history of C ape musical traditions, or have dinner in a coloured neighborhood as the patron plays and tells stories. Blessed with a number of contacts in the music industry, the combinations for their routes are unlimited. Edward is passionate about making the border crossing tour meaningful. At the same time he seeks to down play ideas and perceptions of social difference. Edward: This is where tourism is so fascinating to me. It is a bridge building experience. You are bringing together people from other countries, and they're normally Western, first world countries, and they come with their perceptions of what it must be like over here. And people here who are locked in their own spaces and unable to move on and get other perspectives, suddenly that perspective is b eing brought to them, which is where township tourism can be extremely 5 Please note I employ pseudonyms for company names as well as personal names.


75 creating a space for two different worlds to come together and discover more about like a glimpse into living conditions and maybe types of food... The space isn't created for people to get to know each other. And I think that and they take you around and i ntroduce you to their friends, and you can have the time to sit over dinner. Those are the kind of experiences that break down boundaries (personal communication, July 6, 2006). Alternative tours in this genre advertise the responsible nature of their tour s, in Red Bush Another alternative, one tour provider, stands out as motivated by remembrance and ideology. Cape Liberation and Remembrance Center (CLRC) excursions are led by former members Umkhonto we Sizwe (MK), the armed resistance wing of the ANC under apartheid. Importantly, the group does not want to be considered a tour company at all, rat her considers on h istorical and political information, more often than not looking backward in time to commemorate apartheid struggles. Participants and Places To appreciate how the itineraries of tourist visitors criss cross the multiple daily itineraries of township residents. As guides enact a journey transporting and informing tour ist clients, guides meet additional goals, such as ensuring partnerships with homes and destination personnel. Locals, going about their daily lives, again have a separate itinerary that variously coordinates and synchronizes with that of tourists or guide s. Many of the persons, sites, and concerns introduced in the anecdote below will be elaborated on in future chapters.


76 Initial Mediations of the Tourist Experience Eager to experience the culture and excitement of South Africa, nearly 10 million visitors a year now make their way to this large country at the tip of the continent (CTRU 2007, 2008a, 2008b). The decision to take a township tour or plan any other activity is often first mediated by local and international guidebooks and websites and can depend with certain touring companies. Tourist itineraries and tourism marketing intersect the working lives of many township residents who labor in the service industry as well as those who wait for tourist visitors to enter their ne ighborhoods. For instance, one Cape Town travel guide reads: Cape Town, the "Mother City," is the oldest city in our country and has a cultural heritage spanning more than 300 years. It also has the top five national attractions in South Africa that shou Dont miss a visit up Table Mountain; the V&A Waterfront, a unique shopping and holiday experience on a scenic working harbour; Robben Island, the former home of Nelson Mandela; the Cape Town Wine R wines are produced and Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens, internationally acclaimed The people of Cape Town are the ultimate attraction. Go on a township tour and experi ence true African hospitality, dine with a difference and experience our Malaysian heritage or meet a truly Afrikaans family. Our history is rich and diverse and a tapestry of stories is ready to be told to an ear willing to listen. Meet our artists, find out what inspires us and be inspired yourself. [Cape Town Tourism website 2009] Thus, in a number of ways, visitors to South Africa are primed to expect meaningful human encounters as much as instances of adventure and luxury. Any foreign tourist to Cape T own could begin the retelling of their experiences with an account of their chauffeured drive from the airport. As they make their way to the lustrous City Bowl and their overnight accommodations, they must pass several kilometers of shantytown. Arriving a t night, the landscape appears somewhat unremarkable, tiny stars of warm light


77 likely drawn to the informal settlements that line the outside of township communit ies along the N2 highway, concealing the more formal construction of the interior. Residents move along the paths in between, barely mindful of the passing traffic. If they are not too distracted, visitors may be reassured by a row of bright billboards pro scene is not the one the visitors expected, but it is their first taste of the spatial and economic dynamics of Sou th Africa. Just ahead, the imposing Table Mountain they remember from their travel guide welcomes them. providers they have chosen. Hotel Brochure: Located in the lobby, a dedicated travel, tours and activity desk offers transport and touring services as well as a full range of activities and excursions to all of the attractions in and around Cape Town and the Western Cape. Township Tour Brochure 1: Just twenty minutes from the centre of Cape Town is an experience you cannot afford to miss. A once in a lifetime unforgettable adventure. This tour of world renowned Langa Township and others, has been meticulously planned to promise you a lasting and deeply personal impression of the culture, history and pace of township life. Township Tour Brochure 2: If you have come to see the new South Africa, this tour is a must! 6 Encountering Local Participants uzzes in his with his homeboys 7 It is the end of the wet, grey winter season. Although business is slowly 6 Citations withheld to maintain confidentiality. 7 Homeboys is an established, colloquial town ship term referring to the abakhaya literally those from home or those men coming to Cape Town from the same rural location (Wilson and Mafeje 1963:47).


78 revving up as more foreign visitors arrive in the We stern Cape, he does not expect to be working tomorrow. Yet here is the boss of one of the companies he contracts with asking him to do a tour in the morning, maybe another in the afternoon. He is mindful to appear sober answering the phone. Certified since last May, he is qualified to accompany any tour in the region. However, he is only hired for township tours. Despite the intrusion, he needs the money, and is accustomed to the late night calls. Thando 8 rises early the following morning to boil water for bathing in his flat. He catches the minibus taxi from Langa, making it into the office in Sea Point by 7:00 a.m. By 8:15 a.m. he is off to fetch several sets of vacationing guests at various hotels in the 15 seater minibus or combi His passengers today a re from all over, Denmark, Ireland, the United States. Winding entertaining monologue about the historically rich sights of City Bowl. Driving down Wale Street towards Add erly, one township guide remarks: Guide: On your right coming up, that is the Mother Church of England, the St. George's Cathedral, also home of Desmond Tutu, the first black archbishop in our for walks on a nice day. And right next to that is the slave lodge, the green windows, that is the slave saying originated from this church that I am pointing at on your righ t. That is Mother church of the Afrikaners. Underneath that church is a graveyard and only the very rich members of that congregation got buried in that graveyard. And on a sti nking rich (tour, November 3, 2007). District Six Museum which commemorates communities devastated by forced removals under apartheid. By 9:00 a.m. he is circl ing the block to maneuver the one way street and park among a 8 Thando is described further in Chapter 3 Please note that the tours and situations described in thi s anecdote are based on the extended fieldwork experience s not particular date s Again I employ pseudonyms or keep identities anonymous.


79 number of other tour buses. Inside the converted old Methodist church building, he hurries through his introduction as a number of other tour groups are also waiting to view the main display boa rds about pass laws and identity booklets. This initial embarkation frames the historical background of his tour for visitors unfamiliar with the particular details of South nce legislated racial identities (African, Cape coloured, 9 Indian, and white) and sets a serious tone flush with remembrance, personal connections, and pungent absolution. But with a slight hangover, he is happy to let the wall placards do the work today. Graciously, he gives the clients twenty minutes to explore the museum. Slipping outside, Thando jaunts to the corner for an egg sandwich, a smoke, and the daily chat with the other tour guides busy on the same mission. s passengers eventually file out of the museum and hop back into their buses. Now awake and energized, they slowly become acquainted with one another: Moving from City Bowl, the passengers of the now half dozen buses parked outside the museum will experience two to three hours of time in the townships located 12 to 30 kilometers outside the city bowl along the N2 highway. On the wa y, Thando continues his informative monologue, describing sites such as the historic Groote Schuur Hospital, site of the first heart transplant and gets bo red with the same routine and finds it rewarding to shift between a number of projects that 9 Coloured (so called because of apartheid era South African mixed race designation) or Cape Malay history and tradit ions are emphasized on some tours, but African townships are the primary focus for the industry.


80 need tourist support. He knows that today, his tour group will encounter an array of people calmly awaiting their arrival although anxious for increased visitor num bers after a slow winter. Township Tour Brochure 2: Witness and experience our everyday life and share our struggles, hopes and achievements. See why the birth of the New South Africa was such an important day in our lives. We are sure you will leave with a richer understanding of our country. Township Tour Brochure 3: Discover how the squalor and the deprivation of the townships of a previously disadvantaged community is being transformed and provided with modern schools, clinics, electricity, clean water, livable homes and sport facilities. Their struggle against apartheid and their endeavors during these difficult years to uplift themselves through the establishment of community centres nformal pubs). 10 Two crafters are setting up their wares outside a shack in the Joe Slovo squatter area in Langa. The N2 Highway traffic streams by in the background. In an adjacent lot, security guards are in position to report vandalism or riots at the co nstruction site of new housing modules. These women are among the many shack dwellers slotted to be forcibly removed to allow housing upgrades. One of the women sets out a bowl of glass and plastic beads. Her occupation for the day will be threading the co mplicated isicawu or spider necklaces. Although the beaded bags are getting lots of compliments, very few have sold. Maybe they are too big. She likes the table to look full of colorful options. The two women know that the tourist rush hour for them will b egin around 10:00 to 11:00 a.m., maybe again 3:00 to 4:00 p.m. if they are lucky. A few blocks over, Pamela is preparing sheep heads to sell for lunch time snacks to local customers. Up since dawn to visit the butcher and get the children to school, her d ay of work is 10 Citations withheld to maintain confidentiality.


81 gawk at the meat and ask questions. Previous service as a nanny greatly improved her English skills, so the other women at the meat stand prefer that Pamela talks to the tourists. In the back of her mind, Pamela schemes how to scrape together the money and time for the tour guide training course. Down the street, the preschool children are having a breakfast snack after a morning lesson on shapes and c olors. Soon their favorite part of the day will come. Many amadwendwe (visitors) will arrive to clap for their song and dance performance. During the program, their teacher is always quick to roll out the donation box. Farther away, in the township of Gugu lethu, Mr. Mpho arrives at his daily post. Unemployed, probably on a pension, he is unclear some days. Confounded by dementia, he remembers that his last job was as a community watchman, a volunteer security guard. Now he perches by the Amy Biehl Memorial, honoring a white American student who was killed during a violent riot in 1993, and he watches over the busy NY1 thoroughfare. Soon Mr. Mpho will have tour buses to wave to. At a bed & breakfast situated far from the city bowl in the heart of Khayelitsha, the day the elder girls compliantly sweep out the dust from the streets of Site C and tidy up the traces of the seven children that live there and the constant c onstruction from adding an unprecedented second story. The girls fluff up the bedding in the guestrooms, bathe and dress the youngest children, and wash and replace the sofa slipcovers. Each girl hopes that today they will be the one chosen to greet the vi After a few hours visiting multiple sites from Langa to Khayelitsha, Thando turns his bus towards the city bowl where the tourists will return to their hotels or continue on an afternoon


82 tour of Robben Island, the infamous prison that held Nelson Mandela and other political prisoners during many decades of apartheid rule. One township tour guide ends his narrative with these words: Guide: That was our day inside the township that I also enjoyed to be w ith you. Just one thing to tell you that, understand that guys, that by doing this tour that was a good decision to take for you. If you do talk about 80% of the people of Cape Town living over the township side, and you say that you've been in Cape Town w cities in Europe, the beauty and all that type of life. It's perfectly good to see it, you will meet those people that are working the food in the restaurant. If you go to restaurant, these are the guys that tonight, they will be giving you food. If you go to the shops in waterfront, you will be served by the guys that are coming from here. The security guards at the gates in your hotel, at the front desk, you must know that these are the people that are coming from here. But the only thing you can do to understand them better is to take a township tour. that this is the only tour that you directly contribute to the life or the economy of the township. Not far, just in front of you, I live in the township, he [the driver] is living in township and we do have this work because of these tours. If there were no township tours maybe we would still be jobless today. But the crafts that are existing are existing because of you. The kindergartens that are built like that are existing because of you. Do you get me? So that is why I am saying that the tour that you' ve done, that is a great thing to do and I want to thank you for taking this tour (tour, October 29, 2007). Returning to the hotel after a day in the townships, tourists experience varied reactions. Have their preconceptions been met or challenged? Do they better understand the complicated social worlds of South Africa? Did they buy a township souvenir? Were they uncomfortable taking pictures? Do the people like to be visited? Do they feel we are intruding? Is that shebeen set up just for tourists? Are the locals benefiting from tourism? Should I buy crafts there? What is being done? How long will it take those women to get a proper house? The journey often elicits a number of questions for visitors rather than satisfactory answers. These same uncertainties drew me back to Cape Town time and again after I encountered the townships for the first time in 2001 as a tourist and college student.


83 Between Problems of Heritage and Problems of Research Such questions have also been fodder for academic research. Schol ars were quick to be skeptical of new tourism developments and content related to heritage, culture, or empowerment across South Africa after the transition to majority rule. Critiques probe the expansion of heritage and the representation of African ident ities. For example, Witz, Minkley, and Rassool (2001) point out that in cultural village tours, clients are fed a timeless and reified view of African g with cultural villages and theme parks. A vital concern was whether township tourism was to be a source of black empowerment or whether it simply presented ethnic stereotypes and difference in a shiny, new package with just enough attention to history, s truggle, and development to appear legitimate. In its early stages, it was unclear whether the commodification of struggle, apartheid, and urban poverty occurring through township tourism could be done with respect and responsibility or whether the risk o f perpetuating apartheid era stereotypes and divisions was too great to ever overcome with such seemingly voyeuristic pursuits. In scholarship, the prevalent cultural township tours come under criticism for implicitly characterizing the townships as 1) an 262, See also Witz et al. 2 001). Further, Witz argues that the common tours predominantly fail to give a high quality sense of political history. He contends that the tours characterizes the townships as outside spaces, as distinct and separate and thus history and modernity are portrayed as rooted in the city, whereas tradition and authenticity survive in the surrounding townships.


84 In my observation, certain tour sites arguably contribu te to reification of African cultural identities and practices such as a visit to meat market or shebeen establishments. Or townships are still being set apart as fundamentally different in terms of space, ethnic identity, class, and daily life practices t hrough some of the examples above. Township tourism presents an almost unavoidable conundrum for those seeking to draw attention to townships as sites of heritage and change. Historically, from colonial times through apartheid to the present, local and nat ional projects have attempted to define national spaces. The urban geography is inescapably bound up with race and identity. As Marschall writes: Africa has been unstable and con tested, not least because race still plays a key role in it. Public policy hovers uncomfortably between concepts of nonracialism and multicultural pluralism and a more affirmative push toward Africanization in the specific b ehavior and activities are performed in particular geographical spaces townships, rural areas, and racially homogenous spaces in the city, thereby perpetuating race based identity discourses. [Marschall 2010:40 drawing on Erasmus 2008] Township tourism dep ends on reference to the apartheid past and calls attention to space specific activities and identities (McEachern 2002:xii). However, even if ultimately seen as different or appalling, facets such as meat markets, homeless dogs, dirty children, the harshn ess and deprivation of township life are no longer hidden aspects of South African life. In this way, On the other hand, in some presentations, the realities of life in a squatter camp are arguably distorted by some operators to evince primarily positive changes. Guides may misinform visitors while promoting alternative images of townships as safe, happy, creative spaces. Robi ns (2002) found the themes in one township tour to uncritically go along with the discourse of the Rainbow Nation, presenting ideas about unity, multiculturalism, and


85 in allowing ahistorical or exocitizing moments, guides obscure the hydridity and fluidity of urban African life, as well as the dire realities of poverty (ibid:416). On the other hand, McEachern argues that tour guides strategically provide examples of pro gress to counteract negative perceptions. However, she finds that guides provide new representations of township people as actors and not as victims of history. In privileging the role of mediators, I do not wish to downplay the dialectic of the perceive the same time they seek to satisfy the perceived or imagined desires of their tourist audience. Their acts of creation and mediation are tied to larger local, nationa l, and global concerns about reconciliation, development, and responsible tourism. Externally, tour practice is impacted by municipal and national campaigns for community based programs as well as standards for safety compliance, tax benefits, and need bas ed aid. For example, most tour operators work under the perception that foreign tourists will prefer a non Furthermore, placing township tourism within the greater post apartheid shifts in tourism practice means w e must contend with issues of representation past and present. The shift, inciting multiculturalism, community development and promoting South Africa as safe, modern making depends as much if not more on pleasing a global audience as on serving local citizenry. But these tactics, such as the measures to remove presence of street children from tourist areas (Samara 2001) and build shopping complexes to international st andards at the exclusion of local consumers (Dodson and Killian1998, Marks and Bezzoli 2001), are being criticized as deceptive


86 may be another outcropping of this aspect of the new national imaginary. Along these lines, a great deal of scholarship on township tourism reads as a cautionary tale against the claims of reconciliation, appreciation, and development. For example, drawing (1996:66). They write: If black histories are to be incorporated within the mainstream heritage tourism i ndustry, how is this to be achieved without compromising the integrity of both the past and the present?...Without rigorous assessment, there is a danger that the South African tourist industry will simply perpetuate past divisions and replicate the negati ve impacts of tourism elsewhere. [1996:66] Although companies hiring local guides and visiting township businesses provides employment, Goudie et al. question if the industry is really fixing imbalances of power. Even though local persons are in charge, th is does not mean that all tours will avoid stereotypes and other pitfalls. Furthermore, Rolfes et al. (2007) caution: As the tourist industry is basically a commercial domain it is neither surprising nor should it be criticized that the tour operators are motivated by financial also have political and cultural responsibility. There is a risk of tour operators primarily try[ing] to present what they assume their customers do expec t. If that is the case, the conveyed township image would mainly reflect the stereotyped operators increasingly offer a kind of standardized program is already noticeable [23] Despite their survey data indicating that tourists leave the townships with an improved positive image of the townships, Rolfes et al. note that the possibility still exists for showing Africans as poor but happy, believing in witches, and glad to d ance and sing for money.


87 Similarly McEachern warns, which overall, has a rather contradictory tendency. On the one hand there are the details directed at producing a family life, education, self help projects, work networks for assisting each other in times of crisis and so on. Here is the message of normality and sameness. Yet at the same time, the tours, some more t han others, will stress difference, pointing out the cattle and goats, taking tourists to visit sangomas and to see beer making or pointing out circumcision schools. Here the townships are constructed to some extent in liminality, as borderlands between ur ban and rural. [McEachern 2002:97] Rolfes et al. and McEachern pick up on the fact that tour performances and narrations can reinforce ideas of difference despite efforts at education and appreciation. Given the examples and scholars referenced in this cha pter, the paradoxes of race, representation, and participation remain a powerful problematic. Do tours represent the townships as inherently set apart or seek to bring townships into the urban whole of Cape Town? Do tours present an alternative local view of history and culture or continue to draw upon reified conceptions? Furthermore, do township tours evoke concerns about what counts as heritage and who gets to decide how it is managed? Does the growth of tourism create opportunities for empowerment in th e townships or further an ethos of dependence and backwardness? The following chapters build on this introduction of the salient issues and overview of the participants, places, and itineraries of township tourism. Rather than see tourism issues as merely instances of failure, voyeurism, or exploitation, I seek to understand how and why certain practices have been allowed to develop and continue. To reiterate, my approach to analyzing these paradoxical issues flows from understanding tourism as a process. I selectively draw on the anthropology to tourism to approach these identified problems of heritage more fully by township tourism, one can begin to sort out the social positions of those involved as well as the various power relationships and factors influencing tourism practice and the creation of


88 representations, performances, or benefit. Instances of cooperation or disagreement serve as locations for further in vestigation into underlying social relationships and persistent tensions. townships given the constraints of a three hour tour differ in large and small ways. A gr eat number of elements coalesce to form the final presentation. Their mediations are brokered by social forces, positions, and relationships. Some of these representations, such as characterizations of cultural and historical sites, are problematic. But th ey are also questioned and contested among members of the township tourism community. A comparative analysis of different township tour types as well as attention to the decisions behind conflicting treatment of the same place by various tour guides best e outcomes in the townships are constructed by daily practice and daily encounters. The processes of mediation control where tourists go in townships and influence the flow of tourist dollars, awareness, and assistance. However, local residents are not without their own strategies to ensure participation and benefit. The active pursuit of partnerships and opportunities with operators and guides is evidence of this claim. In this case, destinations also compet e to be on the itinerary. Over time craft centers, homes, schools, monuments, and B&Bs have become residents. Following chapters (Chapters 5 and 7 specifically) will e xamine the role of mediators in relation to the people who find their homes and areas, environments and cultures objects of tourism.


89 CHAPTER 3 TOUR OPERATORS AND T HE MEDIATION OF TOWN SHIP TOURISM The larger question is, therefore, how to find a method of reading the social which is about mutual entanglements, some of them conscious but most of them unconscious, which occur between people who most of the time try to define themselves as different [Nuttall 2004:737]. This chapter offers a refined understandi ng of how tour operators function as mediators, the extent and limits of their roles, as well as the corollary processes that have implications for tourism practices and the social and economic world of the townships. Consideration of township ner/operators offers insight into the motivations, challenges, and interpersonal representations and tour quality. Secondly, analyzing conflicting treatment of specific cultural moments and places within the tour allows us to begin to theorize about what fuels and inspires the social processes of tourism as well as the problematic paradoxes that emerge. The variation of township tour routes, specifically the tr eatments of certain themes or places, serves as a window onto the social processes behind their production. Identifying differences among mediators, the operators and guides who direct township tourism, can point to underlying conflicts, in this case regar ding representations of and claims to local, cultural, and (Bruner 200 1:882). And such critical comparison, he adds, should privilege local voices and social complexities. 1 1 s still a major responsibility both to investigate the intentions and strategies in the planning of the festival as well as the


90 In the case of township tourism, operators and guides most often direct tourism practice as well as the construction of representations. Their decisions, idiosyncrasies, and relationships shape the tourist experience, the timing and content of itineraries, and they often shape how other locals may or may not participate and benefit in tourism. Moreover, their narrations serve to translate a range of Africa n experiences for tourist visitors. Mediators can use their position to assert certain identities, topics, or business and employment models. The variation is grounded in the particular social interests and positions of the specific operator or guide. It i s an outcome of social structure and social action. A Brief History of Township Tour Operators The current township tourism industry grew from the small efforts of a group of entrepreneurs in the 1990s. 2 New career ambitions, building on an African entrepr eneurial spirit and skills cemented in the hard times of social inequality, accompanied the many hopes industry was not exempt from the flood of new ideas, pr ojects, and products inspired by the national changes. Historic sites such as Robben Island and District Six gained popularity as post apartheid tourist attractions. 3 National museum displays depicting African groups were scrutinized for their appropriaten ess and altered to reflect the modern dynamism of African culture (Nanda 2004). As the tourism arrivals to Cape Town grew, so did township tourism become an established excursion for visitors, and so did the venture gain the support of municipal agencies 2 When McEachern (2002) did her fieldwork in 1996, she identified and reported on seven new township tourism companies. 3 These attractions include national game parks (Allen and Brennan 2004), traditional villages (Hamilton 1998, Schutte 2003), arts festivals (Duncan 2002 ), museums (Nanda 2004, M cEachern 2002, Nuttall and Coetzee 1998) or struggle museums and monuments (Marshall 2006), and township tours (Witz et al. 2001, Robins 2000). On Robben Island see Deacon 2004, Buntman 2003, and Coombes 2003. On District Six see Field 2001, Rassool 2000, McEachern 2002, and Hall 2006.


91 such as Cape Town Tourism (CTT), the tourism and business information center for the city. Township tourism options were quickly listed in local guidebooks as well as international sellers like The Lonely Planet The Rough Guide or During fiel dwork episodes between 2006 and 2008, I regularly checked the brochure stands at the main and satellite CTT offices. Of the estimated 300 tour companies in Cape Town at the time, all major operators, such as the large enterprises Hylton Ross or Springbok A tlas, advertised township tours, making the excursion part of a tour group's standard Western Cape itinerary. Increasingly, all classes of enterprises provide townships tours either by offering the tour as one of many common routes with a permanently emplo yed guide, by contracting with a casual labor guide or smaller company to provide the tour, or as their only specialization. Before the 1990s, few non white South Africans were active in the tourism industry in a mediating position as operators or manager s (Goudie et al. 1996, Theide 2005). Tourists encountered African cultures in fairs, cultural villages, or as part of the safari industry (Witz 2003). Or alternatively, foreign visitors most often encountered non whites in low skilled, service positions. I n summation, the apartheid era was characterized by a Eurocentric approach to heritage and largely controlled by Europeans. This is the milieu in which many standard tourist options in Western Cape were solidified. The following examples illustrate how no n white owners and guides have crafted the representations, landscape, and participatory elements of township tourism through the creation of specific itineraries and destinations. Evidence of prolonged racial tensions, pressure to convey positive messages about townships, and differences over quality and responsibility demonstrates that representations are constructed out of the specific experiences of mediators. By experience, I


92 suggest that tourism practices are informed by distinctive social positions, such as the negotiation of interests, opportunities, and limitations presented to people of color in this industry. Furthermore, operators and guides networks of operations extend both outward to local and international accommodation providers and customer s as well as inward to the local township sites and persons on whom tourism depends (Steiner 1994:131). In many cases, operators occupy a liminal space despite connections to the local. Through their relationship with customers they perceive and craft what will meet tourist demand and the character and description of townships to outsiders. As I discuss further in following chapters, in mediating where tours go, operators and guides also curtail how local residents may participate in tourism. In this way, o perators and exchange (ibid:155, Kasfir 1999, Smith 2001). ntentions and Dilemmas In analyzing various tourism practices and how they relate to brokering by mediators, I address questions of intention. I found it important to ask operators and guides why they developed certain philosophies concerning business mode ls and tour content, ascertain how their intentions solidified into particular routes or chosen destinations, and watch how these elements may change over time. To develop this critical comparison, I look at the aspirations and social lives of a few partic ular tour operators. I begin with three profiles of key entrepreneurs in the industry from the first generation of post apartheid township tourism. These persons share a common story of grassroots entrepreneurial spirit and all have continued to be success ful, although their business plans and growth have varied. Langford is the co owner of a growing local company, partnering with international investors. Kabelo runs a one man operation for tours in the Cape. Sis Layla, tour guide and guest house proprietor has made tourism the family


93 business. All of these entrepreneurs provide a variation of the cultural or educational type of tour. My experiences and conversations with these entrepreneurs, for one, reveal the structure of business and employment relation ships present in township tourism. Moreover, consideration of their goals, biases, and struggles reveals factors at work behind the final tour product. In the following examples, I look at what drives businessmen and women into tourism, what they what they want to accomplish, and what kinds of challenges they encounter. Their comments, as well as comparisons with the experiences of the second generation of township tour entrepreneurs, point to underlying issues of social position and the trenchant racial an d cultural tensions in the niche industry. Langford's story: New beginnings, old obstacles entrepreneurs. I interview the successful proprietor of Gateway Tours in his suburba n office. The double story space of offices, cubicles, and garages in the southern suburbs is the morning hub 4 In 1996, Langford left an unfulfilling career teaching high school and signed up for a Western Cape tour guiding course, certifying him to guide to the primary sights the winelands, the Cape peninsula, and the central business district. In 2008, he is part owner of a large tour company. If not number one, his company is consistently in the top three of current township tour providers during my fieldwork, sending out over a half dozen packed minibuses a day in high season. He describes himself as black and African (though not Xhosa 4 I completed participant observation with Langford (pseudonym) and his guides in June 2006 and again in October 2007. I interviewed him on July 13, 2006 and again on May 12, 2008.


94 up in a poor, coloured designated area, and now living as a very successful business owner, he says he has experienced all that both apartheid and freedom ha ve to offer. The inclination to develop township tours was solidified while completing his tour guide training course. He remembers the experience as a long lesson in history. Specifically, he recalls, travelers come her When he began leading township excursions in 1997, only one or two companies were providing township tours. 5 Langford took loans from friends because he lacked business start up capital or credit t o afford the vehicles, licenses, and insurance required to legally provide tour services. He served as the sole driver, guide, and operator. Langford recalls that any profits in the first few years went to paying off his informal loans and developing marke ting materials, beginning with a one page, black and white, photocopied flyer. He was equally challenged to provide tour content. At the time, the current, popular community arts centers and projects did not exist. Seeing tourists in neighborhood businesse s and homes was new for township residents. His strategy was to roam the townships, enter shebeens and try to meet people and make connections alone before bringing in tourist visitors. Langford recalls experiencing some resistance because he was consider ed coloured. But with persistence and a positive attitude, his tour route developed steadily. foreign owned company, Lion Tours. This is not an unusual merger considering that a number of 5 one person and one vehicle.


95 the established tour companies in Cape Town are increasingly financed or partnered by outside European investors. Langford stays on with part ownership in the company and continues to manage the township tourism initiatives. This model, or the presence of any non whites in leadership positions in township tour companies, can elicit hushed criticism, especially, but not him a stooge. Critics assume that he is a paid off stand in, assuring that large companies can get Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) tax credits (Tangri and Southall 2008, WTO 2002). Langford still has a strong hand in the daily management of Gateway Tours and interviews and hires the guides. He hires primarily black guides from townships, especially he says those old enough to have experienced and reflect on township life. Some of his African guides are not certified, meaning they have not passed a training course or registered with th e Province. One morning. Langford keeps an eye on the community oriented aspects of his tours, encouraging the guides to vary their route among the many charitabl e projects in the townships. Especially for this reason, he admits it worries him that township tour routes are becoming more and more similar. As a guide, he was always seeking out new places. Now, he feels, other companies go to the places he established as destinations. In 2004, after using some resources to help the projects he encountered in the townships, Langford co founded a Community Trust with other tour operators. Five percent of each township tour ticket price his company earns goes to the fund. By 2008, the trust was well known to Cape Town tourism and accommodation providers, who now boast their Trust giving level on their websites. The fund supports crafts and sewing projects, soup kitchens, daycares, and schools, such as the current building of a primary school library. During each daily tour, his


96 guides must visit at least one of the supported projects sprinkled throughout the townships. As the company and tour destination options in the township have grown, Langford still deems his company a pioneer in developing tour content, assisting township projects, and practicing responsible tourism. influenced by his desire to give township tours a local perspective. H e defines this local perspective from the ground up, hiring African guides, despite perceptions that as a coloured person he himself is an outsider to townships. Further, his business model becomes driven by the need to give back to the underprivileged are as his guides tour at the same time recognizing that company responsibility is a marketing boon. Kabelo's Story: One Man, One Combi a major company, is, however, not necessarily common or desired. The lack of resources and credit can make the evolution of a new business slow and arduous. Yet a great number of tour guides, of all ethnicities, who can maintain a steady stream of clients prefer to go it alone. As will be discussed further in Chapter 3, these guides take great satisfaction in their independence, in terms of schedule, tour content, and practices, despite the hard work, long hours, and flexibility actually required. Siviwe expressed this aspiration often. An exemplary independent operator, Kabelo entered the tourism business in 1996 as a freelance guide. In 2008, he has a bright blue van emblazoned with his logo and custom designed blue shirts or pullovers for every day of the week. He continues to work alone as a small, one man company.


97 We met for coffee one morning in the noisy food court of the Gardens Center shopping complex in town. I often passed Kabelo here in our respective trips to the internet cafe. Lacking a hom e computer, he regularly visits the Center to check his emails, website, facebook account, and do some grocery shopping after dropping off his clients for the day. It was the middle of the winter season, so he had the morning off because of a rain cancelat ion. Regardless, he was not stressed this winter. Finally, he explains, his combi (van) is paid for (personal communication, October 3, 2007). As owner/operator and the only employee, his overhead is low. He just has to make sure the rent is paid. Now liv ing in a small apartment in the mixed, middle class suburb of Rhondebosh near the University of Cape Town, Kabelo has developed a number of hobbies and acquaintances that distinguish him from most township residents. In his van, I noticed he was listening to an audio book of The Gift the latest self help tome advertised by Oprah. He has a great passion for dancing, hitting the town for events many nights after a long day of tours for lessons or events. Then he gets up early to do it all again. I often caug ht him practicing his steps while waiting around for tourists to finish visiting or shopping. Dancing gives him a good posture that complements his confident yet unassuming and tender demeanor. He keeps a steady stream of business from partnerships with hotels and other booking agents, about 65% he guesses. The agents often require a hefty commission, 20% of the ticket price or more. From my collection, I know he is always redoing his brochures. However, he thinks that only about 25% of his clients find h is brochure and contact him directly. Occasionally, he gets word of mouth referrals. Township tours provide the bulk of his business, but Kabelo also regularly leads other Western Cape tours. He is one of very few guides who consistently take tourists on a walking


98 tour through the shacks of Khayelitsha. Kabelo's narrative style is very free flowing. Despite participating in his tour four or five times, his narrative always seemed a bit different from the last, never rehearsed. He likes to make jokes, but comes across as contemplative about how he describes the townships and about his business decisions. After a decade as a one man operation, he has learned a lot in the trenches of company and antage of being a small (personal communication, July 21, 2006). He has taken to heart lessons from business development and marketing workshops. But more persona lly, as the primary driver and guide, he likes to maintain control over the content and service associated with his name and his brand. Kabelo does not contribute outright to any township development projects, but is sure to visit at least one or more dur ing each of his tours for tourists to give support. Again, he is one of few guides who frequents the neglected and out of the way Khayelitsha Craft Market. In another respect, Kabelo has a great passion for customer service and tourists' well being. For ex ample, he only provides half day Winelands tours because he believes the full day tours are a waste of clients away from the aggressive, Kenyan craft sellers who can make visitors uncomfortable. Talking over the coffee and the din of the busy Garden Center, he gives an emotional explanation for this enthusiasm. Township residents, he explains, misunderstand what tourists are and what they do. Early in his career h e understood that it was most people's dream to be on holiday. The tourists he served had often schemed, saved, and planned to come to South Africa. Sentimentally, he recalls the client visitor from Eastern Europe who had brought a take away snack from his


99 marveled at the man munching on wheat toast and jam, as the other tourists went off to get hot lunches. The man was also Kabelo's last drop off. In conversation, the client expr essed that he still needed to get to Table Mountain, but was going to have to plan to walk as the cab fare was too high. Kabelo took him to the Table Mountain cableway. When Kabelo refused a tip of R50 for the good deed, the man broke down in tears in grat itude. Now Kabelo is appalled that township projects, residents, and even tour companies treat white tourists as "cash machines." So despite supporting many projects, he tries to avoid the homes and centers that conspicuously place out donation boxes, es pecially when he cannot answer for how donated funds will be used. Township people should be proud, he exclaims, not asking for handouts. Further, he believes tourists should be able to learn about a life different from theirs without that pressure, withou t being told what to feel sorry for. He has seen the good donations can do, but feels that donating should happen because the persons are moved, not because they are begged. That said, Kabelo is similarly weary of some tourist bad habits. He never adverti ses with the many city bowl hostels, trying to avoid young backpackers. In his assessment, they fail to take the educational excursion seriously and are often late. Additionally, he does not allow pictures from inside the van and will not accommodate purel y "photography" tour requests. He educational tour, not a photographic tour. He is exasperated when clients seem unable to engage with his tour or disengage f rom what they think they know about townships. I recall his disgust at a tourist who asked at the end of the tour why they did not see more pregnant teenagers. t ownship locations but to care for and educate foreign travelers. In this way, he has been able to

PAGE 100

100 afford to move out of townships and find success in global and local networks of advertising and commission. He takes responsible tourism seriously, but doubt s the intentions and follow through of township donation box culture. He has little patience for residents or customers who Sis Layla's Story: Family, Identity, and Business Notably, in a niche industry dominated by men, a small number of the primary entrepreneurs in township tourism were female and called on an extended family effort to make a go at tourism. For example, since the early days of township tourism in Cape Town, Sis Layla has been consisten tly listed in guidebooks as a local expert. Despite a stature just above four feet tall, among the tourism community she is regarded as an intimidating force to be reckoned with. Upon staying in the family home, freshly turned into a bed and breakfast, I r ealized Sis Layla simply holds herself and those around her to a high standard. Her work ethic is tireless. Although plagued by high blood pressure, high blood sugar, and back pain, this grandmother of four works a near 18 hour day. She runs all over town carting tourists and spreading marketing materials, only coming home to cook and clean for family and guests, endlessly dirtying and washing dishes. An entrepreneur since her teens, working out of the home is nothing new. She had variously sold grocery go ods and used clothing in her Heideveld home from an attached spaza (informal shop). The B&B venture is a new part of her business plan, but she is quick to point out the idea was not inspired by recent World Cup fever. Rather, she is always plotting how to diversify her products or means to income. Sis Layla speculates that the township tourism trend will decline in the next decade. But Cape Town is hosting more and more conferences drawing local and international guests seeking affordable accommodation. Ci ting the World Cup 2010 fever brining many new entrepreneurs into tourism, she fears that many newcomers, especially young

PAGE 101

101 entrepreneurs, do not understand how much hard work and flexibility sustainable success in tourism requires (personal communication, April 29, 2008). Before Sis Layla paid her dues, she was similarly seduced by the conspicuous signs of success distinguishing some tourism workers. She vividly remembers, getting her hair done at a salon in the Cape Flats and being mesmerized by another b lack woman with a cellular phone and a shiny microbus. This was 1992, before cell phones dominated the townships. Sis Layla had to The woman was in tourism, worki ng at the downtown information center. The encounter inspired Sis Layla to take the tour guiding course. Her husband and eldest son would follow. With little outside support, the family learned the industry from customer service to business management ski lls to web design. Now, she says, Cape Town Tourism is urging her to attend classes on branding and networking taught by people half her age who are new to the industry. She goes hoping it will not be a total waste of her time. But Sis Layla finds it both vexing and encouraging, she admits, to see such support for young black entrepreneurs now when she had nothing starting out. The influx of young black guides and the expansion of township tourism troubles her for another reason. In her appraisal, the new g uides do not know the history of the townships. She explains, they are only telling you about something they have read, not something they have felt you rather go with me? What can they tell you about living here? In terms of company responsibility in township tourism, Sis Layla sees attention to content and the qualifications of guides as a paramount issue. She sees lack of knowledge, combined with over eagerness, leading to diminishing quality for the tourists and for representations of the townships. For instance, Sis

PAGE 102

102 guides may be told not to engage the past, only focus on the present, the future, and examples of positive change. Her husband adds that they saw township tourism as one way to take back control of the narratives about the townships, to give people a nuanced experience. But they feel the newcomers are just foll owing a set routine. The family understands that they themselves are capitalizing on the popularity of black culture, but now even white companies have Xhosa names. Sis Layla laughs describing how one of the white owned companies she contracts with tells h clarifies that she does not want to sound racist herself, not as if she is Both Sis Layla and her husband come from mixed race backgrounds. For Layla especially the apartheid policies of the Population Registration Act and the Grou p Areas Act wreaked havoc on the stability of her natal family. Because her father was classified as African, neighborhood to Gugulethu. Her parents agreed to divorce so that her mother could retain her career in nursing, a career not open to those classified as African, if only by marriage. Sis Layla I took a tour with her son during my fieldwor k. Driving through the Gugulethu streets, he recounted deeply personal memories of visiting his two grandmothers, one in the African township and one in the coloured suburb. He talked fondly of the differences, the foods, the

PAGE 103

103 people, and having to sneak pa st township border officials after curfew. However, a German client interrupted his recollections to ask how many schools were in Gugulethu today. As a mediator of tourism, Sis Layla is helping to define who participates in township tourism, and she is he lping her family reap all possible sources of revenue. Despite the this industry. Tacit acceptance of her role as a smiling, African guide to the companies she contracts for, however, speaks to the contradictions and limitations inherent in drawing static lines between dynamic concepts such as localness and authenticity. Further, it is not always clear how these mediated distinctions can be conveyed to tourists. Growing Apart Together the non white players in the nascent township tourism industry. Most told me they were optimistic, but had no idea how popular and competitive the niche market would become. The three joined an elite group of other early entrepreneurs who gathered in a 2004 2005 workshop for non white tourism business owners (Mellet 2005). Their resultant publication, a collection of individual profiles, further present reveals issues of continuing concern for township tourism business owners and their personnel. First, one of the organizers' goals was to address township tourism as a niche market and further develop cultural tourism packages that would address the entrepreneurs were already offering or developing a number of tourism options beyond township tourism. Yet organizers felt th e need to respond to a stereotyped industry characterization that black persons can only do township tours. They write:

PAGE 104

104 It provides a challenge to change the limitations that have been faced by black tourism entrepreneurs competing with well organized, wel l resourced and entrenched traditional tourism businesses. It presents an opportunity to break out of without suggesting that this is not an important component. [ibid:8] In this vein, the organizers provocatively suggest that black populations generally lack the this workshop provided these materials and outlets. Second, organize the attendees. Yet Langford and other participants variously report that engrained racial issues and competition resulted in the members accomplishing more for individual than collecti ve aims. The participants hold various conceptions of who has a right to provide and lead township tours. Divisiveness and competition over who should control the market is as great outside the confines of the townships as it is inside. Company proprietors often accused one another of appropriating following his guides as the industry grew and commandeered his route. In many cases, partnerships among operators appear to hav e formed along racial lines. In effect, the issues highlighted in the three profiles, such as generational and racial differences, disputes over access to the township tourism market, and differing goals, such as quality or community responsibility, for t heir products, would persist as consistent, paradoxical questions for the industry. The Second Generation and the "Real," "New" South Africa Seeing the seemingly easy success of fellow township residents was a strong incentive for educated, skilled and une ducated, unskilled entrepreneurial types alike. Inspired by the tour bus phenomenon, the next generation of township tourism proprietors has grown with much encouragement from the city in the form of subsidies and awards. These new companies did

PAGE 105

105 build upon the destinations identified and nurtured by earlier entrepreneurs and community development forums. But they have also helped to develop new places for consumption of the townships to take place. Many have quickly adopted the rhetoric of community respons ibility as a selling point. Cape Town officials were happy to see tour options promoting non white culture and using non white guides. Publicly funded programs such as Tourism Enterprise Program (TEP) and Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) assisted first tim e business owners or rewarded affirmative action in employment (Verhage 2004, Township tourism was connected to and bolstered by wider local and national initiatives. The head of CTT expressed that township tourism should be about authentic local experiences that empower people (CTT director, personal communication, July 20, 2006). Rhetoric and goals associated with community and responsibility soon affected township tourism marketing and practices. However, although satellite CTT offices a nd community development forums were put in place to monitor and assist growth, the township tourism industry, company practices, and destination forms largely grew without much regulation or oversight (Chapter 5). Success in tourism is not guaranteed, of course. But some second generation tour companies that began with one man and one combi, like Kabelo, quickly grew to hold a small product. The company is based on a b usiness partnership between two men, one white and one African. The older, white man, Daniel, found the tours a lucrative investment. A business owner and former Rhodesian soldier from Zimbabwe, he surmises that township tours are the one in the basket of tours in the Cape Town area that requires a professional guide. For all the other tours, such as Cape Point, the Winelands, or Table Mountain, tourists can reasonably and safely go on

PAGE 106

106 their own. Secondly, as the route is very close to town, he does not hav e to worry about stranded tourists and a bus breaking down a half days drive away. Finally, he was persuaded by Ayanda, his partner and the head guide. Before coming to tourism, Ayanda had held a number of unrelated jobs such as with the electric company. communication, July 24, 2006). Freedom tours faced similar issues of community participation and racial tens ions. When they began, the company helped found and furnish a day care center with tour proceeds. They took their tours to visit the day care each day, hoping clients would be inspired into donating more. By 2008, the daycare project had fallen through and their guides simply visited the same projects in Langa as most other tours. I believe Ayanda took measures to occasionally reward the hostel and shack homes the company visited on a regular basis with monetary compensation. W hen I met with him again in 20 07 transitioning. Now he manages the other guides. The company now has two to four busses feels stigmatized by hi s African associates for having a white business partn er (personal communication, October 24, 2007 ). Another successful black tour company owner from the second generation, for example, nerships (personal communication, January 30, 2008). He fears that some, especially white owners, are only interested in profits leading their tours to take more risks, such as not having a site guide and offering night tours in unsafe situations. He is wo rried about the increasing presence of white and coloured guides not only because of tour content and representational aspect but because of

PAGE 107

107 patron safety. He recites to me the two familiar types of stories of clients being mugged narrative legends in the industry. For one, a coloured guide and his group are relieved of their bags and cameras in the Joe Slovo squatter area. Dumisani adds that it is not impossible for a white or coloured person, but when it comes to safety and neighborhood knowledge, an Afri can guide will fare better. He gives another few examples; all stories end with negative consequences tied to outsiders. Caught in a contradiction, Dumisani would not suggest that township tours are unsafe, only that his local guides can better assess risk s and safety precautions. He admits, invoking the items are always quickly retrieved by valiant local lookouts. He argues that the prevalent use of step on site g uides in Langa is evidence that his competitors agree. He would never take tourists to the Bo Kaap because he does not have any local knowledge there. I often asked whether or not the ethnicity of the tour guide mattered for giving a township tour. The ans wers from respondents varied in significant ways. Langford, hiring both African and coloured guides, reflects a common position that only non white have the appropriate knowledge and experience. Others like Dumisani feel that even coloured guides should no t give township tours in African areas. Interested in reconciliation and equality, Langford says he knows his opinion is contradictory, but just as a business model having whites do township tours is seen as less credible. 6 W hite guides have a different as sessment of this argument as I will discuss. But overwhelmingly, it is overtly implied that black Africans, as township residents, will know their own history and give the best tour. This reasoning is built into a number of tour guiding training programs ( Chapter 4). 6 He says he has received negative feedback, especially from African American clients, when his coloured or white guides do townships.

PAGE 108

108 As with accusations of deception, risk taking, and lowered quality for profits, internal criticism of tour content and rights to the townships rose as competition grew among tour companies. One company is charged with bribing staff at Robben Is land for access to tickets. But given the growing standardization of township tour routes, the market held room for diversity with new types of tours and the continuance of prevalent white and coloured personnel. Further, the enticement of tourism continues to grow for township re sidents. However, among guides and small companies there exists a proliferation of company fissioning. A guide will contract with many different companies as a casual laborer. And many guides will seek to start their own company, again while providing priv ate tours on the side as contracted per diem labor (Chapter 4). Frequently, new brochures still appear at Cape Town Tourism for small operators striking out on their own and specializing in township tours, claiming they have devised yet another new and dif ferent route. In sum, although township tourism is growing and expanding, fundamental issues such as how to talk about and account for racial difference or community participation continue to feature prominently. Tour operators, as mediators, are influence d by their personal social positions and past experiences as well as concerns for consumer satisfaction. These positions effect day to day operations, but are most visibly present in actual itineraries and narratives presented for tourists. In their prefer ence for African guides and non white control over township tours, operators like Sis Layla and Dumisani are staking claim to insider knowledge about townships to the exclusion of other possibilities or opportunities for cooperation.

PAGE 109

109 Destinations Establis hed in Chapter 2, itineraries are the medium through which tourist consumers are omparison of visits to the same destination. I learned of a number of internal critiques and disagreements as well as the multiple ways guides use places and representations to express information, values, or meaning. In these facets of township tourism th e realms of cultural production place culture and history making are drawn out of social processes of mediation. The first example elicits one set of contrasting representations mediated by owner/operators. Below, Ayanda and Fikile are not only seasone d guides with several years of experience in the industry; both are now business partners in their own tour companies. Two Shebeens Ayanda leads his troupe of six tourists down the narrow, muddy alley called eMdhaka. (tour, July 4, 2006). Unsure of where they are headed, the tourists nod and greet the many local residents curiously peeping out the undersized doorways of the informal shacks lining their path. The smell of burning wood and fermenting drink billows out o f these dimly lit rooms, wafting around the impaired patrons of the shebeens aged face as he motions for his group to enter the last small tavern on the left. The tourists take a seat along the wall, sq ueezing in among the regular clientele. A fire warms and lights the tiny, dark room to reveal a hefty woman wrapped in a soiled apron, busy tending to tubs of beer made from corn meal and sorghum. An older black gentleman appears passed out in the far corn er. Ayanda greets the whole room as if they are old pal s and again assures his guests.

PAGE 110

110 Ayanda: We have to get seated. Some of you guys can sit even here. Can we say Tourists: Molweni Madoda. Ayanda: S hebeen W oman : Molweni. Shebeen is an Irish name that means illegal pubs. You know my tour combines three expertises I don't talk of what did happen before only, no, people they want to know of course, but people, they want to know apartheid government decided to ban the political organizations, more especially after 1963. This is very important. After 1963, after Mr. Mandela was locked in prison, the apartheid government decided to ban all the political organizations for the blacks. White people they co uld continue with their politics, but black people So they decided to ban all the political organizations after 1963. They introduced the law that was not allowing more than five people gathering together. You know, if we were more than f ive talking seriously to each other as I am doing now, the policemen, they were to come and lock us up as the black people. And you were to that law was introduced, the apartheid government realized in our pubs there can be people, they are not coming to these pubs in order to drink to get drunk. But people they are coming to socialize and ge t drunk later. They realized that is a problem, because it is where people can teach each other politics. And they decided to close these pubs and they named them shebeen... also sorghum. It takes three days to ferment. And the percentage of alcohol in this one is between three and three and a half percent, same like any other normal beer, very healthy and highly recommended by the doctors even for people suffering The men that you see here are the shebeen members. They contribute three rand per head because a bucket like that one is 12 rand. And this lady is the shebeen queen. She is the one who is keeping the gentlemen here smiling all day.

PAGE 111

111 And now I'll join. I'll be paying for you to be members. If you don't want to taste taste with me you are welcome to do so. The slogan that these gentlemen are using, you will hear them saying "hamba Ayanda kneels down to taste. The cameras and flashes snap all around the sma ll room as Ayanda grins with the silver bucket to his lips. Ayanda: mia lovely beer! [ Ayanda passes around the bucket. ] nutritious. You'll see the men here the whole day not getting hungry. Dance music booms in the background from a stereo outside as the tourists curiously and cautiously pass the brew around the circle. They hand off their cameras to one another, capturing pictures of themselves wit h the frothy bucket to their lips. A few more squeamish people pass on the experience. Other tourists comment on the sour mash taste as beer aficionados. One woman A yanda says : erupts in smiles and laughter. A number of companies bring their tour groups down this same muddy alley way or frequent similar drinking establishments hidden among the winding streets of Langa township. Shebeen admission by the day or month to gather for a drink of home brew. The fortunate patrons in the visited pubs get a free buck et every now and again from the tourists. For Ayanda, a visit to the shebeen umqumboti is an integral part of ceremonies and celebrations in both the rural and urban setting, such as weddings and initiations (McAllister 2006 ). And as he alludes, the shebeen also provides a way to discuss the political repression of the apartheid era. These speakeasy establishments served as clandestine meeting grounds for rebels and were also a source of internal controversy. Youth admonished

PAGE 112

112 their elders for spending time on drink in municipal beer halls instead of struggling against apartheid (Bickford Smith et al.1999:88, Anderson and Field 2003, Bozzoli 2004). Ayanda proudly plays up this boisterous and historic piece of urban life in the context of the present. Given the scene, however, a visit to the shebeen can be an equally shocking and eye stop is often the busy Cultural Center. Here the r ules of engagement may initially be awkward, but as a market and a site of commerce, they are reasonable to negotiate. In the shebeen some tourists are pushed out of their comfort zone to sit next to, shake hands with, and share a not so clean drinking ve ssel with some questionable township characters, many who may not speak English, and many who may have been drinking for several hours. Even for tourists seeking an interactive tour, this may not be the experience they envisioned. For these very reasons, o ther guides avoid going to the shebeen at all. As another African guide, explains, he refuses to walk foreign visitors into the muddy streets of eMdhaka. Fikile feels that such shebeen fe (personal communication, July 26, 2006). He says that encountering a number of unemployed, full time drinkers, maybe marijuana smokers in that alley gives off an unnecessary, bad impression and can result in uncomfortable situations. However, Fikile sti ll sees the home brewed beer as an important cultural topic. Thus he cultivated a relationship with a community elder, Mama Busi, who is also in training to be a traditional healer. She brews beer in her clean, rance. Fikile enjoys boasting that he is providing a job and assistance to an upstanding local resident. He pays her about R600 a month. He value to the experienc

PAGE 113

113 breaking exchange. Dressed in traditional Xhosa gown, apron, and headdress, Mama B usi shares information making, beading, medicine, and other cultural elements. By contracting with Mama Busi, Fikile can also avoid taking tourists to the crowded and dingy traditional healer establishment on W ashington Street that some tour groups visit. In this instance, it has to be asked what this says about the social positions of mediators in relation to the representation of township life offered by Mama Busi, stoic in her traditional garb and accoutreme nts in contrast to the vibey, dank shebeen of eMdhaka alley. In their various strategies, Ayanda and Fikile bring forth contrasting representations of African and urban culture for their tourist visitors. With his amicable and outgoing personality, Ayanda endeavors to make his guests feel comfortable among the homes and businesses of Langa. A visit to the shebeen elicits a number of important questions from his guests about housing, crime, drinking, employment, and when and if they can take a picture. 7 Jov Moving between dilapidated hostels and renovated homes, Ayanda Now and again, he mentions that some urban practices depend on rural traditions. Fikile, on the other hand, walks the same paths as Ayanda but with a more subtle style and reserved demeanor. Despite his goals of knowledge and respect, Fikile, calls on an out of place pe rformance. His tour depends on a presentation, asking few questions. 7 Despite some cynical interpretations, the shebeen ithout the tour bus presence, these informal pubs would be in business.

PAGE 114

114 Additional Destination Comparisons Such contrasting treatment of the same place by different guides or operators is frequent and most often occurs at sites of cultural practices. Take for instance the scene at the sheep head spaza At several junctures throughout the tour route, guest pass open air meat markets, a key feature of the township infor mal economy. 8 Again, this facet of township landscape is potentially shocking to first time visitors. Near the train station on Washington Street in Langa, women d grills. Stray dogs and flies circle the stalls. The main row of sheep head vendors is located adjacent to Mdhaka Alley. Here several women each set up a station complete with boiling water, a roaring fire, simmering metal rods to burn off the fur, and a table of wrapped wares in newspaper print. Pausing at the station and letting his clients catch a glimpse of the row of uncooked, smiling sheep heads, Ayanda launches into a popular joke; he knows today many of his clients will claim to be vegetarians. Te lling the group how good and sweet the meat of cheeks is, Ayanda leads them over to take pictures of the women and their work. Ayanda introduces the group to one of the cooks, Pamela, and allows her to speak and answer questions. In a similar manner, Fikil e describes the sheep head from inside the bus early one morning. Fikile: Sheep head's here people. Sheep heads are a delicacy. Again this come from the culture that in rituals an ox head, a sheep head, the feet, the liver are eaten by elders. The most res pected members of a family attending a ritual are the ones that entitled to eat a sheep The women come from where slaughtering is done. They'll buy the sheep heads. They'll buy the liver. They are probably still dressing up now to come and make the fire with the firewood which they would have collected also, and then they will start burning the fur of the sheep head, cut it in half, wash it, take the brains out, they don't eat the brains. Then boil 8 (1990) for nonfiction, narrative account of memories of cooking and selling sheep heads.

PAGE 115

115 market serves the very same people living here. The train station is down that way so when people are coming back from work the sheep head are there cooked and ready. Take it home and share with the family. So if you have money you can enjoy that's their culture. The sheep heads are eaten by the elders so it differs. The culture that you get in one township differs, you have to therefore know which tribe is it and only then you'll come to understand why it happens (recorded tour with Fikile, October 2, 2007). In much contrast, a young African guide, Fred dy, who gives township tours regularly for one of the large companies, made it a point to shock visitors with the scene. As we approach the meat stand, he tells the clients that we are stopping for lunch. Already, frenzied by his rather awe inspiring prese some prank (tour, November 14, 2007). In yet another instance, an older, coloured guid e who works for Langford, points out the need for informal food markets, citing lack of access to proper shopping areas and kitchens. At You will notice the flies, not hygienic, but for m with guide, October 30, 2007). Categorizing the causes and instance of such arguably distorted or exoticizing characterizations of township features is difficult. I do not want to draw an over determined relationship between race and representation. Rather, characterizations more often depend on cultural knowledge, relationships to the town ships, as well as opinions about social ills. For example, in the following exchange, a female, African newcomer to Cape Town from Johannesburg describes Mdhaka Alley to a group of white South African tour guiding students.

PAGE 116

1 16 Her negative characterization is very different from the emphasis on culture and history invoked by both Fikile and Ayanda. Guide: In front of us this is the typical spaza shop and shebeen. Can you see? People are sitting in the morning and drinking. This is the type of life they do. Fem ale Student 1: [ Gasps ] Where do they get the money to drink? Guide: Ask me again. That is the million dollar question. Female Student 2: The woman comes back with money. Female Student 1: Why don't they get up and clean it up? Female Student 2: They don't want to. Guide: They just want to live like that. That's why I say they don't even see the concept of "vukuzenzele." 9 That is what they wake up and do. She is interrupted by Instructor explaining that the women do the work, while men sit around the fire and discuss important events ] (tour, May 22, 2008). Beyond these questionable characterizations and more common lessons in history and culture, tour guides additionally often accentuate positive changes in the new South Africa through their descriptions of destinations or places along the route. For example, walking past the Langa police station, Siviwe points out the old caspir the armored tank used during former times of township riots 10 Yet, he spends more time noting that the current Langa police force has a mixed demographic and that residents now see police men of all ethnic groups working of South Africa. Another guide, Vusi, spends time explaining the importance of the informal 9 Wake up and do it emphasis on partnership of government and society in all sectors and communities on the basis of active participation in the programme of action. It evokes the spirit of volunteerism and civic responsibility. It stresses the ( 10 I accompanied Siviwe on dozens of exemplary tours between October 2007 and May 2008.

PAGE 117

117 economy in the townships. He tells his clients not to see home grown markets, meat stalls, and shebeens as signs of poverty, but rather as signs of entrepreneurship and cooperation. In contrast, he is clear not to just present a positive spin on the townships to, rather he is driven to clarify the underlying structural forces as he understands them. Other mediated aspects of destinations depend equally on internal so cial partnerships with township residents. Visits to community projects, such as daycare, soup kitchens, recycling centers, further serve to show the good they are doing rather than the problems they developed to combat in the first place. A number of comp guides visit at least one of the projects that tourist proceeds help support, such as a day care or soup kitchen. Guides can switch between a number of community oriented stops to give themselves some vari ety. In this scenario, guides preferences and partnerships influence the flow tourist dollars and donations. Furthermore, commission based partnerships between local and guides, such as at craft markets, affect what spaces are visited. Guides may be reward ed with behind the scenes relationships that determine the destinations, char acter, and tempo of tours. Similarly, guides have various strategies for making tours feel more interactive with local residents, intensifying the sense that tours offer a beneficial experience for all involved. These instances also depend on social relati onships between guides and residents. For some of the least interactive tours, the ease of the B&B stop in Khayelitsha has long provided a remedy. However, in high season, such places are packed with buses each on a similar day schedule. Many companies con tinually seek out new avenues for providing both interaction and the feeling of

PAGE 118

118 example. Times of interaction and donation are a source of much controversy, re sulting in some equally contrasting and problematic situations to be discussed further in Chapter 5 on tourism in Langa. Discussion Early entrepreneurs like Langford were instrumental to the founding of common routes, destinations, and themes of township t ourism. Established in Chapter 2, for operators and their respective guides, the strategies for how to represent the townships differ in large and small ways. A great number of elements coalesce to form the final presentation such as personal beliefs about race, customer service, and how townships should be presented to an outside audience. The examples in this chapter show how their mediations are brokered by social forces, positions, and relationships. The vested parties come to the table with various set of intentions, backgrounds, and experiences. Despite similarity in current mainstream tour routes and narratives, the motivations behind these endeavors vary greatly as do individual and company hey visit. In looking the social processes that build tour routes and narratives, a number of paradoxical situations emerge. Tourism practices intersect private goals and struggles as well as community and individual ideas about self, race, and place. Tou r operators are confounded by attempts to couple customer service with educational goals in a quasi politicized sphere. In other words, those who shape township tourism are similarly entangled in the dilemmas of the South African public sphere that they in voke. Langford, Sis Layla, Kabelo and the others mentioned above come to township tourism with heterogeneous life experiences of apartheid, struggle, and economic success. At the same time, they share certain social positions as a part of the budding, non white middle class, non white business owners, and previously disadvantaged outsiders to certain economic activities

PAGE 119

119 based on race. Now, they are more freely able to physically, socially, and economically cross the borders of apartheid. The entrepreneurs are also insiders to the township experience in a way that distinguishes them from most of their white counterparts in the tourism industry. Their philosophies towards race, representation, and business speak not just to idiosyncrasies but rather reveal th e characteristic desires, pitfalls, and conflicts for themselves and their peers. As with many of the new ventures in the public sphere, the growth of black owned tourism businesses and the reinvention of tourism options emphasizing black cultures encount ered growing pains, obstacles, and attitudes formed during the past century of legislated racism (Coombes 2003, Goudie et al. 1996, Rogerson 2008). I argue that the representations and narrations of tourism more often reveal how people are being reflexive through tourism practices, how they are making sense of the world around them, identities and policies, old and however, a practice of resolution, but can u Unresolved ra ce issues are simmering in non of township tourism and their accusations of inaccuracy toward their competitors of all racial itioners are stymied by the continued prevalence of apartheid born boundaries. In her recent work, provide a way to acknowledge how the injustices of the past co (2008:13)? How township tourism should speak to current racial identity politics is a complex issue among participants as seen in the examples of contrasting destination representations or

PAGE 120

120 opinions about white participation in township tours. Although seeking to convey non racialism or multiculturalism, tourism narratives often depend on reductive statements. As Urry argues, understanding, especially if operators are focused on maximizing other objectives such as visitor numbers and profits (in Crouch 2000, Lash and Urry 1994, Smith 2003, Urry 2002[1990]). Clearly operators also broker who participates in township tourism. Currently there ex ists a preference for non white participation in township tourism as the entrepreneurs note and white is linked to ideas of authenticity as point of personal pride and as a selling point. Thus another key point to address is that, at the end of the day, this is still a business. Any counter hegemonic, community empowerment, or heritage from below mission is affected by pragmatic economy o f time, space, and money (Lash and Urry 1994, Urry 1995). Tour content and business practices are constrained by the 3 to 4 hour time frame, the hectic schedule of guides, the demands of tourist visitors, and the pressures of contending in a competitive in ternational industry. Finally, I reinforce that the conditions affecting how tourism takes place are equally, if not more so, dependent on specific local practices, cultural contestations, and power relations. Without oversight, however, the circulation of responsibility rhetoric often results in a paradox: the goals of appreciation and development can coincide with the perpetuation of difference and inequality via tourism practices and structures. Discussion of these issues continues in the following chapt ers. For example, the ever increasing competition, standardization of

PAGE 121

121 destinations, and high number of free lance guides (Chapter 4) hired by operators intensifies the difficulty of attempts for responsible practices or quality control at the local level ( Chapter 5).

PAGE 122

122 CHAPTER 4 MAKING A LIVING AS A TOUR GUIDE Workers have frequently responded to the growing power of a capitalist class and the growing importance of wage labor by doing all they could not to become a class, to be something more than anonymous l abor power. [Cooper 1987:8] Siviwe had not yet arrived at the Langa Cultural Center that November morning. I was enjoying the early Cape Town sun and interviewing a bead worker out at the picnic table. Directly over her shoulder, I could see that Siviwe had posted a paper sign on the message board. informal business and listing his contact information. Some time into my small talk with the beader, Luanda another informal tour guide who had stationed himself at the Center, unlocked the message board, nonchalantly tore down the paper sign, and crumpled it into a ball. He looked around at the many witnesses, and the beader and I looked at each other. I was now party to the Cultural Center practice of quietly minding my own business (a stretch for any anthropologist). When Siviwe and his partner Jomo finally came traipsing down Washington Street, I was returning from the spaza shop with lunch. I nod in the di rection of the empty message board and continue into the small kitchen. He follows, curious, but I do not tell him anything. kitchen doorway. He grins widely and s person you are looking for is in room 322. If you give me a dollar, I will tell you their name. If Siviwe re plies: Walt

PAGE 123

123 We laug h at our little play. At least Walter can joke, but neither of us is giving up the ghost. Siviwe follows Walter back into the office, but he still does not tell him who dun nit. Coincidentally, today is the day the three guides are slotted to lead a giant tour of 30 tourists One group will go with Luanda. 1 The Role of Tour Guides The face and voice of township tourism, tour guides most directly shape and repr esent the excursion experience for visitors and fellow local residents. Tour guides serve as curators, performers, and customer service agents as well as savvy, autonomous businessmen (Costa 2009, Huang and Weiler 2010). Despite arguable impediments, such as disadvantages in the workplace and the pitfalls of get rich quick schemes, the tour guide is a powerful, indispensible actor working within and around the rules of company employment structures, tourism protocol, and local dramas to achieve personal suc cess. In looking at township tourism, symbolic and representational issues are paramount in the current literature as reviewed in the previous chapter. However, it is also vital to assess the social and political economic relationship of tourism employment economic lives. Guides not only create and transform depictions of the townships, but are themselves affected specifically by tourism employment in a number of important ways that can be drawn out for analysis. Tour guides constitute a new social identity, a new category of 1 This exchange occurred on November 19, 2007 according to my field notes. In this chapter, attributed quotes by Siviwe are taken from multiple days as we worked together from October 2007 to May 2008. We discussed developments and ide as on a weekly basis. I completed a formal interview with him October 25, 2007 and a follow up interview about our partnership on February 11, 2009.

PAGE 124

124 political, economic, and global order (Alexander et al. 2006). To this end, I draw on models for thinking about labor in Africa (Beinart and Bundy 1987, Cooper 1987, Freund 1988) and tourism as work (Ghodsee 2005, Gmelch 2003, Costa 2009). As this dissert ation is concerned with exposing the social lives and processes behind the phenomenon of township tourism, this chapter focuses on the experience of tour guides, with emphasis on my research assistant, Siviwe. Again I employ detailed personal accounts, as opposed to composite generalizations, to best illustrate the experience of tourism employment (Ghodsee 2005:5). Using this narrow focus allows examination of specific processes such as f tour knowledge and content. Moving through a series of key topics, the chapter details the processes of creating and shaping tour routes and narratives as well as draw out the pervasive paradoxes for local participants. Further discussion of the methodol ogical significance of having a research assistant is woven into this chapter as a parallel exercise in cultural production. Tourism employment is transformative for the young men drawn into the vocation in terms of interpersonal factors, social position, and social knowledge. I consider how Siviwe strategically encounters the changes wrought by the new form of employment. First, I describe many to seek a career pat h or entrepreneurial endeavor related to tourism. I explain the process of becoming a tourist guide. The second section concentrates on the trials and errors of seeking s ituations also holds consequences in their local social realm. In the final section, I investigate why tour guides prefer casual per diem contracts to full time positions or, similarly, why so many

PAGE 125

125 tour guides attempt then to break out on their own, formin class are constrained by entrench ed patterns of employee employer, European African relations in South Africa. But new types of strategies, associations, and meanings related to work are emerging for Siviwe and his peers as well. Tour Guiding as Work in South Africa TOURISM Transporters and GUIDE: Persons with own vehicle (4 passenger) needed urgently to transport tourists and guide on various activities and facilitate tours in the Western Cape. R800 registration fee to be paid by the applicant and have a registered vehicle. Your monthly income will be R26,000 per vehicle per month. [15 April 2008 Die Burgher Classifieds, trans. from Afrikaans] The above advertisement ran in the classifieds section of the Afrikaans language newspaper Die Burgher in April of 2008. The incident was quickly reported as a scam to the provincial tourism authorities, and the perpetrators disappeared before they could be interrogated. The significance of the ad, however, is that the imagined ease and availability of tourism employment, specifically driving and gu iding, made such a scam viable and profitable, drawing a line of eager applicants to a nondescript, rented office building. Across South Africa, half of the non white labor force is consistently unemployed. As Altman (2006) reports, the nation has seen ins ufficient formal sector job growth and no new sectors have continued to diminish since the 1980s (ibid:628). However, service sector employment has seen healthy g rowth since the 1990s (ibid:632). A noticeably high interest in tourism employment among the township residents I came in contact with stems in part from the pervasive South African rhetoric on tourism spouted in television commercials and local developme nt forums. Just as South Africa is being marketed as

PAGE 126

126 a safe and exciting world destination, tourism is being promoted as a prime opportunity for township communities. These efforts have made tourism the number one job creator, surpassing traditionally stro ng vocations such as mining (WTTC 2002). According to the World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC) tourism employment supports over 1.2 million in South Africa (2004 figures cited in Altman 2006:635, Theide 2005). SATOUR uses this estimate to advertise that for every 12 foreign visitors, one job is created for a South African (ibid:636) a repeated phrase throughout the townships. Globally, tourism enterprises generally provide low skilled, poorly paid employment with few benefits or opportunities for advanc ement (Ghodsee 2005:59). The prominence of casual, seasonal, and part time workers as well as high levels of turnover and minimal on the job training makes for low chances of unionization (Verhage 2004:40). This results in a small permanent core of tourism workers and much larger flexible group of contract employees Tour guiding, differing somewhat from other service sector jobs, involves a great deal of interaction with clients, customer service skills, and mastery of English. Success as a tour guide also has a great deal to do with personality (Costa 2009). In Cape Town, tourism is moderated by seasonal demand. Tourism companies are generally less busy in the winter months of May through August. A heavy demand in the summer, especially around Christmas holidays, serves to sustain annual budgets. Although tour guiding can become profitable and regular work, there is little room for advancement within company employment structures beyond being list ed as a preferred guide. Furthermore, a great number of guides serve as contract day laborers without permanent contracts, union representation, pensions, or benefits.

PAGE 127

127 Tour guides constitute a meager but growing segment of the South Africa working class. S iviwe is one of some 3,000 tour guides who started or renewed their registration in the Western Cape in 2007. Provincial Registrars, put in place by the Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism (DEAT), monitor tour guides and provide quality assuran ce by overseeing certification and training programs (DEAT 2001). The agency provides the magnetic oval shaped guide. In the Western Cape alone, the Provincial Reg istrar has a database of approximately 4,500 names. Within this group, non white guides are underrepresented. Statistically most of these guides are white and male according to the Registrar. Nationwide, the 2007 South Africa Tourism Yearbook reports: It is estimated that 2010 will require 30,662 guides, at least half of whom should be black. By mid 2007, South Africa had about 10,000 guides, with only 30% black representation. Updating the database of tourist guides and ensuring that it interfaces with pr ovincial structures, will also be a priority. [SATY 2007] The Department of Tourism is actively recruiting non white guides and offering sponsorships for training to overcome this barrier. Notes on Methodology Tour guides are busy. As one African guide, V usi explained in high season he can lead up to three tours a day, seven days a week (personal communication, October 29, 2007). This means making pick ups and narrating a 3 hour tour at 9:00 a.m., 1:00 p.m., and 6:00 p.m. The schedule becomes so intense he can forget what day of the week it is. He admits to accidentally pulling up to the District Six Museum on a Sunday morning only to find it closed on more than one occasion. Furthermore, per diem contract guides rarely know their day to day work schedule a head of time, but rather receive assignments the evening before or that morning. In order to do participant observation with tour guides, it was necessary to fall into this schedule myself.

PAGE 128

128 Requesting time for a formal interview with a tour guide during th e busy summer months is close to impossible. Thus, in the initial period of fieldwork, when not meeting a tour bus at their office or a hotel, I met up with groups at the District Six Museum between 9:00 a.m. and 10:00 a.m. every morning. The majority of top selling tours begin their journey here and groups would file in behind me. Each day I greeted the museum staff, bypassing the entrance fee only to encounter M ac Mackenzie played guitar from the old pulpit area, drowning out the competing voices in the echoing hall. I fo und the small, open sanctuary of the former Methodist church a charming and peaceful place for catching up on notes and observations. My sched ule had become as hectic as the guides and I soon understood this museum as they did, a place to quiet the sympathetic vibrations of the bus tires that crept into your nervous system. From my perch on one of the remaining church pews, I watched and partic ipated in this for others. Those guides not rushing to get a bite of food or a smoke would sit down and chat with me. This tactic of being in the right place at the right time became very valuable. I realized that the guides I could never track down for an interview were accessible in the pockets of downtime built into t he tour, here and at a number of other sites along the route. In these pockets, once I became unthreatening and familiar, many guides seemed to slide off the mask of front man and loosen the tension in their shoulders. They shared complaints about that mor busload, their bosses, their competitors, and so on. Moreover, seeing me in what seemed to be intimate conversations with their competition or comrades piqued the curiosity of others. From

PAGE 129

129 this vantage point at the District Six Museum, as pre arrang ed, I then inserted myself not so stealthily into a group for the rest of their tour. Meeting Siviwe The Cultural Center in Langa served as another anchor point to meet guides and tourism participants, observe their interactions, and make inquiries during their breaks. And it was here that I was first introduced to Siviwe in October 2007 by one of the crafters I knew from previous fieldwork. He had moved to Cape Town as a student in 2001. When we met, he had just finished the tour guiding certification cour se at a college in town. He was serving, somewhat informally, as a guide for walking tours from the Center through the streets and sites of Langa. This opportunity gave him exposure and experience while seeking to attain regular daily employment as a free lance guide with companies. Siviwe is called Svij for short by his close friends. At 24 years old, he is tall, lanky, and still boyishly handsome. His wardrobe was meager and somewhat unprofessional. Dressed in a white long sleeved t shirt, faded jeans, a nd black and white Converse All Stars, he carried a backpack with notes from his course. He was making ends meet, gaining experience and exposure by giving the walking tours. To the Center regulars he was just another new face trying to enter the tourism w orld and encroaching on their business space. In the coming months, At the time, Siviwe was the definition of impetuous: young, over eager, analytical. However, he also possessed the cool, thoughtful head needed for survival in the township social and business world. Beginning his career, he was still moving between the rough and ready township tough guy and his f the townships depended on a network of friends and relatives, connections and bargains. At night

PAGE 130

130 he was still running with his homeboys, 2 tempting young women, and plotting the next get rich quick scheme. He was living in a one room flat, on the bottom story of a high rise hostel in the back corner of Langa or eSquatini with his brother and Jomo. For a long time, he did not let me venture in past the security gates. Created and owned by one of the rail line companies, the the rail. There are also a growing number of foreign Africans and prostitutes making claim to the space. The three young men sh ared a queen size bed, large fridge, hot plate, and wardrobe. Patches of dark mold shaded the corners of the small room above the bed. They kept their money hidden in a plastic bag inside several layers of socks, protecting their earnings from the rodents that crawled through the cupboards at night. Their fridge would soon wear out and mold after a series of week long power outages at the building. The young men boiled water and washed in a small, plastic tub in the room. As I later came to understand, the men waited to use toilet working toilet rooms were locked and guarded by the adjacent families. Climbing up to take in the view of Langa from the fourth floor, on e could not ignore the stench of human waste in the stairwells. 2000 and tried to start a construction business with the R10,000 loan awarded to qualified students. Ho wever, they soon realized they knew nothing about construction permits or hiring labor. So they bought a car with the money, which promptly was stolen and returned stripped. Then the rest of the funds had to be sent home to the Eastern Cape to pay for an u nexpected 2 Again, homeboys is an established, colloquial township term referring to the abakhaya literally those fr om home or those men coming to Cape Town from the same rural location (Wilson and Mafeje 1963:47).

PAGE 131

131 family funeral. Not to be outdone, the two started a fruit and vegetable stand in the hostel complex and used the now less impressive car to transport hostel kids to school for a small fee. Soo n the pair decided on tourism as a venture at which they could excel. They needed to quest led them to the Cape Town Tourism center at the Langa Cultural Center for the first time to ask about guide certification. Although he passed the building daily, Siviwe admits they had no ideas what was going on there before thi s inquiry. After acquiring some money and permission from his father, Siviwe was to be the first of the team to complete the tour guide training course. The plan was to grow a tour company nd he had access to the funds. Jomo was working to cover costs for his children with girlfriends, but he would follow, attending a tour guiding academy as soon as the men raised enough money. to live with their sister in a formal house in Khayelitsha and work on a career from his computer training. Dibbs, another childhood friend, swooped into the spot in the room. He was escaping the mounting pressure of being an unwed father in Gugulethu. Hab itually employed, fired, and unemployed, Dibbs eagerly formal employment and return to tourism as well. Working with a Research Assistant Anthropology depends on i ntense participation with local peoples as sources of information. In our discipline, field researchers commonly employ local assistants who serve as translators of language but also as guides to culture and behavior. In the era of a decolonized and

PAGE 132

132 more r eflexive discipline, and in an effort to scrutinize practices, in the field and office, and offer due credit to affiliates, I include this exercise in deconstructing the experience of fieldwork (Bank 2008, Bhoju and Gold 1992, Gottlieb 1995, Harrison 1997[ 1991], Sanjek 1993, Schumaker 2001, West 2005). For in that collaborative and dialogic process, ethnographers become party to a shared effort in knowledge production that shapes both our research practices and the monographs we eventually produce. Furtherm ore, we find ourselves enmeshed in the daily dramas, however mundane, of the local Other. Such partnerships may impact the professional and social lives of our assistants, just as they affect ours. The South African setting allows for discussion of concer ns inherent in cross gender, inter racial, inter class working relations and the disciplinary need to correct any exploitation of research partners. Concurrently, I am examining how anthropologists might find ways of meaningful engagement with our research subjects in complex, urban field sites. These issues reflect tensions and contradictions presented by the township tourism industry which capitalizes on the cultural heritage of historically marginalized and impoverished ethnic areas. Both so called commu nity based tourism and anthropological field research raise questions about obligation, responsibility, and recognition. This framework poses anthropology and tourism as continually shifting processes, not fixed and known entities. Our collaboration eluci dates if not creates multiple levels of knowledge and cultural production and reproduction. Conflict adds another key dimension to this backdrop. I was explicitly interested in how township residents synthesized and marketed their community, culture, and h istory. Working with Siviwe as he developed his business, I was drawn into debates about tourism products, such as tour routes and narratives, even connotations of the word my presence as

PAGE 133

133 a researcher intervened in cultural production by and for Siviwe and vice versa. Furthermore, my participation made me complicit in the intricate local web of competition for tourist dollars (Marcus 1997, Adams 2005). Such conflicts shed new light on the social, spatial, and power relations in which tourism operates. Our collaboration worked because, despite different objectives, we were equally invested in building up a base of expert knowledge centered on the same spaces and subjects. This overlapping interest led to questioning our assumptions about township tourism and each other. As a research team with newcomer and outsider status, Siviwe and I legitimated our respective awkward presences and quests for knowledge. As an interlocutor, Si viwe occupied a novel space. I was not concerned with his abilities as a local guide of some deep or finite knowledge base, but rather I focused on his process of learning and creating. Tour Guide Training Professional certification serves as a primary, gl obal mechanism for standardization and quality control (Huang and Weiler 2010). For Siviwe and others, tour guide training begins the process of reconfiguring structures of time, mobility in the city, new types of access and exchange with people outside of their neighborhoods, and new structures of authority over their behavior and knowledge. Once they have acquired the funds and time to attend class, township participants, overwhelmingly young African males, face a number of dilemmas in becoming an interna tional spokesman, especially knowing they will be type cast as a representative of the townships. Siviwe regards his time in class as both a struggle and a mind opening event, the beginning of a year of trials, paying dues, literally and figuratively, and gaining experience. In Cape Town, there are two types of training programs. Students can choose to attend the full semester, 13 week course at a local technical college. Tuition for the course is R5,000 (approx. US$625). Students are evaluated through the semester on their presentation skills,

PAGE 134

134 research, and written test. Class meets twice a week as well as for practicum session on Saturday mornings. Alternatively, there are two main privately certified short course providers, offering two weeks of classes a nd practicum, then two weeks of personal study time before a written exam. The cost for the short course is around R3,500 (approx. US$430). Each instructor has a specific methodology for providing information on the history and cultures of Cape Town. In t he college course, each toured area in the Cape is covered for a week, after introductory sessions on customer service and first aid. Students are given a list of recommended books to buy. They are expected to do reading and research on their own using the se general texts on history, flora and fauna, and wine. In the short courses, typically classes of 30 students, participants are also encouraged to seek out other reading materials, history books, and websites to supplement course packets. I interviewed o ne of the main short course providers, Charles, a grey haired, white South African who began his career as a tour guide in 1984. I then attended the practicum on township tours he provides to his students with the help of a township resident and certified guide. 3 Charles guides giving information in an entertaining way (personal communication, May 13, 2008). In ommunity come to speak for a morning session about African cultural heritage and is adamant about having a local step on guide provide the Secondly, I don't know 3 course reading materials. Jomo participated in and passed the short course in 2008 with another provider and I was able to c opy his course materials as well.

PAGE 135

135 his learners to never go into the townships alone. 4 His course book provides a short, two page section on Xhosa culture and a slightly longer section on Cape Malay and Muslim communit ies. their own individual interests and narrative styles. 5 In the other short course, the two volume, 443 page course book ( dated 2008) 6 dedicates pages 440 to 443 to township information. These pages provide brief, unverifiable statistics and contradictory population numbers on the main townships. In listing potential d estinations, the appearance that this township section is a quickly compil ed afterthought, the packet does have other sections thoughtfully discussing the South African social transition. Another section asks cultural heritage in a way tha 4 teach township tours, an African woman and a recent transplant from Johannesburg, in my analysis, provided a d isservice. She listed incorrect information and, in many instances, confirmed the negative suspicions of the white South African participants, playing up exotic stereotypes, that blacks like to live in these conditions, and that they are too lazy and drunk to clean it up. It was, by far, one of the worst of my many tour experiences. Perhaps the impact of such a bad tour is magnified because it is an approved training session for the next generation of tourist guides. In qualification and to reiterate that a Susan, also an employer of Siviwe, she stated that she was changed and moved to tears by her different township (personal communication, April 30, 2008). 5 Charles notes that his students from the townships, especially those over 30 years old, struggled with the course to the information and because the English pronunciation was new to them. 6 Citations withheld in this section for confidentiality.

PAGE 136

136 What emerges from conversations with instructors and students is that guides must meet some parameters to acquire certification but largely cre ate their own knowledge base, especially in the short course scenario. Then, best practices, preferred narratives or destinations, may be dictated by individual tour companies that hire guides. In most certification programs around Cape Town, township tour guide. Townships are canonized as a realm of specialized culture and, as noted above, all but up with changing social realities and how to present townships as a modern, urban area of Cape Town after treating them as a silent, unfortunate, historical reality for so long. These shortcomings lead some African guiding students feel cautious about the course materials or to reject being taught about their own communities by white South Africans. Further, many African guides feel pushed to specialize in township tour information. Siviwe was nervous about beginning the tour g uiding course. He knew it would demand interaction and public speaking outside of his comfort zone. His first strategy was to stay quiet and listen. He entered to find the class roster mixed among the ethnic groups of Cape Town. However, his fellow studen ts were sitting in segregated groups. Siviwe was fortunate to find Thando, an African student of the same age, was also in the class. He was an artist with the pottery project at the Langa Cultural Center and already an informal walking tour guide. Siviwe walking tours in Langa. However, Siviwe fostered a lingering skepticism about friendships with non African members of the class, the instructors, and about speaking out. During the first week, class members are assigned a five minute presentation on a topic or site they knew something about to break the ice. Thando talked about the pottery project in

PAGE 137

137 Langa and appeared a real professional. Siviwe decided to share about the Gugulethu Seven incident. As noted, this piece of anti apartheid history involves the death of seven young men at the hands of the South African Police Force in 1986 commemorated by a new memorial in Gugulethu township (Chapter 5). The overt political theme of his choice, he felt, inadvertently turned the non African members of the class against him and led them to characterize him as a racist. During the daily class break period, a white South African woman came up to tell him that all white South Afri cans were not like that and that she did lots of volunteer work in those areas. Because of access and finances, Siviwe did not always have the necessary materials to prepare for class. On their first Saturday practicum, each class member was assigned a pi ece of the Cape Peninsula route to research and narrate. He was given the Misty Cliffs. This was the first time for Siviwe to ever take the scenic peninsula drive. Unaccustomed to using and searching the internet and still nervous to stand in front of the class, he did not prepare anything. The class sat in awkward silence on the bus as they traveled through the Misty Cliffs stretch of the route. By his third practicum, Siviwe got the hang of it. Then assigned to talk about the famous Groote Schuur Hospital located off the N 2 Highway, he easily rattles of the number of beds, rooms, and doctors now imprinted in his memory. Training for township tours at the college was overseen by a knowledgeable, seasoned guide, Trevor, who himself has given township tours for several years. Trevor, however, is a white South African. His affinity for the townships grows out of his interest in social and political concerns and as his clients, and Siviwe eventually, agreed, his understanding of the townships is exemplary. Tre vor told me he tried very hard to draw Siviwe out of his shell, repeatedly calling on him in class (personal communication, December 20, 2007). In fact,

PAGE 138

138 Siviwe, after the fact and after some months of experience, was well pleased with the training he recei ved. Siviwe: I thought I knew about townships, until I listened to them and I realized things I township is like this...White people and educators may not know about daily life, but will know why things are like they are. However, Siviwe also recalls that the township tour subject and practicum was not popular among the entire class. Just as some township students stumbled over English and Afrikaans pronunciations, the non African majority of the class had a hard time with Xhosa words. Moreover, Siviwe argues, his classmates were reluctant to confront delicate issues of history and nted By the end of the term, most of the township residents, including all of the African women, had dropped out of class. Only Siviwe, Thando, and one other African man passed the exams and were qualified to register. Many of the non African member s of the class decided that they would not want to give township tours alone. Animosities mended, Siviwe was quick to slip them his contact information so that he could be a step on guide for them in the near future. Thando quickly negotiated a standing pe r diem contract with a small, established company. Monitoring Tour Guide Registration In a series of meetings with the City Department of Tourism, the subject of tour guide training arose. As a consultant, I joined a task team consisting of officials, aca demics, and tour operators created to discuss cultural tourism in Cape Town. The committee invited the Provincial Tour Guide Registrar, whose office was conveniently right down stairs, to a question and answer session at one of our weekly meetings.

PAGE 139

139 A tow nship resident, she conceded that training content, such as the education materials, is not regulated and that her office currently had little control over the training process (personal communication, April 21, 2008). Training programs are accredited by t he Tourism, Hospitality and Sport Education and Training Authority (THETA), 7 but regular follow ups are not being done to check for updates to materials or how materials are taught. This oversight, she says, is due to limited staffing. However, she also sa Registrar: That's basically one of my responsibilities, but I'm one person in the entire province. I'm not making an excuse for not doing it though. You see what I always encourage, especially, tour operators t hat are affiliated to organizations like Cape Town Tourism, SATSA, or TOURACT, that when they appoint or employ the services of a tourist guide, they must request proof of registration. That doesn't mean that they are the best, it just shows they have some training. Further she noted that for a long time many training providers did not teach about townships. She explained that THETA is supposed to be performing quality assurance and material updates The Registrar commented on what makes a good, successful guide and about how others slip through the system despite bad habits. Registrar: During the training, guides are encouraged to always do research, that is you are deciding that you are going to be doing township tours, that you need to do research on your own. So that when you take people to Khayelitsha for instance you know exactly what you are going to be telling. But that happens post training. So some good guides do that, some bad guides, if I may call them that, don't do that. You know they thumb some information and they give people the wrong info rmation. And to be honest no one monitors that. That is why we are getting rotten apples in the industry and they are giving the industry a very bad name. So what I am trying to say in a nutshell is that there are definitely huge gaps when it comes to trai ning. 7 THETA is now called the Culture, Arts, Tourism, Hospitality and Sport Sector Education and Training Authority or CATHSSETA ( ).

PAGE 140

140 Again, she feels success in class and in the field is related to personal drive. is inquisitive, who then out of his own will and curiosity, you know, feel that look, I feel the information has not been adequate enough and do research and yeah read need a certain personality, certain qualities, so if you do not display that we are not going t o consider someone who doesn't have that passion, that oomph, to become a guide. frustration with being taught how to guide through their own neighborhoods by parties see mingly so removed from those experiences. The Provincial Tour Guide Registrar admits: Registrar: Most of the training providers are white training providers and we don't have any black providers. And I believe that you cannot teach the history of Khayelit sha or any other area if you have not really, not necessarily lived, but you can read, but sometimes you need some who understands the culture to be able to understand. There is nothing written even about what township tourism is all about. The cost of tr African guides I worked with get away with not having their badge because of their lo cal expertise. Other times, companies will use step on guides informally and at a lower pay rate to accompany their certified guides through the townships. Illegal guiding is a noted national issue, as commented on by the 2007 South Africa Tourism Yearbook : Illegal tourist guides undermine the efforts of legitimate guides. In February 2006, the Tourism Branch of the Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism launched a campaign against illegal guiding. Provincial tourist guide registrars were trained a nd illegal guiding was monitored, resulting in illegal guides being stopped from operating. The branch continues to work with the industry and South African Police Service (SAPS) to curb illegal guiding. [SATY 2007] The Department of Tourism issued a broch ure in advance of the FIFA 2010 games advising tourists against uncertified guides.

PAGE 141

141 An attitude of defiance and skepticism leads many others to avoid tour guide training all together. For example, Vusi explains why he does not need a badge and why he only does township tours. RH : When did you start tour guiding? Vusi: 1996, I think, but slightly not as a career. RH: Where did you do the certification? Vusi: For what? For tour guiding, I didn't do that. Vusi: No I can't do that. R H: But isn't that illegal? Vusi: I'm not illegal. Who's illegal? I'm legal. RH: How? Vusi: I'm doing the tour the good way. Everybody is saying so. RH: But you didn't go to [certification course]? Vusi: No, how could I go to someone who doesn't know the t ownship and have other tours. And if I was interested to do other tours I would do [the course]. RH: But the Winelands, Cape Point, you don't do that? Vusi: I don't like that. RH : It's not your area? record[sic] tour. The way that you've done it 15 years ago is the same way. RH: But this one isn't? Vusi: No. You talk about the people, all the changes. Rig ht now we can talk about the problem of xenophobia, all the causes and how it started...We talk about people. RH: So every day is different. You don't get bored?

PAGE 142

142 Vusi: Me, no, not at all. I can do the tour five different ways. Sometimes if I like I can st art the tour in Khayelitsha and go down this way. Sometime I start from the Group Areas Act, sometimes from bubonic plague. Sometimes I start in the Land Act of 1913. I start the tour lots of different ways so that I can't be a tape record[sic] (personal c ommunication, December 12, 2007). Despite some evidence to the contrary, Vusi contends that specializing in township tours is not bored or fatigued by rote n arratives. Starting Out as a Tour Guide In June, one month after he finished classes, Siviwe began giving walking tours on a regular basis from the Langa Cultural Center. He planted himself as a presence at the Center and worked to capitalize on a few le many coloured guides giving tours, he knew they preferred a walking tour step on guide. For R20 per person he offered to assist. Company guides, en route with a bus of tourist visitors, would call ahead and ask him to be ready. Others simply showed up and hoped to find Siviwe or another of the eager informal guides. At the time, Siviwe was the only walking tour guide actually certified and registered, a point of pride for him and of contention for the other informal guides. After shadowing Thando, Siviwe began following the primary walking tour route through the landmarks and living spaces of Langa. Interested in innovation, pleasing his partners and customers, Siviwe often schemed about how to make his walking tour experience more unique and appealing. Once comfortable with his mastery of the route, he paid close attention to his guests. Siviwe: I am observing when doing a walking tour. What kind of questions are these people asking me all tim e. What exactly they want to hear. I don't want to lie find people interested in apartheid, what happened, you know. These people they know about apartheid. They heard abo ut it. They want to know what are we doing now: What are we doing to move forward? What are these people who were oppressed doing? What are their initiatives doing? What is the government doing to

PAGE 143

143 help the people who were oppressed to move forward, to take this country to greater heights? This insight led him to continually adapt his narration and route. Having had a number of paid translators in the past, I was surprised to find Siviwe eager to participate in my interviews of township residents. When my list of questions was exhausted, Siviwe offered a couple more. These additions led to interesting conversations and ideas. As he explained to me, he realized that the information I wanted about reactions to tourism from residents was supplemented by remark able life history details and commentary about Langa that would add depth to his tour narratives. Moreover, concerns about social or community responsibility were not covered in his tour guiding education. In asking Siviwe about this, he points out how we had different levels of knowledge about the townships. He had access to and experience in daily township life and the complexities of of tourism. I also pro vided a window into what his clients were after and the construction of the Siviwe: When I started work with you, I thought I was helping you...I di you could tell me anything about townships. I thought I was the one who was going to give you something. You, coming from America, you know nothing about South telling me things about South Africa, you. In the reverse, the cultural knowledge Siviwe possessed shaped the tone of my excursions and informed the deciphering of a significant portion of the story unfolding for my dissertation. Importantly, from these interview s we both understood how tour operators gained access to township homes and the multiple reasons their presence was tolerated if not welcomed. The

PAGE 144

144 answer to the question of whether walking tours are noble or invasive is much more complicated than that simp le dichotomy (Chapter 5). As our partnership developed, I was able to become a participant in his daily activities. I witnessed how certain touring practices take shape, the trials of making it as a freelance guide, and the effects of this employment on hi s social life in the community. Although I have become well acquainted with a number of tour guides in my years of study, very few think of me as a knowledgeable confidante instead of a dubious busybody. A number of companies inquired how I could be source of feedback about their products, but Siviwe was more open to my constant questioning and eventually appreciated my tactics as beneficial. This small breakthrough momentarily relieved my personal and disciplinary self consciousness about being useful. In turn, Siviwe quickly became a sounding board for my research and accompanied me outside of Langa for other interviews and experiences. In effect, we became guides for each other through a number of new encounters. I do not mean to imply that this exchang e of perspective and information was always straightforward or easy. We were not without our disagreements. Yet these temporary stumbling blocks opened up new avenues of inquiry and conversation. Siviwe and I now laugh about our dispute on the population size of Langa. Because he had learned in tour guiding class that the population was 250,000, it took textbooks and census print outs for me to convince him that it was much closer to 50,000. Even then, he occasionally persisted in citing the higher number. Though it may be a trivial detail, the population data on Langa, spouted as tourists enter their first township landscape, shapes their perception of the gravity of daily life, poverty, housing, etc. This instance made us both look closer at the ways

PAGE 145

145 census figures in suburbs with extended families, migrant workers, and informal housing are hardly reliable. ng understanding of tourist interests and his new position in the community led to a number of community based and business interested in local affairs. At t he time, his homeboys, Dibbs and Jomo, were still using the ups with the school kids from eSquatini. Close with the many young boys in the car pool, Siviwe began teaching them gumboots dancing, a rhythmic dancing performed in Welli ngton boots made popular by African miners. Over the summer school holidays, the troop of boys and one tiny girl, began performing on the main stage at the cultural center. Rapidly a hit with tour groups, the kids continued to perform on Saturday mornings once school resumed. Siviwe took up donations at the performances and used it to feed the kids a good lunch. However, his control over the money made many locals at the Cultural Center skeptical of his motives. The initiative won Siviwe a lot of contacts a nd attention. Eventually he acquired sponsorship and uniforms for the dancers. In/Formal Employment By March, Siviwe had garnered enough experience and contacts to begin offering full township tours beginning the route from town with the District Six Mus eum. He had paid the fees to register as a guide and suffered through the long lines and months long application Town Tourism. He was unaware that CTT would list his information on its website and was soon surprised and unnerved to begin receiving inquiries by email. Impressed with his walking tour skills, a number of companies invited Siviwe for interviews to become a regular per diem guide. We took a day trip to the mall to look for some

PAGE 146

146 collared shirts, chinos, and nicer walking shoes to prepare for his interviews and eventual tours. Siviwe had encounters, both off putting and encouraging, with different managers. In one interview, the operator, an older white South African woman, told him outright that she was accomm odating attitude, although a key customer service skill, was not an effortless shift for Siviwe. Initially, he expressed much indignation at clients who expected him to open van doors and act in servitude. Siviwe formed a number of partnerships to keep h im busy. Another white South African, Susan, with a small company was referred to Siviwe through Thando. Susan explained that she enjoys township tours, and although they are her lowest profiting excursion, she feels it is an important learning experience for visitors. She also is adamant about being accompanied by a local guide: Susan: Siviwe and [Thando] have roots. That makes it more special. They have personal experiences. They know the people. And apart from that, you look at the safety side of things as well. I mean I know the roads but Siviwe always jokes with But no, I won't do that, you know (personal communication, April 30, 2008). Susan and her father, also her drive. Susan: When I met [Thando] and Siviwe I thought: They are very young. How are they going to tell us what is going on, they are the same age as me? But they are fantastic. And every time that I go out on a tour with Siviwe he gets better. He's always learned something new. re he lives

PAGE 147

147 The transition to full tours was another adjustment for Siviwe. Long sheltered by the comfort of Langa, he had to begin learning the names and locations of hotels and guest houses throughout the CBD and toward combis through the busy Cape Town traffic. One of the greatest tests, he had to begin presenting at the District Six Museum within hearing distance of all his competitors and buddies. He studi ed to refresh his knowledge of other areas of town and township. Many times before a new tour, he would stop by my house to use the internet to brush up on his facts and figures. Further, getting clean, dressed, and to town on time was becoming a problem f or him due to the conditions at Squatini hostel. With unpredictable water and power outages, he was tempted to move, but he also greatly wanted to keep teaching the gumboots dancers. Not to mention that living there increased his credibility with employers and clients alike. Encountering Community Issues From my work with Siviwe, most importantly, I began to better understand the internal power structure and fierce competition at work in Langa as a result of the current township tourism practices and local politics, much of which depend on historical and spatial relationships. Tour guides are exposed to both the perks and pitfalls of success. Perceived as successful members of the new working class, guides often face the scrutiny of their local community. Si viwe grappled new expectations from the community members he made a part of his tours, complicated competition with his peers, and extra pressures to give money to his extended family. Guides, he found out, are engaged in the subverted local battles over r epresentation and It was important that he speak in Xhosa around the flat among peers and especially when he traveled home to the Eastern Cape. If he were perceived as too removed from rural roots or

PAGE 148

148 employment made Siviwe an attractive catch to the hostel girls. Siviwe was adamant that he di Cape and back home were assured of his success, they called more often to ask for monetary assistance. At the same time that a new career complicated his r elationship with family and community, guiding transformed his relationship with the city in a way he could never explain to them. The types of places, peoples, tastes, and ideas he was exposed to dramatically altered. He laughs that in meetings in town wi th prospective business partners, he learned by watching how keeping people in their place, leveling class based change. He became caught in this push and pull proce ss. By directing where most tourists go, he began to understand that guides become stewards for local businesses and charities. Tour guides can impact tourist behavior, what they do, see, buy, or donate (Huang and Weiler 2010). However, in the townships an d out, guides also become linked in a chain of commissions and partnerships that have community and social impacts. He faced weekly arguments over the cost of walking tours and how much commission those who recommended him or were visited by him should rec eive. One striking example of conflict follows from the opening anecdote of this chapter, the drama between Siviwe and Ayanda. As noted, the Cultural Center anchored our daily interactions. The Center was populated by a number of crafters, local performers paid staff, and

PAGE 149

149 Generally, this stop was the first chance along the tour route for tourists to open their wallets. The content and timing of their experience s in the Center was closely choreographed. Center the old guard took great offence to referring to the historically and culturally rich suburb of L anga as a ghetto. I was drawn in to discussion with Siviwe about this matter and the many under stood his experience of city life as distinct, as culturally different from rural areas where he for his tour content, focusing on daily township life, as well as his developing business sense. Siviwe: The idea behind the name, you know, um, was along the fact that townships are not cultural [to one] coming from the Eastern Cape. You know, I am coming from the Eastern Cape. I know culture, Xhosa culture, and co ming here it was like all different. And I saw people [tour guides] are focusing on culture here. But also the question really in my mind was how am I going to be different from those guides around here?...And I thought, you know what, let me just do 100% what is happening around here [in my tours]. And also what is another name for township that is famous, you know, like an international name. And I found out that that eac h and every person would understand. somewhat newcomers to the Center and to Langa, had prematurely staked a public claim to the walking tours. The next month, when th dancing group, they further upset the balance of tourist timing and donation giving at the performance stage.

PAGE 150

150 This competition put a strain on our collaboration. Arguably, I was somewhat shielded by my outsider few months, it was impossible to hide the fact that Siviwe and I worked together. In collaboration with me, he was be coming an insider outsider ( Bhoju and G old 1992). In many instances at the Center, we tried to maintain an air of social distance. Neither of us wanted to be considered double agents. We embarked on separate missions, mine for accord and information, hid for business and influence. We began hav ing more of our discussions in private. and I would soon discuss all t he details of the missing paper sign and the tour over dinner. But Luanda and Walter would never know that. Homeboys New conflicts and decisions for Siviwe were not limited to his anonymous classmates and community acquaintances. In the course of his buddi and Dibbs also began to transform. From Thando, Siviwe had received instruction and apprenticeship regarding the walking tours through Langa. Per their original plan, Siviwe, now the experienced guide, started te aching Jomo and Dibbs, taking them out on practice sessions during the week. Despite the threat of ridicule, they stood on the street corners of Langa, speaking in English to one another going over the basics. Siviwe also trained Dibbs to take care of and introduce the young gumboots dancers, freeing up Saturdays for Siviwe to get more tours and tips. Finally, Jomo saved the money and enrolled in a short tour guiding course. Frequently, I came to visit eSquatini and found Jomo huddled in the back of the spa za cart, pouring over his course work and guide books. Siviwe tells

PAGE 151

151 Jomo often that no matter what happens the career must come first and encourages him to study. During our outings, Siviwe would complain that Dibbs was hard to get a hold of or late or usiness cards with his contact information as well as a website profile about him and the gumboots dancers. I expressed to Siviwe that perhaps he was treating his so called business partners as his errant behavior by extending to him a feeling of ownership over the project. I inquired if he ever shared his bookings for walking tours with Jomo. But Siviwe was not open to these lines of discussion. One afternoon during a session of translating and t ranscribing, Siviwe and I began talking his route and his ideas were different and how they would benefit him Dibbs sat across the room on the sofa, thumbing through my Cape Town history books. I asked Siviwe if he and his flat mates were still a team. now we are still like a train. A train, you know, is a team whereby there is a head pulling ca rriages. This thing is still like that now. And we are trying by all means to establish whereby we are all heads. [Dibbs], [Jomo], they are still trailing behind me. And I tell them, you know, guys, let's pick up the pace. That is the only way to defeat th businesses. [ Dibbs starts laughing. Dibbs: You see the problem is, Rachel, he always wants to lead. If I come up with e leader, but leadership goes to his head (personal communication, May 12, 2008). In the final months of my fieldwork, Jomo received his certification and began seeking his own tour guiding experience. There was tension in the small flat over guiding, but the trio

PAGE 152

152 continued to shared meals, expenses, and good times. In the coming year, each would move out of Squatini to their own flats. Seeking Independence Siviwe like most tour guides, especially those doing township tours, was not employed full time. Rath er, he was a contracted day laborer working to become a preferred provider for an attitude about independent entrepreneurism was common among his peers. After adjusting to the the casualization of labor. Many, like Siviwe and Jomo, event ually use their networking as day laborers to move toward creating their own company or new partnerships, even taking over contracts from their previous employers. The high number of companies as well as ease of transition among companies means little fe ar of unemployment for certified guides. These factors combined with high tourism demand create a sense of security. For some, steady work is not desired, instead the guides prefer setting their own schedule. Others even refuse to sign an offered full time contract to avoid office work in slow winter months. Vusi told me he would never be locked up in an office. Siviwe had to make this decision during his first year, turning down an exclusive contract. On the other hand, a number of tour companies are equal ly happy to avoid an abundance of full time employees during seasonal shifts. At the time of fieldwork, as Siviwe explained, becoming a full time employee would not work for him and his vision. He did not like having to make township tours conform to the 3 hour schedule nor did he want to give up his time with the gumboots dancers. He felt self employment was the only route. He did not mind working 12 hour days like Vusi, but he wanted

PAGE 153

153 g his plan to a new generational shift and grasping opportunities open to him that were not available for his parents. Siviwe: And I've realized something that during apartheid times, eh, things like that, we were not supposed to know, that we could do our own things. Our grandfathers, our fathers, everyone, you know. And my father and my mother was now. wn job, created his own logo, created his own mission statement, created all those own things. Then they are bringing you in to believe toward what they created, you have to go people I am making them 40k, but I get 10k. I'm willing to take this route, not for me for my kids ( where this comes from. There are four of us at home, the others can work. I don't have to follow the same path. Tour Guiding and Social Identity The evidence above suggests reasons why tour g uiding is attractive and challenging personally, economically, and socially for township residents, especially for the many African men, most in their twenties and thirties, who I interviewed and shadowed over the course of my fieldwork. As with the experi ences, motivations, and business decisions of the tour operators discussed in the previous chapter, guiding also encounters tensions hinging on racial and social identities. Non white tour guides, often new members of the South African working class, are d ealing with, on the one hand, what it means to have financial stability, wages, and new kinds of authority and management relationships and, on the other hand, what it means to represent and d of cultural production in Africa encounters questions of power and inequality. However, I do not want to over emphasize class or race based identity at the expense of understanding the nuances of everyday life in the townships or more transient forms of culture (Nuttall and Michael 2000).

PAGE 154

154 Alexander et al. (2006) remind us, social identities in South Africa are often characterized as fixed in relation to the ethnic identities formed under apartheid. Even anthropologists in the era of the Rhodes Livingston Institute working in budding urban areas of Southern Africa were as an emerging, new social class, with hybrid, even contradicting, forms of social organizatio n have argued, a more complete understanding of the lives of Africans depends on an analysis of cultural responses and the creativity with which individuals meet a cha nging scene (ibid). To a number of people in township areas, weary from waiting for the government to provide the infrastructure upgrades and employment opportunities it had promised, tourism appears as an easy way to turn existing skills into a business. Many eager entrepreneurs did not first stop to question the selling points of the townships: cultural difference, hospitality, or history. For Siviwe and Jomo, tour guiding seemed a good opportunity for handsome, confident young men. Furthermore, the perc eived profit and benefits of tour guiding employment has elevated it to a job of high status within township communities, especially in areas that see a lot of tourism traffic. Many are attracted to the prestige and mobility associated with tour guiding. I n their attraction, however, most are unaware of the challenges and expenses of training, certification, and gaining and keeping employment. Upon entering the profession, these young men find their lives reorganized by a new daily rhythm and time schedule, new access to spaces and persons in their city, and new rules of authority (Cooper 1987). certain interpersonal, social, cultural, and economic aspects of his situatio n (Ghodsee 2005:12). Ghodsee argues that tourism employees, especially in the aftermath of political changes, depend

PAGE 155

155 different forms of capital in response to th experience. strategic, reveal his manner of utilizing his sources of capital. Siviwe was aided in his successful transition to formal employment by the economic assistance of his father, his slow savings from tips and the carpool, and his ability to garner donations f or the gumboots dancers. Socially, Siviwe exploited his local bond with persons such as Thando to gain and expand contacts for employment. Attributes, such as certified training, excellent English speaking, a tempered awareness of social hierarchy, and a c reative, entrepreneurial attitude helped Siviwe appear qualified and marketable. These assets, or unfolding local drama and the complicated networks of the townships and the tourism industry. This profile is not just one of success, but points to remaining paradoxes and obstacles in this employment sector. In South Africa, relationships between white and blacks have often centered ideas about Africans as workers in terms of ability, s ani tation, and civility ( Burke 1996). Secondly, some employers limit choices for African guides based on their imagined aptitude as

PAGE 156

156 African guides feel pushed in to or stuck being township tour specialists while other local tour guides gain the opportunity to tell the story of their neighborhoods but must work within the racially demarcated employment structures of the tourism industry to do so. Finally, guides are drawn into arguably exploitative casual labor relationships that suit both themselves and their employers. were adamant about maintaining their independence or even sta rting their own company. Not wanting to limit his choices, Siviwe remained single, maintained autonomy from his family, and maintain a steady stream of employment that suited his schedule and goals. In this way, guides share not just awareness that they are being exploited as casual labor, but an awareness of how they can use the current employment structure to their advantage (Freund 1988:59). As Freund argues, em ployees often engage in small, hidden forms of resistance (ibid). Township guides may change the prescribed tour route to suite them and their local connections. They may stay out all night drinking before a tour or send their tourists into a destination w ith an informal, local guide while waiting in the bus for a smoke and a snack. In the larger comparison, some of these trends can also be interpreted as generational. I found that older male tour guides, those over 35, were often more resentful of contro ls over their township tour content and practices. The older guides were also more indignant about needing a comments, questions, or assumptions. Their opinions about historical and current events were more fully informed and powerful.

PAGE 157

157 Siviwe was initially suspicious of the obedience aspects of tour guiding as customer understanding of tourism expanded during our research. In this vein, I found younger guides, ages 20 to 35, more wrapped up in the challenges and learning experience of becoming a guide through having seen their parents suffer subservience in wage labor, domestic service, and industry, they are just as eager to be their own boss. As another guide go home. Thus, even if paternalism emits from a place of goodwill, it is often quickly rejected. s reveal patterns of behavior and meanings associated with work in relation to the new types of opportunities in current labor markets. However, not all of these patterns are necessarily new. Writing about Cape Colony men who joined work teams heading to G erman South West Africa in the early 20th century, Beinart (Beinart and Bundy 1987) explains how the African workers strategized to avoid the declining employment in the Cape and yet also avoid going to work in the mines. Significantly, this group of worke self organization, as well as decreased supervision and proximity to their European bosses. In the seeking the same types of freedoms. Becoming day laborers in a somewhat secure market, they assure control over their schedule. They are away on the tour bus all day with little close supervision. They can easily chose and change who they work for and how They recognize the patterns of authority and control mediated by tour company owners, but use creative strategies for self benefit within this system.

PAGE 158

158 What is arguably new in the case of tourism employment and in other budding sectors in post apartheid S outh Africa, is the sense that non whites can be entrepreneurs, that they can more easily aspire to run their own business, be self employed and autonomous. I argue that this need for autonomy is a key feature, linking other aspects of the tour guide perso na earlier described. The attitude of being your own boss allows some mental and physical control over the contradictions inherent in employment politics and heritage representations. Such patterns can also be aligned to the changing place of African work ers and non European ideas about labor and success in post apartheid South Africa. These aspects of tour guiding speak to how new identities are emerging in the post apartheid labor force. As mediators, guides and operators are also establishing new type s of relationships within and outside of their own community. The meaning of township places is growing to accommodate their new symbolic and economic values rendered by tourism. Young and novice guides, just like Siviwe, may initially underestimate the sc ope of their influence as mediators of tourism practice, participation, and benefit. They may also be unaware of the gravity of their developed in Chapter 5 from the township residents point of view, these shifts in community social relations are not racial divided, as Europeans are absent from most of the interactions and negotiation, rather class and power based issues play a stronger role. These new relati onships can also reinforce stereotypes of gender, class, and patriarchy (Alexander et al. 2006, especially chapters by van Rooyen and Ichharam). Outside of their home community, guides are increasingly able to cross the spatial, social, and economic borde rs of apartheid. They are gaining access to other communities and areas of Cape Town.

PAGE 159

159 Working with a Research Assistant Reprise regarding interpretations of culture a nd history. In a similar case in the Indonesian field setting, Adams recounts that researchers in tourist areas are inadvertently drawn in to interpretations of culture for consumption or to mediate conflicts (2005:46). Outsiders, viewed as a knowledgeable source of assistance, are unwittingly pulled into local dramas. Adams further points out the awkward position we find ourselves in as anthropologists who recognize the constructed nature k of tradition in more static terms (Adams 2005:47). Significantly in this case, Siviwe was open to seeing tourism as a production and engaging in critique of his profession and behavior. This openness greatly informed my research conclusions about townshi p tourism products and places as in the making I was also concerned about upsetting the social balance and any ethical quandaries presented by my collaboration. However, Marcus, reviewing work from Geertz, calls part of learning cultural competency during fieldwork. Gottlieb points out that our discipline has ied by a group of interacting, positioned actors the anthropologist and various "others" whose attempts at a conversation are she notes that we have almost dis posed of the myth of the lone, invisible fieldworker seeking some solid truth. In this vein, Southern Africa is a renowned place in the development of our discipline given the legacy of the Rhodes Livingston Institute, later known as the Manchester Schoo l. My

PAGE 160

160 field, and their use of African assistants. She details how anthrop ology worked as a team endeavor. Her study also shows how our methodology and knowledge production are situated in the political, social, material, historical contexts of place and time and very much mediated by assistants, if not many other interlopers. Impetus for this digression is further drawn from the now two decade old call to colonial practices and draw out the overt differential of structural power in the ethnographer subject relationsh ip (Marcus 1997:98). Beyond being fearful of having a heavy hand in interpretation of cultural tourism products, my relationship with Siviwe was fraught with concerns over paternalism, cross gender relations, and responsibility. A white woman working with an African man is not exactly taboo in South Africa anymore, but our partnership was still prey to our respective, perceived ideas of customary, gendered, and classed behaviors and the predisposed appraisal of the public eye. Let it suffice to say that ho w our collaboration works comes down to personality. Over time, we found a precious balance between professionalism and personal vulnerability. I resolved that proper fieldwork demanded this give and take. As well, our complicity did not result in dishones ty but rather the level of confidentiality and discretion one would extend to any close colleague. Marcus quotes Geertz in this regard: To recognize the moral tension, the ethical ambiguity, implicit in the encounter of anthropologist and informant, and to be authentic, if it is to actually happen. And to discover that is to discover also something very complicated and not altog ether clear about the nature of sincerity and insincerity, genuineness and hypocrisy, honesty and self deception. [Geertz 1968 in Marcus 1997:90] including our various collaboratio ns and the often unconscious assumptions that underlie them, is one means

PAGE 161

161 for some it remains, that close fieldwork associates were only customarily acknowledged in the preface or a scant footnote but not made integral to finished texts (Bhoju and Gold 1992, see also Sanjek 1993). In these examples, I hope to applaud the agency Siviwe brought to his entrepreneurial venture and to our partnership. His challenges to my ideas and the interests he brought to the project shaped my data collection and analysis. provides the detail for understanding tourism employment. Although this expe rience cannot and should be over of a growing non white working class. Successful guides most often strategically build on economic, social, or cultural capital to make it. T his trend perhaps mirrors larger patterns in new South Africa as township residents and other traditional members of the lower class attempt to capitalize on new opportunities. As in this case, success in and attitudes toward guiding depends on personality encounter generational patterns, responses to new structure of time, mobility, and authority as well as how guides face the personal and professional transformation with their community. Finally, this profile shows one aspect of how township residents ne gotiate opportunities, especially when decision making power appears to be held by tour companies and mediated by hired guides. Such internal and local practices will be further investigated in the following chapter.

PAGE 162

162 CHAPTER 5 S BUSI NESS Some observers looking on the new urban African communities see only chaos, but in fact there are regularities in the breaches of law, logic, and convention. [Wilson and Mafeje 1963:181] Langa is the township visited most by tourists. Its popularity i s due in part to its proximity to the city, relative safety, and its small, manageable size. Within its boundaries, Langa holds almost all of the elements that have come to characterize the sights, sounds, and smells of the most common township tours as we ll as a vivid history of labor, struggle, and reform. Tourism literature has most often considered how mass tourism destinations cater to and fashion attractions to fit the imagination of tourist consumers (Chambers 2000, Smith 2004, Urry 2002[1990]). In t his case, Langa township meet tourist desires for apartheid history, authentic urban poverty with tinges of ethnic tribalism, and evidence of progressive development. Community participation is a vital aspect of township tourism. Tour guides often strateg ize ways to make their tours interactive, mixing tourists with creative local crafters at markets, with hardworking members of the informal economy at shebeens and meat stands, with shack dwellers via home visits, or with lively school children at daycares (called crches) and kindergartens. In relation, tourism officials in the nation and metropole promote tourism as a source of sustainable, community based development, a local economic and empowerment opportunity. However, the touted claims of companies a nd organizations demand questioning. In fact, the most common inquiries of the countless tourists I encountered during my days on the tour route were about how townships are benefiting from tourism or how residents feel about being visited, having their pi cture taken, and their bedrooms inspected. Tourist and resident interactions can be both awkward and rewarding. Such exchanges involve the vexing and

PAGE 163

163 paradoxical forces of difference and normalcy, reinforcing one while attempting to project the other. Cult ural heritage issues take on greater emphasis when encountered face to face. In this chapter, I examine how local residents come to participate in tourism, how participation operates in social context, and what tourism participation means to various local residents and entrepreneurs. As Stronza argues, In teasing apart differences in how local hosts participate or choose not to participate in tourism, we may begin to analyze the range of factors that determine who gets involved, why, and in what ways. Only by asking these latter questions can we explore what tourism determines in people's lives and what factors in people's lives define their connection with tourism. [Stronza 2001:267] Building on the idea that tourism is something people do (Crouch 2000), I examine how township residents, marginalized from the mediating and decision making processes, reconfigure their daily lives, relationships, or environments in conjunction with the introduction of tourism. I examine what types of persons or social positio ns are drawn into tourism participation and how. In many cases, however, residents appear excluded from control over tourism practices, representations, and allocation of benefits. Thus I probe how certain persons or groups are excluded or included in tour ism practices. Weaving through a series of profiles, I describe a complete the picture provided in this dissertation of the specific social spectrum represen ted among participants I show how township tourism operates within a certain social context, the outcomes of which are complicated and uneven. This chapter is premised on the assertion that although touristic inte ractions may be planned and constructed, township tours do not meet a manicured, staged cultural village, but elihood and environment, setting of human

PAGE 164

164 encounter and interact with a multitude of local daily itineraries, histories, and mundane or private spaces. Throughou t these Langa examples, the so called responsible tour ism practices proffered by C ity office and tour companies, such as visiting and ensuring aid is left at local craft shops, projects, crches, and homes, are a n important feature of tour narratives. Yet, behind the scenes tour practices actually encounter a local theater of competitive entrepreneurialism, social difference, collusion, and corruption. Current practices have grown out of problematic development programs and entrenched socio economic relatio nships. In Langa, any planning initiatives encounter a host of historical divisions and associations based on race, class, and culture. That said their social position and the meaning of township places in a divided city both tra nsforms and is transformed by tourism participation. Importantly, current tourism practices also present examples of the continued innovation and global linkages present in African urban spaces (Simone 1994). In illustration of these claims, I consider th e organization of performance and participation engaged in the productions of culture, history, and place via social processes. I conclude that despite a lack of transparency or adherence to a conventional model of sustainability, township n my established points concerning tour guides and operators as mediators and interpreters, this logic works according to forces of time, space, and money. It depends on different types of social connections and beliefs, both historicized and new. For exam ple, throughout Langa, entrepreneurs actively manipulate the established itineraries of tour busses to their own advantage. Tourist paths are created based on known divisions, exploited connections, and

PAGE 165

165 carefully monitored timing. Any successful future wor k to build sustainable practices in relation to township tourism, or other similar community tourism manifestations, will depend on an understanding of this situated knowledge, the underlying social arrangements that differ from township to township, city to city. Historicizing Divisions and Development in Langa Forced out of sight by apartheid, Langa now extends this welcome to its fellow Capetonians, to South Africans and foreigners visiting the city and celebrates its heritage as one of the older suburb s in a growing metropole. It is a place full of stories, laughter, tears, heroism and villainy. Its vibrant expression of politics religion and culture is both unique to Langa and a lens through which South itage Brochure n.d.] Heritage tourism, in one sense, is about relationships between history and place (Bruner 2005, Kirshenblatt Gimblett 1998, Scarpaci 2005, Walkowitz and Knauer 2004). There exists an obvious relationship with people in the townships and how space was used, optimized, or tied to identities. The orderly, planned, even monotonous, township was the key institution of segregation and apartheid (Maylam 1995:35). Segregation and apartheid era policies not only ensured separation among ethnic gr oups, but also led to deep divisions within township communities (Bozzoli 2004, Wilson and Mafeje 1963). Internal organization based on political or religious affiliation, birthplace, language, work, and class continues to influence social processes in the se urban areas (Anderson and Field 2003, Eppel 2007, Ullmann 2005). To understand the internal logic of tourism participation in Langa, it is crucial to first understand how residents interact with one another and their various conceptions of outsiders. Th ese conceptions are tied to the meanings of place. However, given the influx of tourism, these social relationships take on new significance as places take on new meanings. Langa is the oldest standing township in Cape Town. The first, Ndabeni, was raised for industrial construction. Black residents were moved from Ndabeni due to over crowding

PAGE 166

166 between 1927 and 1936 (Field 2003:5). The name Langa means the sun in Xhosa. This naming also defiantly refers to Langalibalele, a rebel Hlubi chief held on Robben Is land in 1875. was purposefully planned for control and surveillance in the layout of streets, buildings and guard towers. It has one entrance and one exit. A central mark et area formed around the train station platform. Under apartheid control, independent economic activity was curtailed or monopolized by council and authorities (Anderson and Field 2003:148). However, a small entrepreneurial class emerged of general store managers, butchers, and hairdressers. The current home and hostel areas were built over several phases, dividing the township into zones of dormitory and multiple bedroom style barracks, semi detached housing, flats, single family homes, and, most recent ly, an informal squatter area was supplied with communal water taps. A characteristic feature of segregationist planning hostels are single sex male housing dormitories for migrant workers who were, in this case, primarily Xhosa men from rural Eastern Cap e (then the Transkei and Ciskei Xhosa homelands or Bantustans ). The cramped hostel living quarters are one of the most undignified aspects of township design (Ramphele oofs with no ceiling and no electric lights. The row of buildings held 128 single rooms, 8 blocks of 16 rooms, and 6 blocks of 6 rooms. Five ablution blocks and lavatories were provided separately for the original 300 male residents (Anderson and Field 200 3:44). Women, and their children, also braved pass laws to live with husbands or male relatives in the city and lived clandestinely in these hostels. A number of legislated and cultural factors in the development of Langa contribute to current formations. For one, the generation of Africans who had settled permanently in Cape

PAGE 167

167 detached family housing while migrant workers were placed in single sex male residences. This ta ctic of inner township segregation created a class of semi skilled African workers among the skilled, temporary workers among the migrant population. Both groups served as an available reservoir of cheap labor to white owned Africans as temporary sojourners, restrictions on urbanization really meant that new migrants were prevented from competing with Africans who had u rban jobs and legitimate one hand, upheld the national myth that Africans were only temporary to urban areas. They belonged in rural areas (also known as homel ands or Bantustans). On the other hand, such Within townships, these physical and symbolic separations deflated sentiments of solidarity among residents (Maylam 1995) Such divisions were exploited by authorities to maintain control over the non white population (Anderson and Field 2003:82, CASECT 2004, Maylam 1995). When Wilson and Mafeje completed their community study in 1963, Langa was the most middle class of the townships because of its more permanent workforce. They report continued recognition of differences within Langa. The migrants or amagoduka (lit. those who go home) were characterized as backward, more traditional outsiders or foreigners by the self ident ified, as lacking decorum and respect for traditional cultural beliefs. 1 Additional conceptions of social 1 Am ong migrants there was an internal division among Red and School migrants (Wilson and Mafeje 1963). Red migrants maintained traditional religion while School Xhosa were educated, Christian converts.

PAGE 168

168 differences among religious groups, traditional and modern, gender and generation, even sporting clubs are equally important to the shaping of Langa. 2 In sum, the distinctions among Xhosa residents of Langa in its formative period were often explained by local resident s in terms of culture. However, the divisions were equally, if not more so, rooted in urban labor policy and influx control leading to classed difference. A These segregation and apartheid era distinctions persist among residents of Langa in contemporary times. In many ways, it is a suburb of contrasts. For one, the host community residents hold various degrees of time and attachment in the city. A high number of present such as an evident sense of pride in being a Langa resident. According the 2001 Census only 36% of Langa is employed (COCT 2001). Meaning most of the population is dependent on other wage earners or working on an informal or casual basis. Most household survive on R1,600 (approx. US$230) a month or less, 88% below R3,400 (approx. US$480) a month, well below the amount ne eded to qualify for a bank loan for personal home or business development (Eppel 2007:77 78, COCT 2001). 3 At the same time, Langa also arguably exhibits a growing middle class with 5% earning above R7,500 (approx. US$1070) a month (ibid). In the townships social factors such as poverty, clan, and identity coalesce to create certain attitudes and habits. In this 2 anthropology such as that by Wilson and Mafeje ( also Mayer 1971, 1980). Such an evolutionary paradigm has been critiqued and improved (Hansen 1997, Ferguson 1999, Magubane 1973). That said, Wilson and Maf functional work captures the subtle urban and cultural differences that were significant to Langa residents, such as age sets, dress, education, or observance of Xhosa traditions. These functional cohesive elements are still important. Sec ondly, as Eppel points out, the boundaries of these distinctions were not always clear and straight forward (Eppel relationships did exist betw een the two groups. 3 The exchange rate in 2007 2008 fluctuated between R7 R8 per US$1on average.

PAGE 169

169 divisive yet close community, leveling mechanisms, such as gossip and vandalism, help maintain uel the importance of individual over communal goals as well as high instances of nepotism and collusion. As Luanda from the Plans for development since the end of ap artheid have crossed paths with these established community issues in complicated, even violent ways. Leading up to the 1994 elections, township residents were made promises about housing, civil services, and employment. Such promises have not come to frui tion for many and, in other cases housing policy has failed to account for local conditions. This results in continued, heightened tensions over issues such as class and housing. For example, housing upgrades in Langa have renewed and reinforced identifi ed divisions leading to legal action, arson, and protests (Eppel 2007). The up and built in the 1980s. The manicured, single family brick h view of the internal township from N2 H ighway leading from airport. In the late 1980s, after influx control and pass laws were relaxed, families left the cramped back yard or hostel conditions to create shack settlements on the open land between Settlers and the highway. The area became characterized as a place where migrants go (Eppel 2007:34). The growing squatter camp, named after Housing Minister and prominent ANC member Joe Slovo, is considered a safety threat and eye although spending 9 to 11 months a year in Cape Town, are still largely self identified and labeled as migrants and outsiders.

PAGE 170

170 Under the Public Hostels Redevelopment subsidy, or the Hostels to Homes project, many old hostel buildings have been converted into single family apartments. Additionally, despite much protest, the approximately 5,000 Joe Slovo residents are slotted for forced removal to allow building of apartment complexes, part of the N2 Gateway Project. In brief, despite the good intentions of these upgrading schemes, the transition has upset work informal and formal, population is typi cally unable to afford rent in the new accommodations built on their previous land (Robins 2000). Hostel residents pay around R20 to R35 (approx. US$2.5 to $5) a month for verted single family units start at R250 (approx. US$35) monthly rent for a one bedroom apartment, a serious increase in price for meager family budgets. The outcome of upgrading of hostels and squatter areas into family units elicits paradoxical charges. in backyard shacks, have been waiting longer for housing. However, typically only working class ally afford the new housing units in the long term. Eppel argues that a continued disconnect between housing policy and local conditions, combined with further in migration, corruption, and local politicking perpetuate the housing backlog (Eppel 2007:73). In a similar manner, plans for tourism, ill conceived or only partially implemented, have encountered long simmering divisions and entitlements. Whereas segregation and apartheid era policies increased self awareness of differences based on class and colo r, the introduction of cultural tourism encounters and works within these established divisions. Furthermore, in recognizing the opportunity, the value of their presence as an integral township tour element,

PAGE 171

171 residents become aware of their particular ident ities and social positions in carving out roles on the established tour route (Comaroff and Comaroff 2009). An additional concern is the increasing presence of foreign Africans immigrants in Cape ict is thus best understood not as being simply between locals and immigrants, but rather as being between different groups of in migrants, some South African and others foreign Africans, competing to establish themselves in a new social, economic, and phy Johannesburg, Cape Town had been a relatively safe option for foreign Africans (Masade 2008) of my fieldwork in May 2008 as xenophobic violence became widespread across the nation (Sharp 2008). Attacks in Johannesburg and Durban had locals worried that the strife would come to Cape Town. Attacks in Cape Town occurred in more marginalized (if that distin ction even makes any sense) townships, and really seemed almost an afterthought. No significant incidence amakwerekwere derogatory term referring to the sound of their languages, were w orried about their place in the Cape Town township tourism markets. Meter (1996 in Dodson and Oelofse 2000 ) reports that the local and national rhetoric against foreign Africans concerns the following popular beliefs based on his study in the peninsula to wnship of Imizamoyethu: 1. Immigrants are mostly illegal and put a drain on the community's and the country's limited resources. 2. Immigrants steal jobs from South Africans by undercutting local wage rates, accepting inferior employment conditions, and r efusing to unionize (this applies particularly to the fishing industry.) 3. Immigrants are perpetrators of violence and assist those guilty of violent crime in evading arrest and prosecution. 4. Immigrant numbers are expanding, with immigrants encouraging friends and family members to move to Mizamoyethu. 5. Immigrants have no interest in maintaining or improving the physical environment of the

PAGE 172

172 community. 6. Immigrants are better off, dress smartly and "flash money around." They thereby corrupt local womenf olk and encourage prostitution, even by very young girls and by married women. 7. Immigrants have no respect for the cultural pra ctices of the community.[ibid:134 ] Yet if immigrants choose to live or work in the townships, it is more often the similarities not differences that create tension. Foreign Africans, also marginalized and seeking low skill employment are considered a threat. Race, class, and ethnicity generate and coincide with geographical space issues. As argued below, sometimes these difference s create spaces for Community Based Tourism in Townships Tourism is increasingly understood as a significant development option (Nel and Binns 2002, Rogerson 2000). Globally, t ourism revenues and opportunities can serve as a boon to marginalized areas, especially in the developing world. International authorities such as the WTO promote this idea and offer guidelines on how to increase community participation through development strategies (WTO 2002). They argue that tourism brings powerful consumers to Southern countries, can help diversify stagnant local economies, and promote s gender equality by allowing job creation for women. At the same time, responsible tourism has increasingly grown as a marketing tool and attraction for consumers. The WTO states that the primary goal of Pro amou nt of revenue remains in the local market. Maximize linkages concerns increasing the competitiveness of local products, formal and informal partnerships, and SMME development. Further, they suggest promoting cultural assets, minimizing adverse effects on l ocal communities, and ensuring that local residents in poor areas become decision makers.

PAGE 173

173 Since the 1996 White Paper, Development and Promotion of Tourism in South Africa the national Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism (DEAT) has been workin g to sustainability. A number of other national policy statements, such as G EAR (Growth, 2004:52). However, in Cape Town, there is a disconnect between policy formulation and implementation and a slow trickle of benefits beyond the tour company coffers. In the case of Langa and most other townships in Cape Town, feasibility studies, development forums, and new buildings for tourism related businesses foll owed the 1996 White Paper. A number of positive endeavors have come and gone, like the Cape Care Route, a set of routes marketed by various companies that tourists could request that visited social and environmental programs around Cape Town primarily in o utlying areas. Tour companies found that this specialized tour was not requested enough and when it was requested the cost was too high to maintain. In addition, residents refer to the many cultural and tourism centers, like the ones built in Langa and K hayelitsha by the City Council or the City Department of Arts, Culture, Sport, and Tourism through. That said, a number of private businesses, inspired by the original development for ums, persist such as restaurants and guest houses. These businesses, however, are not often part of the common tour route. They depend on outside bookings and occasional partnerships with tour companies for a catered lunch.

PAGE 174

174 The issue of community involvem ent and benefit has concerned scholars analyzing township tourism. In 1996, Goudie et al. reported that despite public and private efforts at awareness and inclusion, locals remain peripheralized and often lack knowledge about how to get involved in touris m. They also critique the lack of broad, coordinated strategy on the part of public officials. Rather they found that government entities provide support and encouragement for responsible tourism but expect companies to accomplish it on their own. In this regard, driven tourism developments are rarely associated with real community empowerment (1996:69). Robins (2002) is equally suspicious of the claims to community involvement or development. He argues that such claims follow new national narratives but may lack tangible outcomes. Drawing on Hutnyk (1996), Robins notes taking place. Tourists may be glad to see craft markets and projects as the evidence of flourishing cottage industries and entrepreneurial self help. These facets calm anxieties, as Hutnyk argues, and unrealistically make tourists feel their presence is be neficial. At the same time townships are called to be examples of positive development in marginalized areas, they are being recharacterized as sites of heritage. In this vein, Davies (2003) goes further in his critique of community responsibility, noting that cultural and heritage tourism becomes another form of hegemony overlain on place with a history of domination by outside appropriate to impose another structur

PAGE 175

175 it an exploitative tourism, one that arises from a distorted curiosity to view the hardships of other p In response to such criticism, this chapter considers similar incidents, such as the malfunction of community centers and the difficulty of home visitation. But rather than see such issues as merely instances of failure, voyeurism, or exploitation, I seek to understand how and why certain practices have been allowed to develop and continue. I offer a behind the scenes view of how tourism is working in Langa. Drawing on the claims and questions from Goudie et al., Robins, and Davies, this chapter considers how we characterize these emergent strategies that often lack transparency and sustainability? Moreover, I examine how tourism encounters the specific historical landscape and divisions of Langa. As noted, tourism development in Lan ga began around 1996 as a topic of discussion and training for the Langa Development Forum (LDF) forged under RDP. Established in the previous chapters, tour companies and their guides have been able to set the agenda, routes, content, and economic organiz ation of township tours without much intervention from above. However, from below, entrepreneurial local residents, attuned to the perceived benefits of tourism, have found flaws in development planning, the unique character of Langa influences how programs function in participate and benefit from tourism. For example, although the div isive underlying elements of Langa social organization are not expressly mentioned in tours, the enhanced social position of historical legislation, events, and buil dings in which these divisions are solidified are key topics and destinations, especially for walking excursions. Beyond information on class differences

PAGE 176

176 based on housing, the status of so called migrants arguably impacts whose house is visited or invaded by guides and their groups. Hostels and squatter camps are interesting to tourists and are visited far more regularly than any single family or middle class homes. Participation and Performance at the Cultural Center Nine in the morning at the Cultural C enter is quiet and calm. Only a few regulars are leisurely preparing for the day. A handful of artists begin to populate the corners of the entrance hall, making their booths ready for potential visitors. An older Xhosa gentleman hangs up beaded bracelets, earrings, and necklaces. He also has some pins with colorful, tiny glass beads strung in the design of the South African flag. He flashes me a big, toothless grin from under his cap. Although its only 2007, he is busy weaving pins that say FIFA 2010. Next to him the pottery project has two tall cases of wares. Everything from coffee cups to sushi plates are painted with guinea fowl feathers, zebra stripes, and thatch huts. Across the hall, an artist from the Congo delicately places his original paintings d own a long table leading to the amphitheater and pottery studio. A pair of brothers from Zimbabwe, Melvin and Martin, specialize in wire sculptures. Moving swift and effortlessly with their pliers, they craft charming safari animals covered in beads. The b est sellers, however, are miniature versions of their talents, palm sized trinkets in the shape of animals, insects, hearts, and stars serve as tree ornaments and key chains. 4 The first rush hour of the day falls roughly between 10:00 a.m. and 11:00 a.m. each morning. Tour groups have finished at the District Six Museum or the Bo Kaap and made their way down the N2 highway to exit number 11, Langa. Turning onto Washington Street, the bright blue and gold cone of the theater at the Cultural Center catches their attention. Their guide prepares them for disembarking. 4 See Jules Rosette 1984, Kasfir 1999, Phillips and Steiner 1999, Rovine 2001, and Steiner 1994 o n how African art and craft is transformed for the tourist mar ket.

PAGE 177

177 Guide: Now we are coming to a place called [the Cultural Center]. It is a community center whereby they are teaching people skills who are not working. People who are unemployed, they teach them skills so that one day they can open up their own business. As you know, in South Africa there is a big problem of unemployment. I think the unemployment rate is about 40%...So in the townships they have all these types of places to try to alleviate unempl oyment where they give them a skill or a trade. This place, they teach people pottery, needlework, metal works, acting and drama. This place is non government funded. The way they make their money is they sell goods and they put the money back into the cen ter to Walking into the complex, intricate mosaics made from colorful little tiles welcome them. The crafters have manned their stations to smile and nod as the group filters in. The tourists glance around the room, enticed by the tables of crafts, not noticing the spots of peeling paint leading down a hallway to a block of offices where Andiswa, the Center secretary, has a cubicle. Farther along the corridor Walter holds dominion over a small computer lab, his booming laugh occasionally echoing into the alcove. A local woman has set up a catering business in the small kitchen. She makes spicy egg and chutney sandwiches for t he guides. Distracted from the shopping impulse, the tourists are led first to a presentation in the theater by local actors or dancers. Luanda and another male artisan often perform a short one act play about an old African man voting for the first time Langa playwright Fatima Dike, also their teacher. The pathos and joy of the piece, along with their talent brings tears to my eyes every time. After a round of applause, Luanda passes the donation box, and the group m arches to the pottery studio. A number of artists sit in the dusty back room, warmed by the heat of a large kiln. A group of women work silently, delicately painting on a number of freshly fired pieces. One of the male members of the cooperative takes tim e to tell the visitors about the creation process. Artist: This project here was started in 2002 by artists in the township of Langa, with the help of one of the local business men, so they managed to survive. So now what is happening here, people are just creating these shapes out of clay from that

PAGE 178

178 mix. And then from the mix we will start creating the shapes by using the molds. The molds are pieces like this.[He hold the mold a loft] Like from here you will get a cup. So they guide us to get the right shap these ovens which we use for the firings. Then we do the painting which we are doing now. The only reasons all these paintings look the same is that it is an order ill come up with his or her own ideas. And then once you finish painting them you fire them again so the paint will stick to the item...This is the finished product. So you can put your food your tea here. They are all lead free. And then we take these ite ms and display them out front as the finished product. That is where you can buy one for your friends your family or maybe just for yourself (tour, July 13, 2006). The artist continues, explaining about their orders with outside agencies such as a new cup that looks resembles the World Cup trophy. If there are no questions, the artist points to the donation box, explaining that they are saving for a new kiln, and the group is led back out to the entrance hall for shopping. In the hall, pottery and painted prints are big sellers. The crafters share a supply of bubble wrap, tape, and rubber bands, helping each other get products out the door, wrapping, making change, and As this group files back out to the bus for the n ext leg of their township journey, several other tour groups are being passed along the intricate path of stations at the Cultural Center, snapping photos, exchanging pleasantries, and occasionally opening their wallets. By all appearances and descriptions the Center is an indispensible, highly functioning community program. The visitors are pleased to have contributed and to take home a sample of the local talents. In the Center, hosts and mediators have wordlessly conspired to create what Bruner and Kir shenblatt another context (Bruner and Kirshenblatt Gimblett 2005:33 in Bruner 2005). But instead of a pristine, planned cultural village performance, the Center regulars ha ve crafted scenes of community creativity, empowerment, and ingenuity in a contemporary urban scene. Attuned to

PAGE 179

179 the popular, circulating tourism themes of cooperative work and responsible tourism (Salazar 2010), regulars fiercely protect the positive image of Center. The so called backstage (MacCannell 1999 [1975] ) of the Center, although somewhat different from its toured outward character, is nonetheless full of ingenuity. Seeing the Internal Logic of the Cultural Center Perched on the steps in the corrido r of the entrance hall, I often watched the rush hour shuffle. After several months observing and engaging the players in the Center, I started to understand the subtle organizing forces that created and sustained this intricate dance. These processes, of course, came into high relief when Siviwe introduced his young gumboots dancers into the Center and was met with resistance, accusations, and skepticism. But before that, I started to hear stories. In private interviews, Center regulars quietly complained about missing was forced to leave the Center. Most reserved from explicitly implicating their neighbors in suspicious deals or wrongdoings. Things were amiss but a mbiguous. No one and someone were to blame. Someone and no one were in charge. In 2007 the Center has faded from its original condition. The walls show signs of abuse a day. Although a host of staff fill the Center, the custodian and the secretary, Andiswa, are the only two formal paid positions. Others merely staked a claim to economic and creative spaces through various means. For example, Walter was one of few with limited computer knowledge. So he changed the lock on the iron gate to the computer room and charged admission for usage. Residents come in sporadically to print a resume, but the internet capabilities rarely work. Artists have also gained access and a sem i permanent stall in the Center. In the townships, one knows better than to ask much about where money comes from or where it goes. But by reputation, I

PAGE 180

180 the pot tery project, perhaps even to Walter, to maintain their place. However, many internal Center relationships are more complicated. The application process to join the craft market is equally uneven. I once watched a local man bring in a bag of wire sculpture computer lab. Walter explained that they already had wire sculptors and sent the man away. Other days, new products with price tags would mysteriously appear on a communal table. history, the management council called migrant crafters find an easy time staying in the center. Rather, rather foreign Africans, who present less of a perceived claim or threat to come to Cape Town with more art training and art import connections, are allowed in the Center. It was in this social network that Siviwe was accused of exploiting the elementary school aged gumboots dancers and taking the donations they earned for himsel f. Founded or unfounded, such vocal suspicion was rare in an environment flush with clandestine deals and minor and were questioning his right to be in the Cente r. Noted in Chapter 4, the introduction of a new element into the intricate workings of Center tours disrupted the delicate yet planned flow of tourist visitors. This arrangement works according to a logic based on time, space, and money. The tourist path from performance hall, to studio, to shopping occurs for al most every group of tourists. This tactic s When Siviwe introduced the dancers, he took away time and potential donations or purchases from the other Center participants. Again, it did not help that Siviwe was a newcomer to Langa and that the Center was

PAGE 181

181 That said, other types of personal relationships and social positions influenced the running of the Center. For exa mple, one morning, Martin, one of the Zimbabwean wire workers, arrives enraged but too sheepish to enter. Andiswa creeps to her office and closes the door. Melvin runs out, trying to keep any impending fray from occurring in the busy entrance hall with everyone watching. The curious but knowing Center regulars go on about their business. That was the last noticeably diminished. A few Saturdays later, I pass Martin and Melvin hawking their wares at the robots (stop lights) in Rondebosch near the university campus. Melvin, weary from this new type of salesmanship, hops into my car to unload his frustrations He admits he had been having a romantic affair with Andiswa and, unbeknownst to his brother, he was gradually increasing the amount of commission she received from the wire crafts as well as use of their vehicle. Now his brother refuses to do business in Melvin would also be self banished. However, dependant on the craft stall, the brothers sent a young female cousin to the Center to watch and sell their crafts. The Center functioning is over shadowed by multiple instances of corruption and c ollusion a total sustainable business operation procured. In interviews, staffers mentioned instances of sever al thousand rand being given to the Center by tourists or charitable organizations. But no one could account for where the money went or what it was used for. Initial plans for the Center grew out of a part nership between the LDF and the then Department of Environmental and Cultural Affairs (now DACST) in 1996. Nkosazana, a respected member of the community, sought to make the building a community affair (personal

PAGE 182

182 communication, March 31, 2008). She helped o rchestrate a partnership with local design firm known for participatory community architecture. The leading architect, Maretha, a white South African, remembers that Nkosazana was active doing household surveys and organizing community forums (Maretha, per sonal communication, March 28, 2008). At some of the monthly meetings 500 residents were in attendance. These meetings for community feedback about the design and purpose of the Center lasted until building was complete in 2001. The project culminated in t he R3.5 million building that stands today. It was only to be phase one of a larger, community complex. Phase two of the plan has been indefinitely stalled. The Center is purposefully located in the heart of the older section of Langa adjacent to the old P ass Office Building, the site of the 1960 and 1976 riots, and the old location supervisors home. Nkosazana recalls attendance at the workshops was voluntary, and the members of the group present for meetings were not consistent. Rather, she says, people c ame and went as did their interests. The issue was that their needed to be growth, Nkosazana argues, however, many in the community did not know what tourism was. At the time, before a successful township tourism industry was visible, she found the communi ty lacked real passion for tourism. Most thought tourism was something for white areas and white visitors. At the meetings, the first design request of the community concerned creating a Xhosa cultural park with rural village elements: rondavels (round mu d and thatch houses), farm animals, and traditional foods. Maretha and her team politely struck down these requests as unsustainable and inauthentic to the urban character of Langa. However, a circular dome, the theater of the Cultural Center, is supposed to mimic the rondavel design. Maretha also saw that design elements, such as decorative mosaics, reflected Xhosa culture and Langa history. Artwork and labor were completed by local community members. At the time of completion, the Cultural

PAGE 183

183 Center along w ith Maretha and her firm were cited in national and international publications as a good example of participatory, community architecture (Danner 2001, de Beer and Smuts 2001). ntegrated should reflect that picture of African life the Phase II project that has yet to be built. Beyond disagreements over design, Nkosazana and Maretha remember that many of the zone councilors from the LDF were absent for meetings and discussions. A UCT architecture and social world of Langa: It is significant that conf lict emerged with in the process. It appears that the reason for its emergence lies in the existence of hierarchy amongst participants of any sample groups. Furthermore, it was pointed out that trust and confidence amongst different sample groups was lack ing, which I probably rooted within the former apartheid system that encourage segregation between race and gender. [Ullmann 2005:173] Thus Ullmann points to the historical division within Langa. He also argues that the residents were unaccustomed to being asked or adequately involved in planning. Once the Center opened, Nkosazana and an appointed board, primarily consisting of years of trying to work with the Co uncil to maintain a transparent application process for crafters and develop regular community programming, she was relieved of her duties. Now she states :

PAGE 184

184 the current functioning, and now there is still a further disconnect. There is no one there with a populated by too many artists as opposed to training programs, and peo ple too concerned with their own interests. As Nkosazana eased her involvement, she was offered a job in Johannesbu rg. Now she does not visit the C enter nor talk about it unless she happens to run into someone on her visits home. To her, the current state of the C enter is heart breaking. Again Maretha holds a different assessment of the Cultural Center. Although she is continually unhappy with the upkeep of the facility and lack of management, she says : traditional church services but no functioning local businesses. Maretha stays involved, writing letters to the mayor and provincial government about the need for maintenance. She has arranged for charity groups to visit and even helped secure large donations. However, she gave up on giving donations after the board could not provide plans or receipts for expenditur es. Nonetheless, Maretha feels the talent there could result in great things for the Center if a dependable organizer would emerge. After a decade of involvement, Maretha harbors no utopian expectations of community participation; rather she is happy for individuals to make it work. Maretha: In our work we believe that we can empower people to become misnomer township resident something is happening, she feels the Center is actually functioning.

PAGE 185

185 Walking Tours and Local Participation Strategies The Center anchors the entre of tourists into the local Langa econ omy at the craft market. It further serves as an indispensible port of embarkation for tourists, who continue their spatio temporal journey through the township on foot. Visitors, leaving the Center organization based on time, space, money and personal rel ationship, travel into the similarly complicated social network that has arisen around the walking tour phenomenon. Again the social positioning of participants is vital to their level of control over the terms of their participation. After shopping at th e Cultural Center, many tour groups are handed to an informal walking tour guide, like Siviwe, for an excursion into the streets and homes of Langa. On the and pa ss to the police station, pointing out an old caspir (armored car), the site of the 1960 pass book riots, the old pass office building, and then continue down a block of council houses. From there, Siviwe takes visitors into the migrant labor hostel comple x, usually touring an old hostel and squeezing his guests into a cramped, squalid, multi family room before pointing out the new, refurbished one family apartments. Next, Siviwe pauses for a stop at the local daycare to see the children playing, dancing, a nd singing. Finally, he walks his guests past the nice homes of first shack in the settlement and perhaps purchase some beadwork from the women there. At this time, the original guide reappears with the van to move the tourists on to the next stop. Along this walking route, others may visit a number of other stops, such as the craft market strategically set up in the hostel blocks or a shebeen In the following profiles, I show how a number of residents have tactically made themselves valuable parts of the walking tour experience. Residents such as Pamela at the sheep head spaza Reggie at the shebeen and inhabitants of hostels and shacks find ways to participa te

PAGE 186

186 and benefit from tourism. These arrangements are worked out in behind the scenes social networks among locals and guides. Although removed from most mediated decisions, from below they manipulate the standard itinerary to their advantage. Such processes transform the way residents understand their township environment, transform their livelihoods, and affect their conceptions of self and identity. Conversely, the issues of interaction and participation are rife with paradoxical arrangements for residen ts. Interaction with locals can just as easily reinforce notions of cultural difference or preconceptions of exoticism. Although residents may gain intangible benefits from exposure to tourist visitors, their access to tangible benefits is not always secur e and sustainable. Pamela and the Sheep Heads Spaza Pamela saw her neighbor coming briskly up the street towards her place of business waving som e newspaper. The neighbor shoved image covered almost all of page 3 of the Cape Times In the photo, Pamela was sitting working diligently over a pile of boiled and singed sheep heads as she did most every day. A tour guide, God feature on township tours (personal communication, March 30, 2008). Pamela immediately felt embarrassed and undermined, believing that the tour guide should have to ld her when he was touring local reporters and that her image could be used. News of her unhappiness spread quickly among the Langa guides. Pamela, i s the young, charismatic, English speaking member of the sheep h ead meat stand by the New Flats. H er partic ipation in the tours was important. On a Sunday, her only day off, we visit Pamela at her wooden shack on the edge of Joe Slovo. The floor and the walls are covered in plastic advertisement cast offs, the larger than life

PAGE 187

187 size image of a blond woman froli cking in her underwear cascades on the floor of the small kitchen and over the walls of the bedroom. These are the only two rooms. An adjacent shack her sister is preparing mounds of greasy, fat cook ( amaquina) to sell. At work, Pamela wears multiple layers of clothing to shield her fr om the heat of the cooking fire: ratty sweaters over a long skirt, covered by a wool hat, an apron, as well as soot and sweat. Toda y she is dressed like any other 28 year old township girl in pink, short sleeve top and tight jeans The high contrast between her weekend appearance and our usual encounters, bright and clean among the dust of the squatter camp, make her a real beauty. He r arms are shapely and firm. She has nice chin, length braids. Her two young daughters jump on the bed and watch TV as Siviwe and I make space in the kitchen. We have our interview while squatting on the face of the beautiful blond in lingerie on the floor mat. On a work day, Pamela leaves before dawn taking the train to Salt River to gather the sheep heads. She pays R13 a piece for 15 heads that she scorches, boil s, and sells for R26 each. That i wor k. The spaza site, across from Mdhaka Alley (Chapter 3) holds the fire pits of around five women, each a separate informal As tour groups began to visit the area, the women demanded some incentive to allow their pictures to be taken and their work interrupted. Guides started to leave money or food donations on a regular basis for the women as a payment for their time. Pamela says this money was distributed among the group. I t was helpful but easily disappeared. So the women decided to start logging any contributions from tourists and guides in a shared ledger. They say are saving the money to purchase better selling tables or even a cover for the rainy winter months. Amidst

PAGE 188

188 t his development, Pamela emerged as the one in the group that spoke English and as a leader. Since guides were seeking interaction, especially at a tour site that inspires such voyeurism, they Now when busses arrive, Pamela stops her work to answer questions for the groups. Learning from her mother, Pamela says she believes that the sheep head spaza is a township and Xhosa tradition that deserves to be celebrated on the tours. She is happy to tell them about her work. Pamela explained to me that she was embarrassed to have her picture in the paper in her dirty, work clothes for other locals to see. But does n o t she get her picture taken countless times Those pictures go For Pamela, tourism visits reinforced her belief in the meaning and importance of her craft as both a rural and urban tradition. Along with her companions at the spaza she demanded to be recognized for her role in the succes sful execution of township tourism. Her involvement and proceeding compliments from tourists and guides has resulted in increased confidence, even prompting Pamela to consider saving for tour guide training herself. The sheep head spaza is only one of seve ral places on the tour route where residents, recognizing they were becoming integral attractions, demanded compensation. This particular site of everyday informal work already holds some significance for the township community. The cooking of sheep heads is a long held tradition, part of the flavor of township life. Through tourism, this smoky and fragrant area is over laid with new designations of heritage, curiosity, and meaning. Social positioning of tourism participants bears on this and the following examples. The payments or donations given to the spaza women are not guaranteed nor necessarily regular.

PAGE 189

189 Rather an operator might make a monthly visit or a guide might give some rands when he gets ahead. This kind of commission based and casual relationsh ip dominates the walking tour route. informality arguably gives the impression that tours are not intruding on her day of work. Also, despite being well known among th e community, Pamela and her co workers are identified with migrant status. That said, tourism participation outcomes also depend on subjective responses. her posi tion and her importance, Pamela is quick to not be undermined by tour guides. Reginald: Informal Site Guide Passing time at the Cultural Center, Walter spins stories about growing up in Langa. I ask him when the shack settlement by the N2 Highway began to grow. He recalls (paraphrasing): Before there was a squatter camp, the Joe Slovo area was bush and a trash dump. We used to play there as kids. But there was a guy down by the little stream; he would kill children that passed too close. We called him uMcon go. He went to jail for that (Walter, personal communication, January 12, 2008). I offer a series of questions to figure out the veracity of this old tale, perhaps told to children to keep them from the run off water canal and busy road. But what happened to uMcongo? Walter says, now I think he is giving tours. A few blocks over that morning, Reginald wakes as his three young children rush off to school. His wife is busy with the tenants in the backyard of their small council home. Already he has a headach e. Finishing dressing, he finds his current, tattered paperback novel and stuffs it into his waist band. He makes his way down Iscawu Street and right to the opening of a muddy alleyway, eMdhaka. Down the gully, the women are stoking their fires and gettin g ready to open the shebeens for business. Here he will wait to take his position as a step on guide for the tour

PAGE 190

190 busses. He will try to stay sober until he makes some rands in donations from the first round of visitors. When a guide he knows drives by to park in front of the meat market, Reggie jumps from his perch on an upturned bucket, again tucks his paperback into the front of his trousers, and jaunts to meet the van. Despite his disheveled clothes and the faint hint of alcohol on his breath, Reggie st iffens into a steady, professional. His large, blood shot eyes take in the group and the alleyway, always aware of hazards to point out or dangers to avoid such as muddy puddles or rickety stairs He makes grand gestures with his large, cracked hands as he explains about the homebrewed beer then walks groups through the old, unrenovated hostels. He is articulate and or respond to a joke. Rather he answers all who laugh at the old man spouting facts and acting important. Reggie is quick to send away the many small children in the hostel area that come out to see the tourists. Although the visitors enjoy snapping photos of the kids in the yard, Reggie feels within twent Meeting up with Reggie for a talk one afternoon, I call him over to the car from his hang out near eMdhaka. One of his friends yells after him to tease. He s In our interview, Reggie is emotional about his turbulent past and time in jail for alleged assault (personal communication, February 7, 2008). In 2007, Reggie is 52 years old. He was in prison from ages 19 to 32. He is still in and o ut of the courts settling domestic disputes with his

PAGE 191

191 wife. These continual problems, along with unemployment, led him to become a regular among the shebeens and social gatherings of Mdhaka alley. He says sometime he even considers ever, being involved in tourism has changed his outlook as well as the pace and possibilities of his days. group on foot between the sheep heads, Mdhaka alley, and the host els. This allowed Ayanda to move his vehicle while the clients walked ensuring that tourists got time on the streets yet no time was wasted for Ayanda. Soon, other guides without drivers also allowed Reggie to assist. Overtime, as Reggie accompanied the gr oups, he memorized their various narratives about the shebeen do his thing. I never heard a guide explicitly tell tourists to tip Reggie, but many visitors slipped him R20 or R50 notes. If they did not, the guides often came back and gave Reggie at least R20 for his services. 5 In this way, Reggie, like Pamela, made himself indispensible. His entre into tourism is based on family relationships as well as his skill level He speaks excellent English and is careful feel of tours and extends participation benefits to another resident. However, some companies, such as Langford fo ridicule from his neighbors, this endeavor gives him confidence and supplies extra rands for his family or his celebrations in Mdhaka alley. However, Reggie also remains an inform al employee, used or skipped over by tour guides at will. 5 Reggie was also unable to make appointment with guides because he did not have a cell phone. I gave him one of the inexpensive phones I had purchased for fieldwork a few months before I left South Africa. He eagerly gave the num ber out to all of his contacts.

PAGE 192

192 Site and Sentiment: Hostel Home Visits Ayanda: We're driving to the hostels... we will be walking, taking some pictures. You must know that you are welcome in the township N You know we people in township we are just unlike people in town. Because if you want to visit someone's house in town, you have to first make an appt. but in township you don't have to do that. I've got more that 20 people that can just walk in my house everyday without making an appointment with me and they will be welcome. If you go in someone's house in town they call the police (tour, July 4, 2006). A handful of old hostel buildings remain in the heart of Langa. The old, grey structures stand in contrast to the bright orange and newly refurbished hostels. The hostel area is austere, monochrome, and monotonous. Yet the yards between the hostels are often flooded with refuse. Laundry, strung on wire s, decorates the courtyards. In most structures, two doorways on the bottom floor open into large common room furnished with a sink and two sets of tables and benches. Down the corridors to each side, there are four smaller rooms, a wash room and three bed rooms. By 2007, the Hostel to Homes project was out of funds. Hostels scheduled for conversion sit in disrepair half demolished. Those families, as well as single men, not rehoused by the program remain in old buildings. Women in hostels share cooking, c leaning, and childcare responsibilities. They are accustomed to the constant noises of their neighbors and the crowded spaces for sleeping and cooking. Children at play in the dirt courtyard are easily monitored. Many tour groups visit the hostels to talk with women that live there on a daily basis. Men are typically absent during the day for work or other pursuits. Reggie or another guide usher the reactions to the place are varied. Acclimated to different customs, some are too uncomfortable to enter what they perceive of as private spaces. Others seek ways to greet and exchange niceties, or to give donations, or are moved to tears. Siviwe and I visited the host els often to interview

PAGE 193

193 residents both privately in their rooms and in focus groups in the common room. Most of the women, despite 20 years migrating between the city and the rural areas, are not comfortably fluent in English. Siviwe helped to provide trans lation. In the following transcription, translated from Xhosa, we held an informal focus group in one of the main rooms (interview with hostel residents, April 25, 2008). The most vocal woman, for example, Noludwe (Woman 2 below) arrived in Cape Town in 1 987 after the pass laws were eased. In this instance, I include her extended comments, and those of her companions. Our conversations best illustrate their understanding of tourism in Langa. RH: Tell me what you think about being visited by tourists. Woma come. this forever. If we were going to stay like this forever then we would not because it would b e like they were humiliating us or laughing at us. But this is going to change. There are changes which are happening around us. And can some of them when they come they see where they can help. Where we are lacking they give us money. We now staying here but we know time to come we are going to go to better places. It is always good for people to see where you come from before. Not just to see us in nice places. We are coming from the ground before we got to nice places. RH: Do you feel your privacy is bei ng invaded? privacy they can invade, because already we do not have privacy. Woman 2: You know when these visitors come to this place, our homes more especially, we get scared, embarrassed because our rooms sometimes are dirty. You want to clean up the room, but they just want to come in. They say come in. W And we love ygienic things. We are feeling bad when a tourist just comes takes a looks and then goes back outside.

PAGE 194

194 Woman 1: It is also very good when they come inside and sit next to you (i n the bedroom). They make you feel more human even if we are staying in a place like this. Good to come in and be relaxing by them. They tell us not to clean up when we try to. So we love them because they are nice to us as poor as we are. In our culture v isitors are very important. RH: Do you residents have any problems, appointments, or relationships with guides? Woman 1: We have come to the point where we know them and one guide nd they see that [Vusi] is doing a tour and the people of this hostel are very friendly and so they come here because they see other tourist in there having a good time. So there is no need for them to make appointments to say we are coming, we are used to it this way. RH: Do tour guides tell the real story? Woman 1: For the most part, they are saying exactly what is going on here. Some of them they do not know what they are talking about. They are just saying something you can pick it up that they have hea rd it from others. They do not know the situation of the hostels. Sometimes we say, no this person should have just (Siviwe laughs.) Most of the people who are coming here are who give the wrong info are these spoiled brats coming from the suburbs ( khula ntofontofo ). And we are not ashamed of how we are staying so there is no need to cover up or say nice things. You know, [Vusi] is the best person to do the hostels because he w as staying here. And he tells the tourists he was staying here. No need to correct him. He tells it like it is. If someone does not know something it is better for them to ask or give it to someone who knows We asked the women how they felt they were compe nsated or benefiting from tourism visits. Woman 1: I do not know if it is the tour guides are telling the tourists to give or not to give the money. Sometimes you see the tourists taking out money and then they put it back in their pocket. As we are unem ployed and the kids are in school, that money really helps Siviwe: We cannot tell the tourists to give you money, because before the tour we tell them they way you welcome people in our culture is with warmth, so it will go against that. It depends on the tour guide, there is no standard. What I do is be the first to go out, so tourists can leave something without tour guide or residents will take out money

PAGE 195

195 [ Siviwe tells me residents are finding money under phones or under cans probably left by tourists. During translation, Siviwe laughs at his comments to the women .] RH: How do you feel when they leave your rooms without giving you anything? money, but at the back of our minds there is that hope Woman 2: As visitors, when you are going to visit someone, you go prepared. Sometimes you go with a chicken. Y ou bring something. I asked the women what they do w hen tourists arrive and they are busy with the responsibilities of their day. Woman 2: When the tourists arrive we greet and then we carry on with what we were doing. If we are chatting we keep our voices down because we do not want to disturb the tour gui de. Here in our room we welcome visitors, we do not have the to visit other human beings. Some of the tourists will just stand at the door and look and we invite d them, but say But that is not our problem; the problem is with them when they are doing that. There are tourists who stand outside, can see they do not want to come in. You ask yourself why did they come to the township if they g oing to act like this. There are still people when they come here and the see a black man or woman they stand outside, not chatting, and when the others go out, he just goes out. RH: It is because they feel uncomfortable. Woman 2: But I hear [Vusi] explai n to them, and say they are welcome, to see where we live, sleep, and bath. I know there are some who are touched. I see them crying. RH: What do you think when people cry? Woman 2: [ laughs s he has that feeling that this should not be happening to other people. At least there is someone who feels the pain. Turning the tables, Noludwe asks us what we tell the tourists about the places they will visit. Woman 2: Because when we see tourists who want to stand outside. Maybe there outside by the door that is insulting us.

PAGE 196

196 Finally, I inquired how the hostel residents felt about having their picture and their children's pictures taken by tourists. I wondered if this felt like an intrusion. The women responded that the visits were a positive encounter for their children. RH : Do you have any problems with your children and the tourists? Woman 2: We do not have a problem. But when the kids are holding and pulling the tourists we stop that. Even if they are tourists, they are elder people and they kids should not be allowed to do that. Do not have a problem with photographs. s because if I want the picture to be returned to me then I just say it and the tour guide will bring it to me, so pictures are welcomed. One tourist, a Dutch lady, took pictures of the little twins, took our address, and sent back food, peanut butter, and the pictures as well. The pictures we are receiving, we send back to our mothers in the Eastern Cape so they can see where we are staying. The tourism business is really increasing, when I started seeing the tourists I was still a newlywed, and since then woman brings out pictures from her room and shows them around.) Tourists are really helping with the kids, getting them used to speaking English. The tourists have made a big contribution by coming to the townships For example, the crche had no mattresses and now they do all because of tourists. They are even helping with local businesses, buying food and cool drink. When Siviwe and I would go over these translations, we often talked about how he would design his best practices for the hostel tour experience for both visitors and residents. As a guide Siviwe remarks that he goes to hostels and informal settlements to show what kind of living choices for people without jobs and money in Langa. RH: But do the resid ents understand what they are an example of for the tour? Siviwe: To see a white person in their room is a big thing. They do not know they are the highlights of our tours. It is brilliant for my tour, but if there was no money given to them it would be ea sier to educate the residents. But as long as tourists are leaving money it will be very difficult for them to open their minds to something else. Growing out of general critiques by scholars, tourists, and practitioners alike is the question of whether a llowing tourists off the busses to physically walk in the busy streets and

PAGE 197

197 enter homes of Langa residents serves to build goodwill, understanding, and generally make for a hes discomfort, invasive. The hostel dwellers responses to such questions, in terms of both meaning and tangible tourism. On the one hand, tourism means exposure However, compounded by stumbling blocks such as a language barrier and immense cultural differences, tour guides of ten fail to create a space of true interaction between hosts and guests in these non market based exchanges. In this example, the dilapidated hostels are designated as site of heritage and given much historical significance. However, the residents, long d isadvantaged and disrespected in Langa, are quite powerless over how tourism enters thei r place of home. Although, in general the women describe positive experiences, a number of issues remain unresolved. For one, the distinction between public and privat e space in hostels is exploited. Guides make use communal nature of the homes to justify their entrance. Long exasperated over this very issue, the hostel residents are unclear over who can say no to tourist visits. Second, the women of the hostel block ar e left with exaggerated expectations for tourist based aid and, perhaps more damningly, a sense that they continue to represent a downtrodden class of people As one woman expressed to me: time, hostel dwellers form alliances with tour guides in hopes that aid will flow into their household. In some cases, residents have started selling crafts from their rooms. For the most part, residents still lack physical and cont rol over these private, if desolate, apartheid era spaces.

PAGE 198

198 Other Langa Destinations and Foreign African Crafters Throughout Langa many other destinations have been created by tour guides or capitalized by residents in response to the growth of tourism. O rdinary sites become must see tourist attractions because of their historical, cultural, or developmental appeal. These manifestations again depend on social relationships and efforts from below to enter the mediated tour routes. After the hostels, tour g roups frequently visit the nearby daycare center. For each group, several each morning, the school teachers stop what they are doing and shuffle the young children into the main room. The children perform the national anthem and dance to a number of presch donation box while the tourists take photos. In Joe Slovo, a number of women have started a craft stand near the entrance. They also allow tourists into their small homes to observe their living conditions. In the hostel block, A Zimbabwean trader has established an extensive craft near the taxi rank, a group of Kenyans have aligned themselves in a cooperative craft market. They pay commission to the healer, who also charges tour groups R5 per head for entrance. nga. Each morning around 7:00 a.m., Noah begins hanging his sun faded batiks and setting out his soapstone bowls, both purchased from fellow Kenyan traders in town. He places down rows of earrings and necklaces he has strung together in the hours of free t ime at night not spent staring up at the stars through the holes in the tin roof of his shack. He studies the newspaper until business begins to trickle in ar ound 10:00 a.m. Noah is the new est member of ll office has been in this converted garage on the busy main street of Langa for almost two decades.

PAGE 199

199 Since the healer has become a fixture on the township tour route, visited by up to a dozen tour buses a day in the busy season, a number of hanger on ers have planted themselves at his shop, hoping for the promised trickle down of tourist dollars. For these foreign Africans gaining entre to township system means gaining acceptance in the political economy of trade in Langa. They must negotiate their way not only into the tight, historically significant fabric of the Langa community, but into the established hierarchy of traders and crafters. In the central markets of Cape Town, like Green Market Square, imported goods, such as masks and statues from the forests of Cameroon, reproduced Nigerian bronzes, dominate the market. Now these items are finding their way into townships. In fa ct, to a savvy visitor, it would seem that South African arts and crafts are now under represented even in townships. In other local industries, such as construction and retail, locals charge that non nationals are hired because they can be paid less or b ecause they have had the opportunities to get more skills. In the CBD markets foreigners can afford to pay the rent for stalls and have the connections to import African wares. However, the township markets are clearly on local African turf and the spaces for stalls are owned and managed by black South Africans. In these cases, immigrants have had to work diligently and consciously to carve out a space where their presence, in both identity and business is accepted. They are involved in a daily, sometimes dangerous, hustle to make a living. interviews at this hotspot with Noah, because his sweet demeanor and tired yet young face stood out among the other often aggre ssive salesmen who seem accomplished charlatans. At 22,

PAGE 200

200 Noah has struggled in Cape Town for two years after fleeing political instability and lack of economic opportunity in Kenya (personal communication, November 20, 2007). His first months in Cape Town w ere spent homeless under a bridge. Never imagining he would live like a refugee South Africa, selling imported crafts. This network brought him to Langa, whe re he stays in a run down backyard shack not far from the booths. He is still sheepish around the established members of this market and afraid my interview will draw undo negative attention from them, especially if I make a purchase. As we sit and talk, interrupted now and again by a tour bus, locals pass by on their daily e tough youngster struts on to the next door food shop without much deliberation. As they move out of earshot, Noah tells me one of those boys knocked him over and took his wallet last month, leaving his eyebrow split open. Shocked, I ask if he reported it Why is he so cordial to these teenagers now? He shrugs. His explanation belies feelings of powerlessness against a community often united against outsiders. I admit I found it strange that Noah chose to live in Langa. Many immigrants prefer to live in be tter suburbs, if in overcrowded accommodations, rather than risk the perils of the township at night. But Noah has no car and a shallow social network. He possesses just enough confidence to hold down this position at the end of the line of vendors, making a few meager sales each week. In these examples, as with Pamela and Reggie, locals have found ways to benefit and participate in tourism by working within the current tour route. Individuals and organizations, such as the crche, form a reciprocal if une ven collaboration. They provide a positive interaction

PAGE 201

20 1 for tourists and usually profit from their donations. Although it is not clear how these donations are used or distributed. Even though the school day is disrupted, the teachers seem eager for the oppo like the Langa Cultural Center. Rather, lacking in social status in Langa, they have had to align themselves with an influential local healer, a fundamental part of many cultural tours. Further, within their group, they have worked out a clear hierarchy among themselves and in relation to local residents to assure business runs smoothly. Mediator s As Siviwe tried to explain to the women in the hostels, g uides are often expected to make their own social connections to establish a walking tour route. As a part of the local community, many guides are sensitive to the ways they network with their fellow residents. Without overarching guidelines, the guides ha ve developed their own systems for social and economic reciprocity. Fikile, who has spent time as both a freelance guide and now as a company headman, explains: Fikile: When we started putting together our route, especially me and Samantha being involved i n guiding for a long time. There are certain sensitive questions really that would pierce in ones heart. You know being asked about how the local community and the peoples viewed them as visitors coming here. Are they getting something? And it was just dif and dig what XX company does in the to wnship. If they say they are members, literally see if they say they are depositing money there. Because for me it was king money for And that is the situation for many guides, because the industry it is young. And in It grew so fast, with no regulation. And unfortunately these are communities that still have huge issues with economics and education. So not many are seeing opportunities to tap into tourism and therefore benefit in that regard. That is why people will s

PAGE 202

202 know, and they are afraid to ask. This is my opinion, they are afraid to ask or they It becomes difficult then for someone who is small, because to be vocal and say, council here. I do not know how many community meetings are organized. But there has never b een a time in my four to five years guiding where really we were called as guides, where the community spoke out and said you know what we have a social concern, do A, B, C, and D (personal communication, October 2, 2007). Now in charge of what his company can accomplish, Fikile says they purposefully redesign their approach to community participation. They make prearranged, planned stops at 3 They also visit an out of the way daycare that they sponsor. Fikile: To design our route, we looked at what questions hit home. Our trip is about about people, their concerns, their dreams and goals, the changes happening in the country, are sided, biased opinion about how people live in this area. In terms of community responsibility, Dumisani, another company operator, tells his guides to patronize markets such as the Langa Cult ural Center where many crafters or performers gather. He knows, even if the market has organizational issues, product proceeds will more likely stations and even to support an orphanage, although no tours visit it, and he rarely mentions it to customers. He also regularly rewards the hostel homes and informal businesses his guides visit. H e notes that the donation culture is difficult to manage in the townships. Dumisani: Some people [tourists] will want to invest in the community by putting donations. So if someone says I want to donate R50,000, it is difficult for me to say donate it to [this center] or donate it there. Because at the end of the day, I know that money is not going to get to the source of the problem. It will end up in someone's back account (personal communication, January 30, 2008).

PAGE 203

203 Further, he finds that donations at t he municipal level take years to see fruition. His private system of maintaining good social and economic relationships with individuals and household is a common solution to this problem. Discussion Tour companies may set the tourist route as well as what counts as an attraction, but local residents, and some foreign Africans, have found ways to gain social and economic benefits from tourism. Tourists unknowingly, experience a highly choreographed circuit between ventures. As Bozzoli writes in another cont ext, such coordinated strategies are not new to the township social landscape. In spite of the enormously restrictive power of the South African state, the experience of living in townships was far from having been shaped by authority alone. Townships were also complex sub societies in their own right, where residents challenged, worked around, and manipulated the givens of their lives. Entering the township, crossing the boundary, whether as a visitor or resident discernment, and accepting the logic of the world within. [Bozzoli 2004:22] In this case, what could appear like chaos and failure to a development planner, is actually highly synchronized and purposeful. The Lang a Cultural Center and the walking tour route work according to a complicated set of rules, both clandestine and shifting. Business participants know their place. At local centers, neglected by city management and without clear, transparent governance, loca ls work out a system to manage themselves, leaders emerge, and members negotiate time and space. Outsiders, such as foreign craft producers, deal with blows, physical and symbolic, to maintain a presence. In other instances, locals noting the symbolic and cultural value of their service or home or business, find ways to become indispensible to the tour route. Residents equally reimagine township places as tourist attractions, as money makers, and as public heritage. Mundane, unglamorous careers, such as pr eparing sheep heads, are suddenly interesting to

PAGE 204

204 foreign visitors. Although removed from a mediating, decision making position, residents such as Pamela and Reggie find ways to participate. Tourism in Langa may reflect established ideas of difference and d called migrants control mediating and power relationships. Furthermore, Langa residents form relationships with outsiders, such as foreign Africans, in which the rules of engagement do not depend on neighborhood or kin ba sed association (Simone 2004). Throughout these profiles tourism practices encounter long simmering divisions based on and apartheid era policies increased self awareness of distinctions based on class and color, cultural tourism works within these established divisions. Recognizing the opportunity and the value of their presence as an integral township tour element, residents become more aware of their parti cular identities and differences in carving out roles on the established tour route (Comaroff and Comaroff 2009). In these various relationships, a number of paradoxical dilemmas emerge for residents and mediators as locals contend to be a part of tourist itineraries. In part, township tourism is built vital to a successful image. At the same time, as an object of tourist gaze, voyeurism can reinforce ideas of low status, especially when locals are left without control over who traipses through their homes. Some residents must accommodate certain instances of invasion or feelings that they are undermined. In most instances relayed above, tourism creates relation ships of dependability rather than sustainability as well as generates unrealistic expectations about the I hope to have shown that, at this juncture, questions of feasibility of sustainable tourism are no longer valid for a loc al development forum. Rather, for tourism

PAGE 205

205 practices to grow and change in Langa, planners will have to see and renegotiate the complicated relationships and practices already in place. Significantly, I argue that tourism is not an imperialistic, hegemonic force imposed from outside (Lanfant et al. 1995:5, Smith 2003:49). It is true that tourism participation reorganizes time, business and social relationships, attachments to or understandings of cultural heritage. Further there is a clear power imbalance between locals and mediators. However, this does not mean marginalized, local stakeholders are without active strategies for inclusion or aversion, voice or visibility. As I wrote in the beginning of this chapter, by all appearances and descriptions, the C enter is an indispensible, highly functioning community program. The intricate route through the Center and the streets of Langa that tour groups follow, though open to innovation and daily missed connections, is a planned, synchronized orchestration. The beadwork maybe from China, the woodwork may be from Kenya, the dollars and cents may go to shallow pockets and not go to fund capacity building NGOs, but they do go to promote the welfare and self worth of local residents. Locals collude to generate an ima ge of responsibility and interaction that attracts many tourists and puts them at ease. In result, the collecting and passing around of tourism income is the mainstay of many Langa residents. Writing about the complicated, ethereal functioning of African cities, Simone notes that often times the ways residents work together are hard to account for (2004:5). Such efforts show (2004:2). These strategic and fluid proc operation embodying a broad range of tactical abilities aimed at maximizing economic opportunities through transversal engagement across territories and disparate arrangements of

PAGE 206

206 In thi s case, residents have forged unlikely partnerships, at times based on entrenched ideas of difference in Langa, and at other times to capitalize on new configurations.

PAGE 207

207 CHAPTER 6 CONSTRUCTING THE GUG ULETHU SEVEN MEMORIA L AND THE STRUGGLE F OR POLITICAL H ERITAGE The landscape of memory is always tied to identity discourses and is subject to contestation, and in South Africa it inevitably involves a tight alliance between race, space, and the imagined community of the nation. [Marschall 2010:39] In March 20 05, then Deputy President Jacob Zuma officiated the unveiling of a new township of Gugulethu. Large and striking granite pillars silhouetting human forms mark the spot w here seven young African men were ambushed and killed in a covert operation by South African Police and Security Forces in March 1986. This is the second monument installed with public fanfare to honor these men, their families and community, and the anti apartheid struggle. The first monument lies in a toppled heap of concrete and paint in an adjacent playground parking lot. The ultimate monument, a tall, old tree, scarred by bullets from the day of the incident, remains watchful over the avenue. The Gugu lethu Seven join a host of other victims, heroes, and incidents being commemorated in post apartheid South Africa. Across the country, the anti apartheid struggle comes to the fore in new monument, museum, or tourism projects called to seamlessly represent a reconciling and uniting nation. Much has been written about the quest for national unity in the post apartheid period via such projects (Bremner 2004, Coombes 2003, Hansen 2003, Ouzman 2008, Marschall 2006a, 2006b, 2010). In looking at the creation, rec eption, and treatment of new monuments one can investigate how nations such as South Africa confront the public remembrance of a painful history. Beyond national rhetoric, commemorative projects are often accompanied by intense local dramas that draw on pe rsonal and collective memories as well as political ideology. This is certainly the case for the Gugulethu Seven Memorial.

PAGE 208

208 This chapter raises questions about how political history is presented in monument and narrative form. I look at conflicting efforts to politicize or depoliticize place by vested parties, such as local residents, city officials, monument designers, and tour guides. This chapter reveals how public history and memory, monumentalization, and tourism work together within a post conflict pl ace or historical moment. In this specific case, these various efforts (or various itineraries) converge in the making of current tour places and routes. Monuments and Public Memory Previous chapters tackle the more social and cultural aspects of how touri sm practices characterize the township. Although politics, society, and culture are intimately linked in South Africa, this chapter specifically considers how township political history and the current prominent discourses of reconciliation are encountered and reproduced on township tours. The Gugulethu Seven installation is a living monument offering multiple, concurrent interpretations and usages for analysis. As a site of local contestation and global curiosity, the memorial finds itself overlain by vari ous meanings. In practice, these meanings coalesce through design, visitation, performance, and narration. Interpretations of public campaigns concerning history and memory are well documented in the scholarly literature. In many cases, struggles over mem ory in the public sphere are solidified in relation to place, such as at memorial sites. Noted in Chapter 1 place represents the spatial dimension of culture. Space becomes place when given meaning or when it comes to hold memories of people and events (L awrence and Low 2003:13, Feld and Basso 1996). Pierra Nora (Nora and Kritzman 1996), an influential theorists for with his work on les lieux de memoire (memory sites), elucidates the link between place and memory, especially for monument projects. He argue s that the need for situated places of remembering grows out of the desire to preserve particular memories for future generations, especially when oral traditions around an

PAGE 209

209 event may fade or when facing social upheaval. Walkowitz and Knauer define monument s as refers to monuments as mnemonic memory devices on the landscape. Monuments are involved in a dialectical relationship with the landscape around them. Pl ace inscribes the monument with meaning just as the monument inscribes the specific place (Nora and Kritzman 1996). Or as Blu that is memorialized in the pres Monuments, in particular, engage conceptions of the past. However, the past is always constructed and responded to in terms of the present (Halbwachs in McEachern2002:xviii). Memorial spaces are reflect ive of complex, social (Walkowitz and Knauer 2004:2). These public projects have the ability to guide and control political orde r (Connerton 1989). Monuments are thus frequently employed to fashion communal or national identities. Such campaigns typically engage a national or group foundation myth, selected heroes, even manufactured details or traditions (ibid, Anderson 1991, Marsc hall 2006b). Marschall argues that: new monuments or statues are often used to deliberately or unconsciously reinterpret the meaning of a particular space, to neutralize the ideological charge of a meaning inscribed by an earlier monument, to (re)claim a public space or more generally to forge a particular identity for a place and its people. [2006a:182 183 ] My argument is premised on the understanding that history and memory converged in places such as monuments are socially constructed. The meaning of a monument is never static, but rather fluctuates over time and among visitors (Marschall 2006b). As we shall see in the following examples, monument design and resultant practices such as tour narration allow for malleable and manifold meanings. In the

PAGE 210

210 de sign process, the formal aspects of monuments are often highly contested and can be misunderstood by the public. Despite justifiable motives, monuments as tropes, are easily susceptible to the reduction of identities and the streamlining of meanings for va rious other ends. Memorials commemorate not only the past but a certain interpretaion of the past (ibid). Groups, such as an organization or tour company, powered elites or official bodies, such as a City Council, may use memory devices to achieve certain ideological ends (Halbwachs in Shackel 2001). Finally, in the case at hand, we see how claims on public on memory are most challenging when public remembrance projects threaten to reopen wounds of a painful past (Nasson 2004). The influx of tourism conti nues to complicate our understanding of how monuments work (Huyssen 2003). Tourism, like memorial projects, is often called on for its perceived healing power, celebrating and making known a particular past or place as well as providing potential financial benefit. But as Nasson (2004) points out increased traffic constraints of profitability, and the inevitable streamlining of details can run counter to reverential goals. Problems arise when a monument is called on to address such a divergent audience as local communities and international visitors (Marschall 2006b). Tourist sites are likely to be contested rketed under national or international institutions, monument projects may lie outside the control of local residents who work in and inhabit these spaces. Development may be aimed at accommodating a leisure class rather than needs of local residents. In t his instance, townships are being reinvented as sites of heritage and commemoration for local appeasement while places therein are being given a newly imagined past to be presented for a global tourist audience.

PAGE 211

211 The Gugulethu Case Study Because of the qu alities listed above, monumental and tourism campaigns have been an important part of national histories in many global locations, especially after times of political change (Walkowitz and Knauer 2004). In South Africa, new attention to civic memorials see ks apartheid (Rassool 2007:117). Monuments, like the Gugulethu Seven, erected in traditionally non white areas, are secondarily called to showcase harmony and balance in civic planning and participat ion, a hallmark of the Rainbow Nation (ibid). The construction of new monuments to the previously hidden anti apartheid struggle or apartheid era violence is a public effort to rectify past injustice (Coombes 2003, Ouzman 2008, McGregor and Shumaker 2006). Contestations over how to best honor the Gugulethu Seven predate the engagement of the tourism industry. The back stories of the Gugulethu Seven, as an historical event and, more especially, as a memorialized place, serve as two points of departure for a nalyzing how this incident is recorded and remembered in public culture. The event, including the identities and experiences of the youths involved, has been variously interpreted through the Truth and Reconciliation Commission, media, and scholarly accoun ts (Hoffman 2000, Witz et al. 2001b, Wilson 2000). Given this context, I consider the processes of commemoration through building and subsequent touring of the monument. Based on interviews with City officials and the design artists, I reveal tensions ove r how to represent struggle, community, and non racialism in Cape Town. In the case of the Gugulethu Seven marker, points of contention arose during the local creation process between the families, City Council, and designers over the representation of str uggle and community. Under the surface, the implicit claiming of the vicitims as struggle heroes by the local ANC government

PAGE 212

212 bred further tension. In effect, these multiple political and ideological goals came together to create the current monument area t hrough a period of design, negotiation, and construction. Marschall explains how monument design projects often simultaneously seek to avoid iconoclasm, endorse inclusiveness, and speak to a dearth of historical representations. And yet they are premised o historical rendering of the newly democratic nation (2006a:177). Moreover, the need to present a have seized on certain details of legendary personalities and events in an effort to contribute ideologically to building the foundation of the new nation (Marschall 2006a, 2006b). Though not intentionally designed for tourist visits, the Gugulethu Seven memorial is a predominate feature on commercial and educational tours of the townships. Township tourism practitioners encounter similar quandaries in how to approach potentially politicized tour content. Through tourism, then, the place finds itself once again overlaid by new meanings, interpretations, and practices (Sheller and Urry 2004). As discussed in Chapters 3 and 4, guides feel pressure to narrate instances of reconciliation and progress rather than call attention to examples of violence, continuin g racism, or underdevelopment. In this case, the Gugulethu Seven memorial, somewhat mirroring national rhetoric, depicts an instance of commemoration and reconciliation. In contrast, one outlying group of excursion providers, the Cape Liberation and Rememb rance Center (CLRC), reflect on the violence of the apartheid past and call attention to continued social injustice. Prime protagonists, the monument design artists and the CLRC call out both the City Council and tour guides for inadvertently perpetuating conceptions of the townships as a racialized space. They challenge contradictory, institutionalized promises of remuneration through memorialization or tourism.

PAGE 213

213 My argument is correspondingly grounded in understanding the paradoxes of heritage and tourism. Discussing the earlier version of the Gugulethu monument and other commemorated struggle sites in Cape Town, Witz, Rassool, and Minkley note: All these initiatives claim the recovery and reco nstitution of history, the self, and nation. But in their effo rts they are all subject to modes of repression. The authority of the artist [and] the appropriateness of state uncomfortable questions for memorialisation. Heritage is never more repressive than when it claims to recover a national past. The discourses of reconciliation and the Rainbow Nation weigh heavily on the capacity of heritage to contest the past. [2001:127] As with cultural features on tours, political or historical aspects of township tours can suffer reductionism and sanit ization. In this case, townships are cast as one public stage for social transformation. Such streamlining can simultaneously characterize the township as a place of difference and a place that deserves inclusion and equal consideration. Attention to such dilemmas guides this analysis. I press forward, extending this idea to encompass the local debate as well as illuminate the unintended encounter with an outside tourist audience. Notes on Methodology and Analysis Already argued in this dissertation, places can have no meaning apart from practice or human action, rather space becomes place when it is invested with conceptual and logical by the mobilities and perfor (Sheller and Urry 2004:1). In this chapter, my argument also draws on Coombes (2003) subjective ex For instance, national or city campaigns can be cross cut more personally by racial and class divisions as well as subjective or generational attachments to the memorializ ed event. Thus these

PAGE 214

214 three factors must be investigated to understand to unravel how tourism, and, in this case a monument, works. Also noted, my methodology draws on work by Low, who argues that we must investigate both the social production of space (th rough social, economic, ideological, or technical factors) and the social construction of space (through phenomenological and symbolic factors) (Low 1999: 112, Low 2000). It is vital to probe how and why the monuments were planned and built as well as how both make and attenuate aspects of their social relations, as they also work to define and redefine t 1 Memorial sites and urban renewal plans are produced by the City Council, among others, for various ends, but the place is constructed by daily interactions, uses, beliefs, and memories. A holistic analysis elucidates conflicts and points of contestation. Each of the vested parties described herein makes claims to or serves as an interpreter of the event in specific ways. I seek to explain the desires, personal attachments, and parameters affecting e ach party in the process of construction of meanings via tourism (Nasson 2004). For example, tour guides and other local actors serve as storytellers and performer s. They enlist selective remembering and purposeful forgetting to construct perceptions and experiences of place and past (Schmidt 1996:92). 1 A similar method is utilized by Bruner in his study of Elmina Castle, a former staging area for the Trans Atlantic Slave trade. Through research with the key vested parties, he shows that the meaning of the Castle for local Ghanai a n s differs s ignificantly from that for the black diaspora, especially African American tourists (2005:103). He shows that what Ghanaians appreciate from the tourism site is the promise of development and prosperity. They are not particularly concerned with the history (ibid:105). His analysis shows how guides cater to interests to the interests of tourists via specific performances to confirm their desires.

PAGE 215

215 Representations of the Gugulethu Seven in these examples are tied to certain social subjectivities and political mo tivations and fashioned in the midst of various obstacles. The Gugulethu Seven commemoration process touches on issues that are still sensitive and raw to the vested parties. Thus I draw out both the possibilities and limitations of the monumental project seeking to signify post apartheid social transformation. The Gugulethu Seven in Public History struggle against apartheid, replete with details such as espionage, secrecy, and gruesome executions. It is significant to understand that long before becoming part of the township tour route, the details and greater meaning of the Gugulethu Seven incident were massaged and manipulated by a host of vested parties. To begin, polic e and media outlets reported the Gugulethu Seven incident in 1986. However, any witness testimony contradicting the stance that police were first fired upon by ( Wilson 2000). Despite the ban on large public gatherings and political orations, over 30,000 people attended funeral ceremony in the township, many waving ANC colors (Bickford Smith et al. 1999: 214). Finally, the true nature of the events leading up to, h appening on, and following investigation in 1996 and 1997. The TRC was formed after a 1995 Act of Parliament (Promotion of National Unity and Reconciliation Act) to r ecord human rights violations. The Commission was further tasked with deciding on appropriate reparations and granting amnesty (Ross 2003: 326 7). Evidence shows that the seven young men were recruited to be militants in Umkhonto we Sizwe (MK), the then m ilitant wing of the African National Congress (ANC), by a spy, known as

PAGE 216

216 an ascari who worked for the South African Security Forces and their secret death squads based at Vlakplaas. The spy helped to arrange for the ambush and then fled the scene (Wilson 2 000). In the 1980s, increased political activism characterized African townships across the nation. Protests, fiery barricades, and school boycotts were commonplace. In retaliation, the security forces targeted youth members of the community. The use of sp ies, informers, ambush, and doctored media campaigns became routine tactics (Gunn 2007). Thus, in this case, it does not appear that the victims, all in their late teens and early 20s, a few Rastafarians, were actually preparing for any attacks on the day of the shooting or otherwise. Rather they were surprised by the early morning assault and attempted to surrender. Yet they were shown no mercy and executed. The police planted hand grenades and firearms on the bodies of the young men and video taped the sc 2000). After 1995, new understandings of this event developed on a very public stage as the proceedings of the TRC were televised and dissected by news media. TRC researchers went to great lengths to obtain classified documents from the former apartheid state police force. The their sons were involved in terrorism, and erupted emo tionally when viewing the shocking video footage for the first time. The many persons responsible for the shooting were questioned, eventually confessed, and granted amnesty because the crime was deemed politically motivated (Wilson 2000). The TRC process is not without its problems and critics (James and van de Vijver 2001). Ultimately, constraints meant that only some South Africans could speak and that only certain memories would become public. The selected memories and stories were allowed to represent

PAGE 217

217 the trials of apartheid, racialized history, colonial settlement, genocide and war for the entire nation. For example, Castillejo Cuellar criticizes how the Gugulethu Seven event was variously TRC began as a victim centered endeavor with commission staff recording long, personal narratives. This initial period focused on experiences, sacrifices, and giving a sense of restoration. However, in following years the truth was preferred as a form of knowledge over experience and emotion. To this end, the stories, photos, and approaches to disseminate a certain post apartheid view of the past and trigger certain responses (ibid). In this instance, the Gugulethu Seven would become a key example in the collective pool of post apartheid examples of reconciliation ready for national and international dissemination by the state. Notably, the use of the event as a key illustration of horrific violence and peaceful reconciliation would continue by vari ous parties. In this vein, the two most detailed accounts of this public revelation, including researcher, family, and perpetrator interviews, are presented in documentary films. One such example is Gugulethu Seven by South African filmmaker Lindy Wilson (2000), the other Journey into Day by Frances Reid and Deborah Hoffman (2000). These documentaries, of course, possess their own historicizing partialities. Castillejo Cuellar calls attention to the international popularity of Long Night and characterizes the message of the Reid and Hoffman documentary as a moral one focusing on forgiveness that is a direct result of the miraculous political turn over and the TRC (2007: 14). Long Night covers the Gugulethu Seven as well as two other iconic ca ses, one being the death of American student Amy Biehl on the same road in

PAGE 218

218 1993. The documentary focuses primarily on trial and meetings between the victims and perpetrators to tout the virtuousness of transcendence and reconciliation. The more locally kno wn Wilson video is, then, a much more in depth and searing account of the event and cover up. In many ways, however, the Gugulethu Seven incident has not reached the recognition status of other events of township political violence such as the Hector Pie terson shooting at the Soweto student uprising in 1976. In fact, I met few tourists familiar with the story before their tour. The event is not referenced in most history books, even those published after 1997 (Davenport and Saunders 2000, Beinart 2001). O ne exception is a slight mention in a work on Cape Town history by Bickford newspaper accounts of TRC hearings. The Gugulethu event is noted in a number of works on the TRC (James and van de Vijver 2001). Still, the Gugulethu Seven came to be one of the many groups of individuals given symbolic struggle hero status and marked for commemoration as a part of the new identity of South Africa. Through this process, public iterations and private interpre meaning would continue to multiply. As the violence occurred in the townships and as Gugulethu was slotted as the site for the memorial, these tensions have often been tied to place and community. From these examples, questions arise about how the incident, and now the physical space, is used and interpreted for personal, commercial, or political ends. Local Encounters in Gugulethu Background and Context In both symbolic and tangible ways, Gugulethu is a key setting to understand how South Africans are remembering the apartheid past and framing their post apartheid present. Gugulethu

PAGE 219

219 location began in 1958 as the third black township in Cape Tow n after Langa and Nyanga East (Bickford Smith et al. 1999). Migrant male workers and established families were forcibly moved here into sparse, concrete quarters from their homes in other areas of the city that had been declared for white or coloured popul ations only under the Group Areas Act (Field 1998). Situated about 20 kilometers from the city center, Gugs seemingly remains disconnected from urban and economic opportunities. Use of public transportation for most families is a tolerated hardship. And th e growth of formal sector businesses within township areas is slow. Gugulethu houses over 80,000 people and maintains a 50% unemployment rate (City of Cape Town 2001). Most who are employed earn well under R6,000 each month ($750 to $800US in 2008)(ibid). The more formal housing of centrally planned areas is flanked on all sides by cramped, informal settlements, many in flood plains. Gugs also has a reputation for violence and gangstarism among other township residents. That said, it would be incorrect to characterize the township as outside Cape Town past or Town as an apartheid city, and it was an important setting for the radical political turmoil of the late twen tieth century (Bickford Smith et al. 2000, Field 1998, Western 1997[1981]). Today, seeing a number of positive changes. Once predominantly marked by uniform council h ousing, ownership. Among the financially able, brick fences, second stories, and indoor plumbing are common additions. The two main thoroughfares are dotted with petrol s ervice stations, small, shipping container businesses, and busy restaurants. Cape College and Cape Town Tourism have satellite facilities there.

PAGE 220

220 Furthermore, city dwellers and tourists alike know the name Gugulethu. One can buy t shirts in the Green Marke B&Bs provide national travelers with a room near the airport as well as foreign tourists seeking a braii (barbeque) spot is heralded in guidebooks and travel magazines as a touchstone of local flavor (CNN 2010). Tourists and locals of all ethnicities are frequently seen elbow deep in barbeque sauce and bee r bottles on lazy afternoons. An empty parking spot cannot be found for several blocks on Friday evenings. with the main route from the predominantly coloured neigh borhood of Bontheuvel. Tour buses from Langa proceed through this district to contrast the aesthetic, housing, and infrastructure differences between African and coloured areas. Skirting the neighborhoods of Montana and Charlesville, the tours join the NY 1. Eventually the tour will likely turn east and continue past the large cemetery, the informal settlement of Barcelona, through to the townships of Crossroads and Khayelitsha for their final stops. NY 1 is an arterial north moniker harkens back to the Foucault esque pan opticon planning of the apartheid city. Gugulethu, like other townships, was originally planned up on a numbered grid of streets with observation towers and guarded entrances ( Western 1996[1981]). Since 2000, the ANC has called for country wide place renaming initiatives. These campaigns seek to remove markers of the colonial or Afrikaner dominated past, recognize indigenous place names, as well as honor leaders from all black e thnic groups (Johnson 2000). 2 Increasingly, street signs are printed in 2 For example, the port city of Durban i s now also known as Thekwini.

PAGE 221

221 multiple languages (Guyot and Seethal 2007). In the townships, street name changes have resulted in the dropping of administrative numbered markers for designations to historically imp ortant local community members and national leaders, often of African descent. Specifically in Gugs, NY numbers have been removed from the official city street map. However, long time residents find it easier to give directions based on the number system, leading to much confusion. And a handful of original street names remain unchanged, especially a main drag such as the NY1. Street name changing represents only one of the projects in Gugs that invokes an intersection between public memory and place. Two monuments to a violent apartheid past are located just blocks apart on the NY1: the memorial to murdered American Fulbright student Amy Biehl (d. 8/25/1993) and the Gugulethu Seven memorial for victims of police violence in March 1986. Both incidents invol ve victims in the wrong place at the wrong time. While driving home a colleague from the campus of University of the Western Cape, Biehl was caught in a political protest, pulled from her vehicle, and stabbed (Amy Biehl Foundation Trust 2010). The Guguleth u Seven memorial commemorates seven young men tricked and ambushed by South African Security Forces and then characterized as terrorists. Both incidents are memorialized in the area where they occurred. Both incidents were publicized aspects of the Truth a nd Reconciliation Commission trials (Hoffman 2000, Rassool et al. 2001, Wilson 2000). Days on the NY1 Tours have a possible number of stops in Gugs. The NY 1 is a route to the Gugulethu Cape Town Tourism center, a small museum, and a craft market at Sivuyi le College (Dondolo 2001, Witz 2007). The street is always busy with local commuters and businesses for visitors to take in. Some tour groups visit community projects, schools, B&Bs, and the popular barbeque spot for

PAGE 222

222 lunch. Many tours, however, will make s imilar stops in other areas. They simply pass through Gugulethu to point out its features, especially these two important markers. Because the NY 1 is central to the spatial and temporal journey devised by many township tour guides, the long block between the two monuments became one of the fieldwork sites I visited on a regular basis. At different times of the day and week, I spent hours sitting, observing, and talking to local residents around the two monuments gathering information on their daily habits their memories of the commemorated events, and their thoughts about the current monuments and tourist visits. 3 Siviwe or a Gugulethu based guide often accompanied me for s to and from work, chatting with friends, or buying electricity at the petrol station, intersect tourist itineraries. Taking the NY 1 as viewpoint, the subject matter of township tours and struggle history are everyday encounters for residents and tourist s in divergent ways. The Biehl memorial rests in front of a busy Caltex service station. It is comprised of a small stone cross held by a brick pedestal. Fifty year old Mr. Mpho has held a daily post at the memorial since 2004. He tells Siviwe and me that he is a public safety volunteer appointed to watch this area. He says, however, he was not in Gugs when Amy Biehl was attacked. We are intrigued by many of his stories, such as spending two years at Robben Island prison for shoplifting. However, the detail s remain vague. On another day, a neighbor informs us she does not think Mr. Mpho is entirely well, his memory likely damaged by early stages of dementia. The neighborhood watch program he is so faithful to actually disbanded some time ago. 3 I was advised against contacting the mothers of the Gug ulethu Seven for comment by CLRC to protect their privacy. I also did not see significant value in bringing up their painful personal memories for this research. For fur ther comment see Castillejo

PAGE 223

223 Nonetheless, he sits there every day, usually in the same beaten up hat, faded red sweatshirt, and sunglasses, watching the traffic and tours pass by. 4 Across the street from Mr. Mpho, another older gentleman sells propane, cement, and locks out of a shipping container in the front yard of his council home. He will also cut keys or glass for you. Leaning heavily on a post of his front gate, his shirt buttoned haphazardly, he admits to a touch of a Monday morning hangover. He tells us he has been living on this street sin ce 1965 and remembers the day Amy was murdered. Because of the strength and veracity of the PAC rally that day, he explains, many fled to their homes and warily peeked through their windows. We continue our chat with him as a herd of white goats crashes do wn the sidewalk. The city is engaged in an urban renewal plan that has widened the sidewalks of the NY1 and lined it with brick and cage enclosed tree saplings. The goats are hardly put off by the metal cages and reach up through the bars to steal a few le aves. These creatures, juxtaposed against the fresh concrete, Coca cola signs, and shiny new cars on show at the Caltex, roam unaccompanied and disregarded along the township thoroughfare. Another day, positioned down the street at the Gugulethu Seven mem orial site, we meet a taxi owner and his two cronies. They are sharing a liter of lemon lime soda through a straw on one of the public benches at the taxi stop. This parking pull off just before the monument designated for public transportation is frequent ly used by the tour busses as a place to pause and narrate. Behind the men, seven towering, rectangular pillars, each silhouetting a male figure, fall in line down the sidewalk. The trio is waving at passing cars. The taxi owner explains that they are on t he watch for the errant driver of an amaphela (meaning cockroach), one of the many 4 In 2009, after I left Cape Town, the small stone was replaced by a larger marker with a more formal informative plaque. Mr. Mpho was not outdone by the change and continues to guard the commemo rative space.

PAGE 224

224 dilapidated Toyota Cressidas that serve as local informal taxis. The driver failed to return with the vehicle or its commission from the previous day. Siviwe and I ask the m en their thoughts on the monument and tourists. The men, in their late 20s or early 30s, say they were not living here in 1986. The leader says he knows the men were killed under apartheid by the Boers. Another remarks that he thinks the monument is pretty well taken care of by the City Council, but he does not really take notice of it. missing from the flood light canisters. To the right side, plaques tell the story of t he Gugulethu Seven in the three main languages of Cape Town (Appendix A) However, the Xhosa and English language plaques, cast in valuable copper, are already pilfered. One edge of the remaining Afrikaans plaque is pried up and ready for the taking. Singu lar pillars are marked by a face plate for each victim. Some of these are scratched violently. The taxi boss, watching my assessment, remarks that we should not take the vandalism of the monument as a reflection of the community. Returning his gaze to the passing cars, he adds, we cannot help what criminals do. Around 2:00 p.m. the local elementary schools release for the afternoon and the NY1 fills up with students in green and navy uniforms. The children wander home and hardly notice the giant monument fi lling the sidewalk. A local singing group is setting up on the corner, and this is a more inviting distraction. The vast corner is shaded by a large tree. Bullets are still lodged in the trunk from 1986. This is where we find Nomhle sitting on a pylon watc hing the group lip sync and dance passionately to their new creations. She is resting here on her way home from cleaning houses in another suburb. Her young son plays over on the monument, making it his personal jungle gym.

PAGE 225

225 She did not live in Cape Town in the 1980s, but saw the stories about Gugulethu Seven on the news. She lived nearby in 1993 and says she really felt for the Biehl family. She explains that it was clear in 1993 that apartheid was ending and that there was no need for violence. She adds, w During my days on the NY 1, I watched tour busses come and go. Their drivers pull off to the side at the taxi stop for a minute or two to give details and move on their way. The shiny newness and bri ght logos of the tour buses slightly distinguish them from regular taxi combis on this strip. White faces with cameras at the ready are often visible through the windows. Nomhle says she is glad to have the visitors. However, she is not really sure what ac tivities guests take part in on these tours, since so few tourists get off the bus and walk around in Gugs. Mr. Mpho, the Biehl memorial provides a sense of purpose to his days and a social outlet. For others, they find the monuments significant but are complacent, even ambivalent, about their presence and condition. The monument may serve to refresh their memory of a violent past era, but these concerns are not as p ressing for some who clearly see the monuments as sites of important anxieties of daily existence. Building Monuments and Representations In the past decade, two m onuments have been commissioned for the Gugulethu Seven site, the second replacing the first. According to a City Department of Heritage representative, the original monument was built in 2000 on the NY 1(p ersonal c ommunication, May 14, 2008). In part dire cted by and in the same sentiment as the TRC, the post 1994 era gave rise to many debates concerning the meaning and appearance of public culture. As noted, new projects, such as monuments, museums, and tourist attractions, were envisioned to address past injustices and

PAGE 226

226 promote the ideals of the Rainbow Nation (Bremner 2004, Coombes 2003, Hansen 2003, Rassool 2000). Such markers pay tribute to those who lost their lives or worked in service to the anti apartheid struggle. Former Minister of Justice Dullah O mar iterated that the truth commission process should speak to the experiences of individuals but be mindful of the greater project of new nation building and recon ciliation (Rassool et al. 2001: 117). He further suggested Marschall suggests, although the TRC failed to define a new, unified nation, the proceedings allowed space for alternative perspectives on the past including narratives of resistance and suffering (2010). Many of these new events became literally visible in monument form (ibid). However, a lack of concrete recommendations post TRC led to "unfinished business" or unresolved issues of how reconciliation would work in the public sector and what it would look like (ibid). This often meant monument projects were directed by municipal overseers able to impart their own ideological standpoint. 5 Part of a City Council memory campaign to honor struggle heroes, the initial monument was completed for a Human Rights Da name (Rassool et al. 2001b), and the artist was reportedly minimally funded. The marker was unveiled on the same day as the Trojan Horse Memorial commemorating children killed by police in 1985 in nea rby Athlone, commissioned as a part of the same program. The first Gugulethu monument consisted of a stone plaque depicting the wheel of ANC symbology and a small, asymmetrical pillar. The installation took up no more than two square meters of physical 5 1990, Norkunas 199 3, Boyer 1992 as cited in Low Walkowitz and Knauer 2004 ).

PAGE 227

227 spa ce. Family members of the deceased young men quickly raised complaints about the installation, claiming the monument was an inadequate gesture and even insulting. for a l arger marker. The City of Cape Town initiated a Memory Project in 2005 under Mayor Nomaindia Mfeketo and the newly created Institute of Justice and Reconciliation (Gunn 2007:12). The projects they managed include the Gugulethu Seven Memorial which was foll owed by new memorial installations in honor of the Trojan Horse Massacre and the Umkhonto we Sizwe (MK) operatives Coline Williams and Robbie Waterwich, both in Athlone. (2007:12). Central to each proposal, the City Council pledged intentions to consult with community members, especially mothers of the victims. For the Gugulethu site, the City competition brief stated: The City wishes to replace the existing memoria l on the site with a sculpture to commemorate the brutal slaying of the Gugulethu 7 in a manner that, on the one hand conveys dignity and respect for the slain, their relatives and their community and, on the other hand, reflects the struggle of the time. busts, although life like images of the seven were encouraged. 6 The interpretation of these goals, however, let to some debate as the design process ensued. Of nine potential entries, the memorial proposal by artists Patrick and David was the unanimous choice for implementation. The two winning designers, Patrick, an art teacher, and the other, David, primarily an independent contemporary artist, were intrigued by a project that fit their politically minded aspirations. The duo teamed up previously for community projects 6 These recommendations and the proceeding contest were overseen by a committee that consisted of council members, the director of the National Gallery and a celebrated black South African visual artist.

PAGE 228

228 and public artworks such as murals. They soon found the Gugulethu Seven memorial project justly laden with political issues to navigate. In the creat ive process, the memorial designers directed their energy towards certain goals that both complemented and clashed with the aims of the city council. For instance, both the council and the artists were concerned with various issues of representation. Yet i n practice, differences arose about how to best epitomize community, race, and the anti apartheid struggle. For one, Patrick and David sought to converse with the Gugulethu and MK community. In making the decision whether to participate, the artists coordi nated with Cape Liberation and Remembrance Center (CLRC, an MK organization that also runs education excursions in the townships as discussed below), and held a meeting with family members of the Gugulethu Seven. David explained that the City was not inter ested in this specific aspect of community involvement (David and Patrick, personal communication, April 3, 2008). 7 David: The City was quite prepared just to go ahead with it [the monument plans]. That is when we met with the [Cape Liberation and Remembra nce Center] because speak with them first, before and get some sense, you know. Because the way the state often does things, you know. They do it for a community. And we just fel t that is not the way we usually work. I mean I do as an artist, I do my own thing. But when we collaborate, often what we do, we try to get a sense, not always, but I mean, but we do try to get a sense of what the community would like. So we met with the mothers. We had a lunch with them. And then they spoke about how they Not that we did what they wanted to see. We kind of interpreted, you know, what we thought they would presented it to the city. considered community representation more starkly in terms of ethnicity and locality. For example, both the artists would have been classified under the previous regime as so called 7 All following quotes referenc ing the artists were collected on this date

PAGE 229

229 coloured. In evidence of the ambiguities of this mixed race designation, David was publically questioned by a prominent Council member whether he fit the crite ria as member of a previously disadvantaged group, presumably because of his fairer complexion. The artists point out not all members of the Council found this query appropriate. Furthermore, the Council recommended the artists contract local black labors for the construction phase of the monument, again a community oriented gesture. However, problems arose as the specific skilled labor required was not available in the Gugulethu labor pool. remarks draw out his unease with the rhetoric of political and social change in Cape Town. contradiction, an oxymoron. But I think it operates in an area where we talk of no n practice they do lots of the opposite. And I think that is something that they use to does divides, and bring people together, and the city belongs to all, and one city, many sometimes creating deeper divisions through actual policies. And, and I think, you know they fall into, I think that we fall into the trap of perpetuating the old divisions without addressing properly the structural problems on the ground. Thus in their design strategy, the artist team sought to represent community participation by ttempts at participation via economic remuneration. Another contested issue in the design process concerned views on representation of the making by the Council and the artists. At first, some Council members suggested inclusion of the ANC colors, logo, or even an AK 47 in the design. In this requests, the ANC led governing body was laying a claim to these

PAGE 230

230 struggle heroes as part of their specific history, or their new national myth (Marsch all 2006b). This is an intriguing assertion as the deceived and ambushed young men were only awarded honorary MK status after their deaths. struggles as a whole and th e climate of activism in the townships. David: So there were all those, those were the kind of struggles that we had with the city, you know. But even with us, you know, what is it that we want to [do]? Why them [the Gugulethu Seven]? I mean there were man y others who died as well? And you know, what we proposed, we proposed that even more names was never done. en. We were hoping that people could insert maybe a little plaque indicating others who had fallen as well in that period. So we were aware of the limitations of the project and the problems. But despite that, we thought we would try and push the boundarie s, and see if we could make it more representative than it was so the seven figures, while there are seven figures, those seven figures can be representative of many other youth who fought in that time period and fell. The artists did not want the memorial to solely reflect the ANC struggle or the black struggle. In their view, anti apartheid efforts engaged all ethnic groups. The artists were not alone in their fear that the ANC would co opt the monument. Among the interested parties, animosity that ANC s upporters in local and national government use the monument campaigns as a political rallying point simmers beneath the surface. Arguably, the Gugulethu Seven monument engages long held antagonism between once radical groups, the ANC and the Pan Africanist Congress, or PAC. The most telling aspect of criticism of the Memory Project, is that the 1960 Langa PAC protest against pass laws led by Philip Kgosana (Lodge 1978) is not equally commemorated. Plans for a monument there were not picked up by the City. 8 8 A mural and mosaic pylon exist at the site, but I believe these were township initiated projects.

PAGE 231

231 Interestingly, the Western Cape has never been an ANC stronghold. The PAC splintered from the ANC in the 1950s with emphasis on future African majority control being paramount to multi tism and emphasis on tradition appealed to poor, struggling migrant worker populations (Lodge 1978). The Western Cape is a significant case, not only because of the voting outcomes but because of the demographic makeup of the electorate (Eldridge and Seeki ngs 1996: 519). The province is unique because African voters are the minority, with coloured voters representing half the population and white voters one fourth. 9 Currently, the Democratic Alliance, the official opposition party to the ANC, is the leading party in the Western Cape. In another respect, Patrick and David were interested in creating the monument as public education about the anti apartheid movement. They were seeking to engage local schools and engender a sense of remembrance for the 1980s ti me period. David comments that they wanted They hoped the monument co uld inspire new campaigns of resistance as, according to them, there is still a need in black communities for dissent and protest. In effect, the artists conveyed a sincere desire to achieve something positive and lasting with the monument. Details in the seven granite pillars with cut out silhouettes of male figures in positions of celebration and protest with their fists held high. The silhouettes are placed to catch the morning sun, then cast the figures in shadow on the ground. David explains that in this way the men become one with the environment again. The Gugulethu Seven were killed at twenty five past seven in the 9 Eldridge and Seekings (1996) point out that racial and ethnic factors are important to voting outcomes, but not the sole determinant.

PAGE 232

232 morning. This feature not only integrates the memorial into its surroundings but also bestows a Patrick explains they wanted to evoke the old low budget flyers that were photocopied and plastered around (South African Histor y Archive 1991). The same aesthetic is seen in the bronze face plates at the base of each pillar that commemorate the individual youths. Unfortunately, the artists were unable to locate photographs of all the victims. Patrick expressed that these blank p laques, this emptiness, spoke to the conditions of poverty, exploitation, and migrancy experienced in Gugs at the time. Parents were unable to even provide ID photos of their children. The artist further explained that having nothing there was a heartbreak ing experience. Since the installation, the artists have been somewhat frustrated with the slowness of the City to make the surroundings of the memorial congruent with the quality of the memorial itself. For example, the City has failed to clear away the old monument and took another two years to install the proper sidewalk and landscaping in the vicinity. A 2009 City report listed the lights: All the lights are brok en, the cement is cracked on the far left hand side, the plaque which has an inscription of a face is missing from the far right figure and the plaque from the second to the right figure is bent. The granite from the far right figure is damaged and nearly coming off completely. Tippix has been used to The artists echoed concerns I heard from the City Department of Heritage representative about vandalism of this and other new struggle monuments in historically ethnic di stricts (CDOH representative, personal communication, May 14, 2008). For example, in February, bronze statues commemorating MK youths Connie Williams and Robert Waterwich, who were killed in 1989, were stolen in Athlone and found in the bins of scrap metal collectors.

PAGE 233

233 Connie Williams/ Robert Waterwich vandalism that just happened now testi fies to people even in our own communities. So I think that when people [tourists] come here, I would imagine it is as much of a void to them as it is to many of us who stay here. M aybe even more so unless, of course, you are interested in the politics and want to see while you were in Cape Town. not the education outlet they envisioned for the monument. In our discussion, the artists were interested to discuss how their site. Just as they were wary of the creates unsustainable, dependant jobs. Moreover, they are not convinced of the quality of information given on most tours. Although the artists are supporters of Cape Liberation and urism overwhelmingly presents the same unqualified rhetoric and essentialisms as the new government in promoting multiculturalism. Patrick: Tourism reflects the notion of ethno ism, the racism that goes with it, the classism, and all, all of those issues. so we have big problems with the notion of tourism. Tourism is really, for many some kind of notion of hopism in the context of wh at? No tourist industry. Because I think we have big problems with tourism. And I think the context in which the Gugulethu Seven h as been presented is a problem for us. Tours, they express, thus presents the very pitfalls they were trying to overcome in their design and further undermines the goals of the monument.

PAGE 234

234 about the commodification of apartheid in a sense. Its turned into a taken away the meaning; it has undermined the meaning of struggle, meaning of what it was So I think when that you know we did the work, it was also in a sense to challenge taken right back again to what we thought we had emerged from In their analysis, tourism cheapen s efforts at commemoration and education. Further, well intentioned city projects in this vein carry the rhetoric of restructuring and reconciliation into plans designed for communities, not by communities. T he council members and the artists strove, albei t in divergent ways, to recognize the anti apartheid struggle and elevate public township places for a higher purpose. In effect, t he City Council and the artists were making claims to different public history esture of reparation and appreciation for the Gugulethu township community. However, their focus on these heroes and claims to ANC symbols arguably fosters their historical and ideological narrative potentially silencing competing interpretations of strugg le and community. On the other racialized vision, and the opportunity to bring struggle history to the fore in a disadvantaged area. Their efforts at presenting themes of anti racism and anti classism, a monument not tied to specific labels, are possibly realizable physically, but ideologically the monument is still open to interpretation, co optation, or disregard. The artists feel that some key decisions were successful ly negotiated, however, in other aspects, they acquiesced to the city council. They decided the monument was essential regardless of their personal politics. Even though the seven young men were tricked, they thought they were fighting for liberation, and the artists supported the movement against apartheid. They believed

PAGE 235

235 in the installation and its potential to both represent and enact great social change. Yet, the monument has been vandalized and may even go unnoticed by the local community. Further, they are not pleased to leave their work open to the interpretation of tourist guides for township tours, which they view as voyeuristic and disrespectful. In this way, the Gugulethu Seven example corresponds with other examinations of new struggle monuments Marschall explains how monument design projects often simultaneously seek to avoid iconoclasm, endorse inclusiveness, and speak to a dearth of historical pu rports a particular historical rendering of the newly democratic nation (2006a: 177). 182). These new projects have seized on certain details of legendary person alities and events in an effort to contribute ideologically to building the foundation of the new nation (Marschall 2006a, 2006b). As with interpretation of the Gugulethu Seven event in popular history, the creation process of the monument itself exhibits concerns about tourism, representation, and rhetoric just? We must ask how the strategies of ness to redress the exclusiveness and el important to see how the resultant monument, as well as current tourism practices, are a co production of multiple efforts. Touring Monuments on the NY 1 Overwhelmingly, township tour g uides are the most frequent visitors to the memorial site, recounting the scene to foreign clients on a near daily basis. In this section, I compare narratives and use of space around the existing monument between common cultural tours led by freelance gui des and a more political tour led by former MK combatants focused on history of resistance.

PAGE 236

236 Through this analysis and accompanying ethnographic data, I provide a fuller understanding of touristic treatments of the monument and struggle history. Just as t he design and build process was affected by personal, pragmatic, and ideological factors, so too must we understand that tour guides face numerous constraints. In this instance, we see both the limits and possibilities of politicizing or depoliticizing tou r content. A number of reasons for the differences are salient. Primarily, dissimilarities can be linked to personal experience and company objectives. One key distinction is the mission of the respective types of tours and their conception of the new Sout h Africa. Politics and tourism have an interesting relationship. McEachern argues that tours are political because they give those previously denied, a chance to speak. Further, she writes, Township tours can be understood in terms of raising new politic al possibilities within the cultural field when, engaging state discourses of national unity, they make claims about belonging and inclusivity that produce new inflections in the narrative of the nation. [2002:93] However, the possibilities of giving voice and reversing the marginalization of black history meet various challenges in practice. I describe three narratives drawn from similar cultural tours of the townships and facilitated by freelance guides. As a key thematic and spatio temporal marker in typ ical tours, the monument site allows guides to broach themes in the post apartheid narrative, such as political history, violence, and reconciliation. However, the meaning of the Gugulethu Seven monument can potentially become condensed or sanitized as wit h other touristic markers. 10 In comparison, an extended example from a CLRC tour stands outside the norm. Their tactics are based on a 10 For example, Robben Island is a testament to the power of human rights as District Six represents the power of community memory.

PAGE 237

237 long, personalized narrative and force participants to experience the monument area outside of the bus. By training my o bservations on practices as well as by gaining familiarity with the guide via interviews and participant observation, I gained a greater understanding of the e. We see how place and story are used for certain ends by different types of tour companies and how nationally iconic messages about violence and reconciliation are presented to foreign visitors. Because of varied interpersonal factors, such as age, participation in the struggle, feelings of abandonment by the n ation they fought to create, and a common cause, the CLRC guides have a more apparent collective identity and message than the scores of free lance guides. However, that does not mean freelance guides are exempt from ideological pursuits. Freelance guides can also exhibit their unique connection to the politically thematic topics. They are, however, generally more constrained by demands of the industry such as time and customer service. Touring and Politics Discussing the role of political history on tours company manager Langford (Chapter 3) remarked that he always tells his guides two things. Langford: Number one, the struggle is over, the fight for liberation. Although you are always fighting, the struggle is over to a certain degree. And number two, pe ople are generally here on holiday. They are not here to be politicized or conscience ized...Yes, they want to learn and gain knowledge, but please don't hammer down on them. So we must try to present our views, and our points, and our history in a non thr eatening, interesting way that people must be able to interact with you and ask questions and have a discussion on the vehicle. And you must try to be as neutral as possible (personal communication, July 13, 2006). In turn, guides may share this sentiment, yet the ways political or ideological beliefs are approached in tour narratives are multiple. The extent and tone of political content in tours

PAGE 238

238 depends upon the prerogative and narrative of the given guide and, perhaps, structures imposed by the company h e works for. I observed that most black guides in their 20s and 30s strive to appear apolitical and avoid drawing tour participants into debates and complicated issues. Some of the older generation, in their 40s and 50s, while also attempting neutrality, are more likely to share insights and opinions if pressed. 2008 was an election year, prompting informed visitors to ask the guides for their assessment of controversial, front runner Jacob Zuma. 11 I observed guides often replied with ambiguous remarks, jo kes, or turned the question around on the tourist instead of divulging their true feelings. For example, Siviwe recalls being asked explicitly about his beliefs by a tourist early on in his year of gaining experience. e with the people who did all this? You know, like how do I feel. Questions like that, I do not like questions like that, you know. Because what's going to happen if I answer my personal feelings she will We both laugh.] RH : That's a cop out. Siviwe: I didn't answer her how do I feel, those t hings, you know. I cannot do that. She was pushing me too far (personal communication March 30, 2008) Overwhelmingly, instances concerning political parties, race relations, current events, or the progress of township aimed developments in tour narrativ es are placed benignly within the rhetoric of the new Rainbow Nation. As Charles (Chapter 4), the tour guiding instructor tells his 2008). Most guides were reluctant to criticize the new go vernment or allude to race related social tensions. However, for tourists looking out the bus windows, it is clear that townships need continued development. 11 Zuma was understood as controversial to tourists because o f his colorful personal life, including recent rape charges and irresponsible comments about HIV/AIDS.

PAGE 239

239 Thus many tour guide narratives are formed to purposefully combat any negative take home messages. As noted, tour frameworks, anecdotes, and examples consider segregation history to some extent in the beginning and move on to ideas of reconciliation and infrastructure improvement. Examples such as the old pass building in Langa are contrasted with di scussion of the integrated Langa police force and community recycling programs. This undercurrent feeds the forward moving feel of many tours. The more overtly politically motivated, backward looking excursions by CLRC are an exception. Their staff begins tours with the conceit that apartheid still exists in many ways, especially economically. They articulate more directly that the effects of apartheid remain visible in city spatial relations and housing/infrastructure differentials. A few sites of interest on the common tour route deal with political issues or arouse visions of inequality and violence besides the Gugulethu Seven. For instance, the District Six Museum themes of community lost and reclaimed (Field 2002). Within the townships, the site of the 1960 PAC rally against pass laws and resultant police brutality in Lang a often garners scant mention as walking tours or busses move past the old pass office and police station. In these instances, apartheid policy is painted as a human rights violation, based upon race, to the advantage of the white settlers without much nua nce. At both sites, the District Six and Langa pass office, guides reiterate that pass laws and identity booklets were a touchstone of apartheid that evoked widespread resistance (Maylam 1995: 36). However, given the placement in and the accompanying pace of tours at those moments, the examples can fall into a long list of apartheid

PAGE 240

240 CLRC and one other company stop their busses and move tourists to stand in the em pty courtyard as they tell stories of riots in Langa in the 1960s and 1980s. In both of these cases, the narrators have a more personal connection to the events having participated or knowing persons who participated. Nonetheless, guides can reveal their more personal ideological stances in subtle ways throughout tours. One guide, Vusi, hid his passionate ANC membership from tour participants, stating he did not like to talk about politics and was not even interested in it (personal communication and tour, October 29, 2007). However, his tour made clear the contentious role of privatized civil services. I watched as he dramatically stopped the tour bus one day to ask the women washing laundry to be sure and turn off the running communal tap that was blastin g out unused water. I accompanied Vusi for several days while the ANC convention in Polokwane was intedly drew visitors into the South African miracle as participants. After the visit to the District Six Museum or site, he paused to dramatically thank the foreign tourists because their countries, through boycotts and sanctions, had bravely helped bring an end to apartheid (tour, July 4, 2006). A guide for another company had overheard this practice and brought it up with me. He found it offensive and insulting to discuss politics, possibly assuming too much of the audience (personal communication, July 1, 2006). I admit I was often dismayed that tour guides chose not to elaborate on contemporary debates and hot issues. For example, throughout the township, housing and service provision remains a litigious problem. In Langa, the refurbishment of the host els and upgrading of the

PAGE 241

241 squatter areas has been interrupted by lack of funds, bad leadership, shoddy construction work, and confusion and protest over resident removal and rehousing. Yet, few guides described the on going dispute surrounding mismanagement of public funds or the riots in Joe Slovo squatter area about removals and upgrading schemes as a consequence of the N2 Gateway project in a unhampered. I realiz ed that at times when the problem was elaborated on (or other instances where social issues were explained at length), the conversation tended to bring out antagonizing comments from tour participants. Guides preferred not to make it an issue for fear some brave guests offered opinions presuming that they knew best. Guest comments often ended with sentiments that the government should do this or that and all would be solved or question why citizens were not doing more for themselves. I once watched an older German man shake his finger in Reginald's (Site guide from Langa, Chapter 5) face, admonishing that he was an able bodied man and he needed to go get a job. The perhaps well intentioned questions and solutions of the visitors became insulting to the guide s and drivers who better understood the complexity of township development politics but were at a loss to explain it. Thus, it is a strategic decision by guides to maintain control over discussion of past and present political issues. place in a squatter camp and being removed to outlying Delft was such a burden on family life and finances requires the building of a clear back story. In Langa, I watched Siviwe's approach to this site evolve over time. As a part of his walking tour, it was integral that Siviwe built up to this residents prefer squatter camp housing to the crampe d conditions of the hostels. Then, the choice

PAGE 242

242 to explain that the new apartments of the N2 Gateway and the effort to create mixed income apartment complexes was resulting in rent boycotts and secret subletting depends on factors such as time, audience siz e, or interest. The complicated nature of this issue can either confound the social problems. Tours have been criticized for lacking serious historical an d political content. The key misunderstanding and difference or offers a disservice by glazing complicated situations. Do guides across the board offer a pat version of apartheid, reconciliation, and development that neatly fits with the internationally known South African miracle? Company owners and guides vary in response to these claims. For Langford, a company ment. The goal may be education or to give aid, but guides also have to gauge the interest of patrons as they go along. On the predominant half day tours, guides most often recount wanting to leave tourists with an understanding of why townships exists an d to reduce their fear and stereotypes of these formerly always live up to the ideal. Guides negotiate a number of simultaneous constraints on tours. Keeping clients Siviwe and others explained, they feel pressure to leave guests with a positive message. Traffic, late passengers, or other delays such as numerous questions about a particul ar sight, can vary the time and attention given to the monument. Notably, tour participants are usually at least two or more hours into their township excursion by the time they reach Gugulethu. Tourists and the guide may be experiencing fatigue. Or the gu ide may need to hurry along to his next stop.

PAGE 243

243 General Tours Engaging in thick description of how one significant place is treated by a number of tours some patterns for analysis can emerge. Such is the case with the following examination of Gugulethu Seven monument and the NY 1. In the following examples recorded at the Gugulethu Seven Memorial, guides appear to seek a brief yet pungent storytelling and an interesting addition to their scenic drive. The first example is drawn from a company which names thei year old African man. Amidst his jokes and (tour, July 26, 2006). His tour route includes common stops such as the District Six site, the Cultural Center, a walking tour of the hostels and informal squatter camp in Langa, and a shack bed and brea kfast in Khayelitsha. In Gugulethu, he pulls the van over beside the memorial in the taxi parking. township of Gugulethu who were, you know, popularly known as the Gugule thu Seven. They were ambushed and shot and killed in cold blood, really, in 1986, you know, by policemen. It was said that they were in alliance against the government and they were on a mission, really, to, you know, destroy, really, you know, uh, you kno w, uh, government establishment, police stations, and so forth, and army camps. So they were ambushed and attacked and killed and shot in cold blood. Now to make matters even worse, you know, um, you know, the policemen dumped hand grenades and guns on the bodies of the deceased so that when there was media coverage on the scene here they will find these weapons and it will prove and confirm that they were guerilla, you know, you know, war fighters really, who had obtained military training in our neighbori ng siding countries. And this was why they had to be assassinated, because they were fighting the system of the government. So this is new really erected to basically commemorate, you know, the seven young boys who died here in Gugulethu. You can see they are trying to engrave, you know, their facial images of the boys on those bronze plates.

PAGE 244

244 His commentary lasts only a minute and thirty seconds. A young male passenger impatiently asks a question about something else and the van moves us on its journey. Th The guide is a 27 year old African man, Linda, who has been doing township tours s ince before our first meeting in 2002. He contracts with a number of companies and has perfected his version of the tour regardless of what the brochure advertises. His route is, however, very similar to the previous one. On this day, he adds visits to an informal shebeen and an elementary school in the tour because it is an insight into the history of the black people in Cape Town. And on this tour we are fol the development of townships from Langa to Khayelitsha. Linda: In Gugulethu, Linda pulls the van over in front of the monument. township of Gugulethu to be popular. The first one, it happened on the third of March 1986, where we had seven political activists which were killed by the security forces in the Western Cape. In front of ugulethu Seven. These were political activists and some of them they had worked for the military wing of the African National Congress. And they seemed to be a threat to the security forces in wing of the ANC, they were always implicated of having guns or having, uh, weapons. So the security forces in the Western Cape wanted to put an end to them. And to do that, they came up with a plot of picking them up from their homes as if they would be ta king them for a job interview. As they were driven up this road, on this intersection there was a police road block of which the car they were driven in was stopped. The guy was driving steeped out of the van and the police opened fire and killed seven of these activists. And the planted guns and hand grenades on the neighborhood of the scene so as to claim that had been attacked by the terrorists. Well, last year on the twenty first of March the former Deputy President of the country, Jacob Zuma, was here to unveil this memorial site of Gugulethu Seven. This commentary lasts two minutes. The two young European women in the van speak to one another but have no questions, and the tour moves on. He describes the other event for which NY

PAGE 245

245 1 and Gugulethu is noto rious the nearby corner where American Fulbright scholar Amy Biehl was murdered. A final example in the cultural tour genre comes from a special tour. As noted in Chapter 4, I was able to attend the practicum session for township tour guiding as directed prevalent tour guiding academy, specifically one advertising the 3 4 week long short course method. The combi was driven by the school director and head lecturer, a retired white South African guide. For this tour, he contracted an African tow nship resident and licensed guide. The guide was originally from Soweto and had recently moved to a nice, formal settlement near Khayelitsha. The passenger seats were all full with the students from various backgrounds, predominantly white and European, wi th one black Zimbabwean. The director suggested that non township residents should hire a resident as guide for safety, accuracy, and authenticity. However, unbeknownst to the participants, the tour was fraught with many disheartening moments and instances of blatant misinformation. This is her description of the Gugulethu Seven event to the next generation of tour guides (tour, May 22, 2008). Guide: Now we are approaching the Gugulethu Seven. If we speak of the Gugulethu Seven, this is the incident that t ook place in 1986, whereby 6, oh 7 young men were killed brutally by the police. And according to their positions that we see them [on the statue], the positions that you see them, that is the positions that they were found lying when they were killed. And in the area where this has been erected, this is where the incident took place. As you can see, this is nearer to ight at the bottom. White South African Female participant: What did they do? Guide: Th the people used to believe that they even -During that time they were destroying all the taverns, because they said most people were no longer thinking what was right, because they would spend most of their time drinking. So these are the people that were in the forefron t of the struggle that was being taken up during that time in 1986.

PAGE 246

246 In a handful of other transcriptions, guides will occasionally engage themes of reconciliation specifically taking time to tell about the TRC and the Amy Biehl case. Others make up stories about the significance of the monument itself, such the instructing guides comment that the figure cut outs depict how the dead bodies of the victims were found on the ground. Unless there is a special request, none of the tour guides in this genre stop t he bus for tourists to disembark. Rather they are expected to take a photo from the bus. Alternative Tours In much contrast, CLRC tours aim for accuracy, for personal details, and strategically use the area of the monument installation to engross visitors CLRC facilitators consider themselves outside of the township tourism industry. Originally advertising in guidebooks and tourism centers, they have since restricted their clientele and exposure. At first, they were adverse to my requests for interviews f earing any relationship to conventional township tourism. In brief, CLRC began in 1997 and its founders are former members of Umkhonto we Sizwe (Spear of the Nation or MK), the militant wing of the ANC formed in 1961 (Beinart 2001: 168). Many of these men served as covert agents in the struggle against apartheid in South Africa and as soldiers in training camps in neighboring countries such as Angola or Mozambique. All their tours are administered by former MK cadres. Their primary audience is students and school groups with a focus on reconciliation studies, and one guide tells me they typically offer at least one excursion a day in the busy summer season. As an activist group, they distance themselves from association with mainstream tourism. On my first CLRC excursion, I and another American student are accompanied by two guides, Thandis and Siya, comrades who were in training in Angola in the 1980s. Our driver is the father of another former MK operative. Their goal, as stated in their introduction, giv en while

PAGE 247

247 11, 2006). They further explain that the organization was formed as a way for former MK members to come together. As political militants, they had left South Africa and their education behind as teenagers. They finally returned to a free South Africa after 1994 only to find themselves unemployed, unskilled, and often psychologically traumatized by their experience. Many of the to take CLRC members felt the need to educate others while commemorating the sacrif ices of their comrades. Thandis states, freedom. We were prepared to die, to kill for what we wanted. We tell each other that these sacrifices must not be in nothing to gather visitors to those spots thinking we three new monuments, including Gugulethu Seven, to visit. A map on the wall is marked mysteriously with black lines. Thandis goes to it and shows how people of color were moved into a triangle of land away from city center. He wants us to know that the city is made out of laws those laws. We are taught bla ck people want to be there (township areas), but they are put there

PAGE 248

248 (nuclear power the townships, as a no go zone. Their route visits the District Six site, offers a drive through Pinelands, a premier white suburb, the 1960 pass laws march site in Langa, and visits two MK monuments in the coloured township of Athlone. At each memorial site, participants and guides physically exit the van to stand on the sidewalk. The guides take turns telling the story of the incidents at length. We are given a few minutes to read the plaques and return to the bus. We are allowed to take pictures, but their serious almost funerary tone, makes me self conscious. It seemed inappropriate. When the van stops at the same pull off in front of the Gugulethu Seven Memorial, Siya take s us off the van and walks us down to the street corner to stand beside a large tree, one of few trees remaining in this sandy, flat landscape. Here he gives the detailed narrative below for over fifteen minutes. The busy and distracting mid week street li fe of Gugs goes on all around. People wave to us and to the guide who happens to live nearby. Cars, men, women, and children continually go by. Even a horse pulling a buggy made from the skeleton of an old car, gallops down the road during a dramatic point in his story. tell you NY1, NY2. But NY mean native backyard, African native backyard. Built Gugulethu was built. This is the commemoration site, this site known as Gugulethu Seven. It was 1985 when security forces faced very serious problems in our townships. Whe n entering in our township if the number was 20, when they came back the number was far less than 20 because people was starting now to fight back, you see. So, security forces, asked support from the CCB. CCB means Civil Cooperation Bureau. It was said to be a terrorist tracking unit, but to the people that was means a death squad. This CCB were based in Pretoria, in Vlakplaas. That was

PAGE 249

249 the farming field where two forces would be, that is CCB and ascara. Ascara is a Swahili word, a language that is spoken in Kenya, Tanzania, means a literal soldier. But in the context of Umkhonto we Sizwe, ascara means a soldier who betrays, working with the system, or will turn against the flow and work with the system. These people, we call them ascaras. So this unit woul d drove from Pretoria to the Cape. When they get here, they send one ascara to Nyanga bush Nyanga bush, it was informal settlement that was situated in a bush terrain sent one ascara to infiltrate. And when this ascara went there, they met the squatter lea der, and the squatter leader hesitated his journey. This man invited now the squatter leader to the minibus that he was driving. On that minibus there was a secret compartment that were full of arms, arms like the arms that were famous in the ranks of Umkh onto we Sizwe, the arms that were from the Eastern Bloc. Arms from the Eastern Bloc Sharp! Sharp![ to passer by ] Arms from the Eastern Bloc, arms like AK man that, ok, I mean, we ag reed that you are a genuine MK soldier. And when he get in, he introduce now seven young men. One of the seven young 47 and give to this man...that man quickly return the AK 47. And he agree d now to this person and the military training starts. That military training was everyday according to CCB boss. Continuing the training after two months they introduced now the second ascari, that one, he was to teach the seven young the language that wa s [ disruption from street, car horns ] Teach them the politics that were spoken by the ANC. [ horns ] After that this ascara asked them to bring along a biographies under the pretense that these biographies would be sent to Zambia, where the only were sent to the CCB bosses. And then the training would continue. In 1986 they planned an ambush attack, toget her CCB bosses and ascaras. That ambush plan was to kill now these seven young men, to ambush the minibus that was carrying white officers from the city, droving and this NY, this is the main road of Gugulethu -driving shear down to the Gugulethu public st ation. So it was that March 1986 when two ascara drove to Nyanga bush to pick up the seven young now to turn, turn here. But this ascara noticed the formation of police so they didn turn. They just drove straight. Where the cement road starts, they just stopped there. And the two ascara vanished to the bush. The comrades were left in that car, in that minibus. And security forces starting to open the fire to the van. They were imm ediately shot and killed four comrades. One he was jumping out from the van. His name was tried to run to the bush where there is informal settlements it was a bushy terrain back then ran to the bush. And the two who just came off from the van, raised their hands up, come down with their knees, showing their surrender. But that

PAGE 250

250 behind their heads... [ street noise ] They were killed. The minister of safety and security went to the parliament, national parliament. So by that time, they had video cameras, cameras and pictures. They set up the video here for the parliament. [U nintelligible ] was the minister of security. He asked the parliament to increase the budget of ascari and CCB because they are getting [ The rest of this narrative is partially inaudible due to wind and street noise. The text is my interpretation of the recording available.] The TRC, they found the video cameras in this building, because this is the police tested [Pointing to bullets in the tree] This tree served as the monument for more than 20 years. This one is newly built. Our organization intervened when the municipality wanted to cut down this tree to make a place for a utility pole. We w anted to keep this marker. The guide then shows where persons were shot. Siya: The TRC, they disagreed that these comrades were MK because they were trained by the system. They refused to agree that these comrades were true MK nor them under the banner of Umkhonto we Sizwe joining the liberation movement. On the day of the funeral they said not more than 20 were [allowed to] attend, but what I can tell pictures of the monument and there are some readings on there...If there is no question we can continue. We walk back down the block to the monument, where the guide continues his discussio n for a few more minutes. Siya: There was a small monument that was carried a rejection, rejected by the family members of the communities, because they were not informed about that. And it was too small and it was not [ unintelligible ] with our comrades. H ence communities rejected that monument (tour, July 11, 2006). The guide then walks us down the line of individual commemorative pillars. He reads the

PAGE 251

251 showing if he kno ws where they fell during the incident, where they were born, or news about their families. He then shows us the previous monument which was built by the city council and destroyed in protest. Boys sit on a toppled stone pillar on a playground basketball c ourt behind the new monument. He also tells us that his current home is within walking distance from this point. Returning to the van, our tour ends in Crossroads, the site of violent forced removal campaigns in the 1980s. Tour Interpretations The cultur al tour guides clearly offer an edited version of the Gugulethu Seven story, leaving out details such as the plans of espionage. Yet the brief and marginally accurate accounts exemplified by the general day tours are the norm. For such guides, the monument serves its thematic purpose as a site to inspire themes of violence, apartheid, and reconciliation. They do not question the amnesty decisions made in the case and talk definitively about the status of the young men as activists or MK. Only one example me ntions ANC affiliation. Based on the length of time spent at the memorial and the non aggressive, sanguine way they attempt to hold their cultural markets homes, or schools. In general, cultural tours given by young black guides uncritically privilege the ideals of the Rainbow Nation as opposed to openly criticizing contemporary policies or politicians. Though drawing attention to colonial and apartheid in justice, they focus on the present and the future. They espouse the rhetoric of forgiveness without forgetting, despite small or egregious errors in historical fact. They embrace the competing themes of unity and diversity, celebrating, if problematically, ethnic groups and their cultural practices. Cultural tours may emphasize continuity with the past via examples such as the traditional beer, dress, or healers. But guides call on a different set of possibilities for the monument. The

PAGE 252

252 Gugulethu Seven installation represents positive changes to the township landscape. The place is worthy of recognition, and it is a place to commemorate an explicit break with the past. Although referencing a tragic event, guides impart that such race bas ed violence is behind the nation, just as structural violence and inequality is being overcome as evinced in other tour destinations. To the contrary, CLRC staff do not visit homes or cultural destinations on their typical excursions. CLRC offers a detail ed, linear narrative. Their tour focus is primarily on the past. Their prevalent themes concern struggle, remembrance, victimization, and activism. In a spirit of uality. Their tactics for audience participation or engagement are more direct and dramatic. They more pointedly use the township place to convey their organizational and personal narratives. In the literature, scholars have consistently been attracted to CLRC, making them appear as a prevalent contender and model for other tours. As Witz et al. (2001) point out, even in 2000 the emergent enterprise refused to be framed as a tour, restricted the photography of clients, and claimed a unity of experience amon g African and coloured South Africans. Witz et al. saw in particip ate in building of the predominant, new national narrative about miraculous change. In fact, they appear to question the very idea of the new nation by suggesting instead anecdotes of abbreviated development and that apartheid has not ended (ibid:421). Fur ther, through use of personal connections, their narratives frame the memorialized combatants as actors, not as liberal leaning views of scholars. But in actuality

PAGE 253

253 one alternative in a larger set of tours who offer limited engagement with the monument and which draws a much larger audience. Beyond company goals, another important explanation for the differences concerns interpersonal factors associated with specific tour guides. South Africans of color long lacked ultimate power over official representations of their cultures, living spaces, or experiences under apartheid. As with the TRC, many feel that even in post apar theid times, experiences and testimonies are still co opted by government and media. It can be argued that township tourism initially grew out of a need to combat popular renderings, specifically those about crime and violence (McEachern 2002). The cultura l tour guides mentioned above were both adamant about this, perhaps to the point of downplaying the current existence and causes of crime. In contrast, the MK cadres explicitly feel the need to challenge unauthorized representations of their history. To th is degree they have launched a new struggle combating, for one, the subtraction of personal suffering called for in national discourses of forgiveness and unity. They are also subtly challenging the idea that dramatic change has actually taken place by dra wing attention to South looking narratives leave scarce room for explicit commentary on current social conditions. Furthermore, members of CLRC have been vocal about both t he healing and challenging aspects of testimony ( Henry 2000 ) Their tours are an extension of this public witnessing. South African anthropologist Ross reports that after the TRC, she noticed ways of storytelling became standardized and homogenized in the In analysis Ross argues: The capacity to narrate experience is widely and positively valued, especially in contexts in which violence and its consequences s under the everyday and the in restoring a sense of self ]

PAGE 254

254 While Ross conducted research with TRC participants, she found that even when the topi c of discussion had nothing to do with violence or apartheid, subjects exhibited proclivity to recount violence and structurally make it a part of their ways of storytelling. The MK cadres returned from exile in 1994 and found their social position proble matic and liminal. Their use of history and their tour information refer to a shared, struggle experience for a particular group broadly conceived of as activists. In the tour, their personal experience of apartheid and struggle is implied if not drawn out specifically through narrative, tone, and route. The MK cadres voice more thoughtful, private concerns over topics such as reparations and amnesty. The younger, cultural tour guides were infants when the MK cadres left the country in exile and teens at th e transition to democratic rule. Over all, the cultural guides may be less invested and less informed regarding this event than the DACMP guides. I do not wish to reify only point out that a generational and social difference probably exists between these two types of guides. 12 This difference appears to have ramifications for the type and length of narrative they use and how they link their personal identities to the Gugu lethu Seven site. The difference can also be linked to the economic and philosophical goals of the respective companies. In sum, CLRC excludes attention to social life and culture while conventional tours abbreviate a multitude of aspects to offer an all e ncompassing experience. Thus, each type of township visit will inevitably fall short and condense certain aspects. Yet again, one cannot about it. As explained to me in interviews, freelance guides are often affected by this monument and do hold personal attachment to the story. 12 Refer to Bozzoli 2004 for further discussion of generational differences and clashes in townships

PAGE 255

255 The Struggle Over Meaning The goal of this chapter has been to examine how events such as the Gugulethu Seven circulate in popular mem ory and contribute to the making of place and narrative through tourism. I show how public memory associate d with monuments is solidified in associated practices of design and build, narration, and performance. The event and corresponding monument carry va rious meanings, subjective and collective, for specific individuals and groups. In this case study, research can show how tourist destinations, such as the Gugulethu Seven, are cultural constructs whose meaning is often contested and maneuvered by certain groups. The multiple parties involved, such as city officials, design artists, urban residents, and various types of tour guides all actively contribute to the reshaping of post apartheid city space. Importantly, they embark on divergent campaigns to depol iticize or politicize this meaning laden place in reaction to new national rhetoric regarding unity and reconciliation. By documenting these various public campaigns for truth and reconciliation, via commissions, monuments, and now cultural tourism, this extended case study exposes the double bind presented by heritage enterprises. Just as public monuments undergo a process of creation that attempts to speak to many groups, convey certain ideologies, and just as monuments reflect a particular social memory of the past, present, and future (McGregor and Shumaker 2006, Shackle 2001), so too does tourism adjoin another set of contested meanings and narratives to the place and all it represents (Sheller and Urry 2004). The practices detailed above elucidate th e range of possibilities and limitations for heritage attractions on tours and in the new South Africa more generally. In the long view, the presentation of the Gugulethu Seven incident in various public mediums, from 1986 through today, evinces how histor y making is a contested, multi vocal, and discursive process in South Africa (Castillejo Cuellar 2005:161). For one, this incident is an example of the power of

PAGE 256

256 apartheid to create silences, myth, and uncertainty. Even in light of recent investigations, pa inful further demonstrates the immeasurable distance between official majority narratives and personal memories that persist post apartheid. For example, the TRC Cuellar 2007:31). Then, in the TRC report and the popular Long Night documentary, the Gugulethu Seven suffered tory of tragedy and reconciliation (ibid: 33). Furthermore, despite being duped, the Gugulethu Seven were adopted by the ANC as fallen heroes and cause for further civil disobedience. Moreover, the goals of each party are constrained as they seek to buil d or voice their representations of the new nation. The political ambition and posturing of city council met with personal healing sought by CLRC as well as the goals of public education sought by the design artists is often trumped by more conventional tour practices that only offer limited possibilities for understanding political history. Additionally, local residents have multiple memories of the event or inte ractions with the monument. However, the incidences of disregard and defacing public works for their valuable materials stand out. In the end, we are left with an understanding of how such new national public projects, such as monument building or township tourism, each with the stated goals of restitution and inclusion, can result in paradoxical, questionable outcomes as well as the possibility of continued differentiation. As Marschall writes, monuments may be important symbolic statements that provide re

PAGE 257

257 of reinstating prejudices of the old regime, ossifying history and i dentity, or presenting incorrect data to an international audience. Such examples allow scholars to question how an emphasis on history from below can actually serve to deepen sense of marginalization and perpetuate communication of special status (Minkley and Rassool 1998:98). Ultimately, these examples c ontribute to the growing field of study on the role that memory and public representions of the past have in present nation building, highlighting the persistent contradictions and tensions. The touristic treatment of the Gugulethu Seven especially demonstrates why some critics communicate dismay at the township tourism phenomenon. Superficially, tour guide narration calls on stereotypical presentations of difference, culture, and history. Yet under the sur face of planning, design, and tourism acts lay contentious questions such as who gets the right to claim insider status on apartheid, who can make heritage decisions, and who can tell the story of struggle in the new South Africa. Provocatively, by subvert ing places of struggle to just one of many must see township sites, tour guides follow through on the mandate of the new Rainbow Nation -to forgive but not forget.

PAGE 258

258 Figure 5 1. Gugulethu Seven Memorial 2008

PAGE 259

259 CHAPTER 7 ENTREPRENEURS AND TO WNSHIP BED & BREAKFASTS Urban tourism works through dreams and myths, and these play a vital role in differentiating space into places. [Selby 2004:3] After dinner one evening in her Khayelitsha guest house, I watch Theresa pour over a checklist with Kirk, a visiting marketing and standards adviser from the Netherlands. They push aside plates of umqgushu (beef stew) and chakalaka (African slaw) and cups of homemade ginger beer to make room on the table. Kirk flits around the kitchen and adjacent bedroom, praising Theresa for her attention to cleanliness, quality, and service. He asks her how often she turns and flips the mattresses. Some check fo r dust on top of the cupboards. He remarks (paraphrasing): I know that here it is a safe, communication, November 27, 2007). Theresa and Kirk continue to talk about ways to be more accommodate the township need for locked window and door bars with fire safety codes. In a two week expanse, Kirk is visiting twenty township based bed and breakfasts linked in national and international accommodation guides. Theresa thinks that half of the women in the association will benefit from the training, for m any however, she thinks it is too much too soon. The bed and breakfast sector is a rapidly growing aspect of the township tourism phenomenon. The trend is driven by female entrepreneurs capitalizing on home grown resources. Across South Africa, tourism de velopment opportunities and training based on domestic practices such as cooking or providing accommodation have been aimed specifically at African

PAGE 260

260 women (Rogerson 2006:42). An overnight stay in the townships is marketed as the ultimate way to meet the peo ple of South Africa, understand how they live, share a meal and long conversation. The enterprising women are lauded by tour guides and travel publications as self motivated success stories of the post apartheid tourism boom. The women often find ways to p residents struggle to make a living, people have begun to take control of their lives and the 1 In retu rn, township households become globally recognized destinations, written up in travel magazines, and gaining fans on Facebook. In this chapter I describe the experience of several women working toward success in the B&B sector. During fieldwork, I stayed at eight different B&Bs situated throughout the townships from Langa to Khayelitsha for both extended and weekend visits. In many cases, my stays overlapped with tourist patrons who were interviewed and asked to fill out surveys after their outing. I also met with a few other up and coming B&B proprietors at their establishments. 2 I stayed in or interviewed the staff of township B&Bs that varied from small three room shacks to large multi story family homes. B&B types, and their proprietors, reflect the ran ge of housing and economic classes across the township spectrum. Comparing methods of decorating, marketing, and customer service among guest houses, a complex picture emerges depicting local meanings of home, domestic commodities, and representations of A frican township culture. The women owners express desires for modern, respectable homes that compete with accommodations offered in swank city neighborhoods. Yet 1 Website citations will be omitted to maintain the confidentiality of research participants. 2 I also spent a few overnight s at a Soweto B&B outside of Johannesburg as a comparative case.

PAGE 261

261 they must maintain a strategy of selling the chaos, flavor, and cultural heritage of township life to global consumers. One of the inspirations for this chapter comes out of a conversation I had with a B&B owner, Portia. After dinner one evening in her Langa guest house, she detailed her vision not only for own home, but for upgrades of the townsh ips in general. 3 As noted, there is a great need for infrastructure, formal housing, and more conveniently located commerce centers where residents can shop and do business. When not working with patrons, Portia was busy getting permits for more signage di recting visitors to her home, rapidly building on rooms in advance of the anticipated World Cup boom, and chasing certifications and credentials. She described her dream of seeing the townships grow as modern and accessible as higher classed suburbs in the Cape Town area. Curious, I asked, what if the townships do develop to appear like other satellite suburbs of Cape Town, why will visitors want to tour and stay here? What will be the draw? Portia balked at such a suggestion. Her argument was that township s will always have their special character, their history, their people, the Ubuntu spirit, the hospitality, the special food, and the connections to rural traditions. Whether or not shacks and sheep heads will always characterize townships, the B&B pheno menon again reflects the larger paradoxical nature of trying to present township life through the lens of tourism as being as equally familiar or conventional as it is out of the ordinary and culturally distinct. At B&Bs, township tourism directly crosses into the domestic space of township residents, though in a different way than when tourists enter shacks and hostels on Langa walking tours. This experience is about sharing rich hospitality, family, and 3 I stayed with Portia off and on during fieldwork, this personal communication occurred in October 2007. Please note t hat throughout this chapter, attributed ideas or conversations with the B&B owners are based on multiple days and nights of staying at their homes as well as formal interview sessions.

PAGE 262

262 flavors of home not about understanding squalor and deprivation. It is also about a quality, customer service experience. In turn, desires for success in tourism spur the implementation of home improvements beyond commonplace upgrades. However, again I argue that the presentation of the township B&B is comp licated beyond the host guest dialectic. Proprietors are designing the functional, decorative, and atmospheric aspects of B&Bs while negotiating a number of circulating, critical factors such as housing policy, Xhosa traditions, relationships with family a nd neighbors, accommodation assessment organizations, and tourists, both local and foreign. First, I historicize the B&B sector in terms of patterns of urbanization policy and the meanings and practices associated with housing, as well as the significance of using home space as female economic space. Second, I emphasize how continuing shifts and constraints on female homemaking in light of post apartheid development, new opportunities, and new class consciousness also affect meanings and practices in the h ome. The focus is then placed upon clarifying how these elements come together in the context of tourism in a new effort to both perform and constrain African domesticity. Class distinctions among the township women B&B owners along with their vivid expres sions in the domestic setting in terms of dcor, service, and social relations are drawn out for comparison. Specifically, I look at what happens when the household is not only held to locally significant social norms, but invaded by standards and quality certification from external bodies. Given the confluence of these factors, I take up the following questions. It can be asked: How do homemaking practices? G iven this, how is tourism business proprietorship variously empowering or limiting for the women and their households? As women have gained increased

PAGE 263

263 stability, opportunity, and autonomy in the post apartheid nation, their domestic realm is again intruded upon by an outside force, albeit invited. As these women race to capitalize on the budding tourism market and gain ratings from internationally recognized bureaus, they encounter constraints of this global industry. But they rise to meet these challenges i n specific local and gendered ways. Home making under apartheid and beyond Historicizing urbanization Research on township conceptions and configurations of home and domestic practices in both the apartheid and post apartheid context inform this chapter t heoretically and anecdotally. The study of domesticity, as argued by Hansen, concerns the interrelated aspects of gender, space, work, and power (1992:2). Thus, the growth of female run B&Bs must be linked to the historical development of conceptions of ho me, attention to home improvements, as well as making of female domesticity in African townships provides a foundation for investigating how the household comes t o be a space of urban female entrepreneurship in contemporary South Africa. South African urbanization policies had far reaching effects on African family dynamics and the multiple ways women became a part of urban economies, formal and informal. Early ur ban migration policies in South Africa applied to men only. Although many African women did venture to cities, wives and mothers were expected to remain in their rural homesteads. After 1952 African women were prescribed to carry passes, or documents detai ling their permission to laws to women was to be central to their experience of urbanization, and would define their capacity to make a living for decades to foll

PAGE 264

264 single migrant male labor and took aim at family and squatter settlements. Women were targets of state tactics such as pass raids and regulations that negatively impacted their ability to gain or change em ployment and maintain a home in the city (ibid). Cramped, squalid living conditions, of self worth (Ramphele 1997). It is important to understand that wome n faced expectations within the domestic sphere as well as struggles between the domestic sphere and integration into the capitalist labor system. Women migrated from the patriarchical relations of the rural areas into new forms of oppression in the capita list system such as low wages, restricted employment options, and exclusion from labor unions. In town, women often still negotiated long standing and shifting subjugation within the social and familial system (Bozzoli 1983). 4 Women were nonetheless crucia l to the shaping of urban life and urban policy (Parnell and Mabin 1995:45 46). Further, women have always been a distinctive part of the informal economy of townships as well as the primary providers of domestic labor. The various survival strategies wome n employed, such as creating new social networks or new modes of employment as cooks, domestic workers, vendors, or prostitutes often depended on rural or household occupational skills (Bozzoli 1983). These activities as well as the accompanying impact on Hellman 1948, Longmore 1959, Hansen 1997, Sp i e gel et al 2005, Slater 2000, Cole 1986 and 1987, Bozzoli 1983, Gaitskell 1983). 5 For example, in migrant hostels, w omen were a vital 4 For a discussion of how the state, colonizing, or missionizing prese and family relations in rural areas see Burke 1996, Com aroff and Comaroff 1991, 1997, Mager 1999, and Wilson 1936. 5 See also comparative studies based in other African nations such as Stichter and Parpart 198 8, White 1990, Hansen 1997, Hansen 1992, Clark 1988, Clark 2003, Seligmann 2001, Sheldon 1997.

PAGE 265

265 Toit 2005:604 citing Hellman 1948). Within these limited circumstances, independent income meant opportunities for transcendence from subordinatio n and dependence, physically and materially, from their male counterparts (Ramphele 1989:399). Home based enterprises were a resilient strategy, although they remained vulnerable to seasonal shifts or state control (Muthwa 1994). Given this history, chang the interaction between the built environment and shifting social and economic norms and condition s and ideational constructs (Ross 2005b). For instance, Lee provides cross generational observations of home modification by black South African to offer an interpretation for the generational and gendered nature of imaginaries of home and attitudes toward home improvement (2005). She posits that during the apartheid era, first generation, female urban in the city. This meant creating spaces of stability in the f ace of immigration and pass laws, nationally directed efforts to limit settlement, especially that of women, as well as housing shortages (ibid:614). Further, leaving the cramped spaces of hostels for shack settlements was actually attractive for the incre ase in privacy and stability it could bring (Elder 2003, Ramphele 1993, Ross 2005b). For women, single family homes, as opposed to the androcentric hostels, additionally meant an increase to their domestic authority and power to negotiate with men (Ramphel e 1989). The end of influx control in the 1980s and later changes wrought by the transition to

PAGE 266

266 changeover to majority rule, state policies aim to aid and enable underclass women long established in urban centers in addition to the continual stream of migrant women from rural areas (Beinart 2001). In Cape Town, domestic routines and rituals of daily township life are shifted and shaped by a number of factors. 6 In sum, homema king in the city has been a negotiated process interweaving necessities of survival, practices of tradition, legislation, and circumstance. Home provision and upgrading This chapter is informed by considering how conceptions of home and domesticity have c ontinued to shift in relationship to the new freedoms and opportunities in the post apartheid era. The township B&B, as a site of research, provides information on currently circulating ideas about homemaking as well as about consumption, self definition, and class consciousness. The desire for home upgrades is neither a new development nor limited to residents in the talk about their home past and present (2005:614 ). Current day township streets are awash with upgrades and personal touches. Driving through most suburbs you will notice the addition of fences, the occasional installation of bay windows, and stacks of concrete blocks ready for construction. Along the m ain thoroughfares of Khayelitsha, furniture hawkers sell new and used frames for shacks and window panes. One can purchase the entire readymade shell of a shack to fit over their plot of land in one or two room configurations. Other entrepreneurs advertise customized burglar bars, furniture, linoleum, and fabrics. 6 dialogue with social and econ omic changes of society 3). Further, in this discussion, I do not wish to imply a single conception of township women but rather recognize differences wrought by age, time in the city, employment, etc. ( Muthwa 1994, Lee 2005, Bozzoli 1983).

PAGE 267

267 Patterns of home improvement can also be associated with changing housing and immigration policies. In the 1980s, as urban immigration increased, the city began providing small basic, houses fr somewhat under the Reconstruction and Development Program of the 1990s (Lee 2005, see also Harrison et al 2008). These cramped and often unfinished structures required renovation to fi t township family configurations and to be livable. As many residents hyperbolically complain, when you lie down to sleep, your feet stick out the front door. Additionally, after 1994 long time Cape Town township residents, like those in Langa, were finall y awarded ownership of the council homes they had been paying rent on for many generations. Tenants were able to make renovations to the limited but owned space. However, as the increasing demand for housing could not be met, provision practices changed to Residents were provided with a plot of land and access to plumbing but no actual structure (Lee 2005:621 22). Families were offered smaller land plots under this system and had to afford their own materials f or building. 7 This policy can account for the vast shack settlements of Khayelitsha as well as yet another type of urban relationship with home improvements and home spaces. Families built up homes around the toilet connections placed at regular intervals. Such informal homes are often in need of constant upkeep and repair. As one guest house owner, MaVuyo, explained her addition of a second floor, after a decade of both she and her nearby neighbors adding on rooms, there was no where left to go but up! Fur thermore, in both historical and current times, housing policy has often neglected to accommodate the reality or diversity of urban African ideas and residential practices, practices that have developed from rural roots or been shaped by efforts to survive in the urban setting 7 Some residents were able to a pply for state assistance for building funds up R25,000 (Verhage 2004 see also Ross 2005 b :644 for a discussion of how the application criteria set definitions and boundaries upon the household).

PAGE 268

268 (Harrison et al. cted concept, and an important aspect of 8 The preciousness of home is not lost on the female B&B proprietors. Almost all of the B&B owners I interviewed share the experience of waiting to be given land or the chance to afford a formal ho me that adequately fits their family. In fact, most of the dozen B&B owners I interviewed purchased, built, or were awarded their current houses in the last two decades, after years on waiting lists, fitting in matchbox RDP houses, or living with in laws. relationships, Ross notes a clear link between housing appearance and attitudes about respectability. She finds many women in her study who upgraded to houses from shack settlements felt new pressure to form married, nuclear families and maintain the appearance of a respectable home complete with certain appliances and amenities (Ross 2000). Residents were equally proud to have a place they could welcome visitors, mo ve away from the perceived commodities such as appliances, dcor, and furni ture despite the stress on meager family 8 s, and the diverse material reality of township residents has further implications regarding definitions of poverty, linked to applications for grants in aid (Salo 2005).

PAGE 269

269 as to themselves as h ouseholders, that they are part of the modern world through being fully connected into in Spiegel 2005:190, Meintjes 2001). As Spiegel argues, emerging class and consumer consciousness, as it converges with new planning perspectiv African millennial urban life (2005:190). To Spiegel, these attitudes and practices : Africa means that o ne must simultaneously be and feel oneself to be tied into connectedness into and in those circuits through the items of domestic material culture that one possesses and displays. [i bid:190 191] imagination with a sense of propriety that comes from material connectedness and commodity 2005:191). Given current configurations, there is a tendency toward smaller nuclear family units under one roof (Lee 2005). However, it can be argued that closely placed, single family homes debilitate the extended kin and social network many depended on a s well as impact the informal economic endeavors residents engage in from the home (Robins 2002). Ross concludes that in spite of this difficulty and contradictions, the increase in built housing also increases the social possibilities for residents. They ultimately blend normative conceptions of respectable homes with their local models (Ross 2005b:648). Still home owners face pressures to keep up traditions of helping extended kin networks sion between maintaining pressures may be slowly diminishing, fear of gossip and violence guarantee conformity. Township traditions aimed at managing wide scale poverty su ch as neighborly sharing and relationships of reciprocity still hold sway. These issues effect upwardly mobile township

PAGE 270

270 residents and certainly impact B&B owners who are conspicuously trying to better the outward appearance of their homes. Further, these w omen are tapping into not only local norms of but seeking to please a global audience with the amenities and services in their homes. Home and housing in paradox One goal of this dissertation is detecting and making clear the manifold pressures impacting t he local residents and local places involved in enacting tourism. The historical, social, reflected in the fusion of home practices present today. Arguably home based b usiness initiatives are an established entrepreneurial practice for township women needing to be at home to provide childcare or lacking the skills for employment in another formal sector. However, as the next sections of discussion will show, B&B owning w omen are facing constraints beyond their personal desires and local social norms for homemaking. This dissertation is also characterized by drawing out themes of paradox. In terms of representations, the majority of tour guides endeavor to showcase differ ence, the unknown and strange of the townships, especially squatter camp home life. At the same time tourism narratives housing created by the apartheid labor syst em and current slow delivery of basic civic services are a vital part of tour content. But so are narratives of progress, of self made success or inventiveness, and of Africans surviving and sharing together. Significantly, these women in the B&B sector ha ve realized that the story of their home and their home atmosphere has social and Thus mundane experiences of life, simple hospitality and family meals, can be transformed into valuable tourist attractions and into a part of the new South African story. In this way, female B&B owners are

PAGE 271

271 caught up in the dilemma of providing quality g uest service without losing the township vibe, without moving too far away from the narrative or visual evidence of their struggle for a home in the city, and without neglecting their so called traditional, rural roots. As discussed in the next sections, i n the accommodation sector, the guest house owners are also influenced by the desire to attain positive nationally and internationally recognized rankings for their guest services and spaces. Development and Concerns of the Township B&B Industry Ma Theresa is among a substantial number of South African women turning their homes into business spaces. The bed and breakfast sector has grown considerably with the increase in tourism arrivals since 1994. Studies in the late 1990s and early 2000s note that across the country B&Bs are primarily white owned, often managed by women, and well capitalized (Rogerson 2004a, Visser and Van Huyssteen 1997, 1999). However, one has to consider that the many black owned B&Bs began as small start up experiments since the late 1990s. Only recently have many had the success worthy of note in the national registry of businesses or scholarly studies. The growth of township B&Bs can be linked to national tourism growth strategies. Since businesses (Rogerson 2004a:1). The 1996 White Paper on Tourism further emphasized providing support for the growth of black owned companies, especially small firms in the hospitality sector (South Africa 1996). Thu s the Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism (DEAT) along with many provincial and municipal agents have implemented strategies and workshops aimed at black economic empowerment through tourism. 9 A number of programs have been aimed specifically at women. 10 9 As Ndhlovu and Spring data sets on ownership patterns by gender and race for salaried workers or the millions of micro and small scale entrepreneurs in the

PAGE 272

272 In a larger investigation, Rogerson reported on over 60 black owned accommodation establishments across the country located solely in formerly designated black areas (2004a). In another recent assessment, Rogerson offers data from the Tourism E (TEP) 2005 study on Soweto tourism businesses (TEP 2005 cited in Rogerson 2008). His findings point to observations of note to be made and compared in the Cape Town case. In terms of commonalities, Rogerson reports that for many fam ilies, the B&Bs were a secondary source of income (2004a). The husbands and children of the proprietors were employed elsewhere. Further many of the women drew on skills from previous careers in catering. Among the ten proprietors I interviewed, four were widowed or single, four had husbands with full time jobs outside the home, and only two had previous careers in catering and A significant finding in terms of th e potential long term development of these enterprises is that the majority of these tourism businesses were started up as a result of perceived market opportunities rather than as a result of a desperate search for survivalist incomes due to unemployment or retrenchment. [Rogerson 2004a:6] owned sector. Rogerson surmises that the key constraints to growth for township based B&Bs are the need for enhanced market perceptions. 11 He argues that in some cases township businesses have poor product quality due to cha and Spring 2009). 10 divergent needs when creating aid programs (Spiegel et al. 2005) 11 and too large a topic to add to this chapter. In brief, I found that visitors not actively seeking the townships out as a day tour or evening destination were often very wary because of safety concerns. This reason was second to finding the township touris m too voyeuristic. Other times, tourists reported being dissuaded from an overnight in the townships by their other city center accommodation providers.

PAGE 273

273 lack of investment in aspects such as skills development. Moreover, issues of product quality eme rge out of struggles to meet enterprise compliances with insurance, health, and safety regulations. Rogerson found an overwhelming lack of knowledge about such regulations (Rogerson 2008:407). His studies, like mine, found that proprietors uniformly linked success to the ability to upgrade their homes and services. Out of 44 interviewed proprietors, Rogerson found 27 had attended a short training course in tourism. But only seven had received outside assistance from a national organization (2004a:6 7). The respondents communicated frustration with a lack of outside support for start up as well as training on how to run a business, self market, and use the internet as a tool. Twenty seven of the women had applied for assistance noting promises but no reply af ter filling out the complicated forms. The interviewees were suspicious of high membership fees without proof of results and fearful of comparison to the standards of white B&Bs. In the Cape Town case, similar issues arise. As a part of their effort to cre ate community development trusts, the City offered workshops on how the community could benefit from increased tourism and how to turn their own homes and businesses into attractions. In 2007, I attended one workshop funded by Cape Town Tourism targeting w omen. The leader had each attendee describe her current money making endeavors, such as sewing or cooking. Then the leader argued that these skills could be turned into opportunities for the tourism and hospitality sector, such as African clothing souvenir s or catering. 12 In my assessment, these programs have their 20s knocked on the door. They were surprised but relieved when I, a white woman, opened the door. They had searched for the guest house closest to the airport for their last night in town but did not realize that it was in the township. Portia was ou t thus I had to answer their questions and assuage their fears about safety and the availability of good food for the evening meal. By the next morning they were pleasantly surprised at the quality of their experience. 12 At a forum I attended later in th e year, a representative instructed attendees with established businesses in basic costing.

PAGE 274

274 had mild success in terms of getting and keeping businesses going sustainably. Despite inspiration to try, most township residents ultimately lack the know how and resources to exploit the systems of mo netary and marketing aid provided by the private or public sector and many mentoring or monitoring plans lacked sincerity or effectiveness (Rogerson 2004a:7). However, the official rhetoric has made creating tourism businesses seem easy and certainly raise d expectations. Somewhat in contrast to Rogerson, I actually found a high emphasis on standards and training among established businesses in Cape Town. Although many of these businesses have not fully met the established criteria, the Cape Town B&Bs are w ell aware of needs and opportunities for training. This phenomenon is strongly linked to the creation of a B&B association prompted by an international intervention. The accommodation businesses that have e experienced slow growth over the long term and some hardship in learning to navigate systems of support. Most of the women, I interviewed have received training and encouragement from local development forums, education and marketing assistance from orga nizations such as Cape Town Tourism (with a fee for membership and commissions) and Tourism Enterprise Programme (TEP). Further standardization in training and skills development is overseen by government agencies such as the Tourism, Hospitality and Sport Education and Training Authority (THETA) (Cornelissen 2005:123). In this vein, Rogerson points to dissatisfaction among township based businesses with tourism associations such as the marketing organizations created by the national, provincial, and local city legislature (2008). This is often coupled with the proliferation of private association building among tourism businesses at the risk of redundancy, fragmentation of the industry, and

PAGE 275

275 limited effectiveness. Questions arise as to how associations can help businesses develop and how they might help businesses to work together, to agree to compete. Rogerson notes that a lack of cooperation and unamicable competition lead to lost opportunities for the industry in the Soweto case. Again, elements of thes e concerns are seen in the Cape Town case and best illustrated by examining and comparing the B&Bs in association in Cape Town. Comparing Township B&Bs in Cape Town For foreign tourists, spending the night in the townships is seen as the ultimate crossing of boundaries. The experience allows an opportunity for making the perceived exotic and forbidden spaces familiar and knowable. Guests can go home saying they enjoyed the New South Africa in all its forms. Tourists, however, often enter into this arrangeme nt unaware that township B&Bs, like township housing, take a variety of forms. Tourists are further unaware of the many social and economic differences within townships. As Salo writes, to outsiders townships may appear to be homogenous, single geographic socio spatial boundaries crisscrossed this geographic unity, dividing it into multiple small As with township housing in general, township based guest house accommodation s fall along a continuum from informal shack forms to formal houses, each with different levels of infrastructure quality and interior furnishings. Additionally, the feel of township overnight experiences varies between intimate home stays or less personal guesthouse and guest situations. The location, class, and perspective of the women entrepreneurs results in different dcor and ambiance outcomes as well as different perspectives on self branding and guest service. Notably, similar patterns of the use of space and some decorative elements related to marketing are present. Importantly, all of the B&Bs are seeking to attain similar stands for quality and service.

PAGE 276

276 Understanding the differences among guest houses will show the limitations and complications of actually achieving these standards in the township setting. Post Apartheid Postcards I stayed with MaVuyo off and on for the month of December 2007. The Christmas holidays are a booming time for the tourism industry. Her ever growing shack, a bed and b reakfast in the heart of Site C, Khayelitsha is one of the premiere stops for township tours. Since my first trip to South Africa in 2001, I have watched her block blossom. Arguably many physical changes, such as the fresh tin and paint on the now famous p ub across the street, could be the result of continued investment in property upgrades. But more likely the growth of a neighborhood sewing association, a renovated day unprecedented second inspired and funded by tourist visits. cause is that she does not charge busses for their entrance, but rather views the visits as free marketing. Tourists enter thro ugh the low doorway to find a masterfully, designed shack. MaVuyo is usually sitting in the living room and takes time to welcome each guest, shaking their twenty busloads can potentially tromp through her abode. After meeting MaVuyo or another assigned greeter, usually her oldest niece, the tourists are set free to roam the bedrooms, snap photos, file into the streets, the daycare, and the pub, meet people break and many local school children hung around to greet the tourists. Candid shots of township afternoon, a tiny trouble maker ran up and down the street by the B&B in a Barney the Dinosaur costume, delighting the tourists and then bashfully trying to hide from their cameras. The youngsters are

PAGE 277

277 curious about tourists, but also hope someone has brou ght gifts. If a tourist did provide a bag of candy, without delay or fuss, the neighborhood kids lined up in single file for their share. Minutes ago, MaVuyo had forewarned the visitors about encouraging a culture of begging. Township B&Bs often host unco nventional guests, attracting more backpackers, single German man who had been staying with the family for 10 months, took up both downstairs bedrooms. He was mor English skills were imperfect, he had been unable to explain his love for South Africa and Khayelitsha adequately to many. Thus he had become an eccentric and mysterious part of the tou not exactly booming. She kept up with the bills by providing lunch services and accepting donations from the day visit tourists. Many times donation money helped her provide for the community. For example, she sent the neighborhood kids on an educational excursion to Robben Island. The two guest bedrooms are fitted regularly with cle an sheets and comforters. The worn living room sofa and recliner are refreshed with colorful covers. These house linens are washed by hand outside in a giant tub and hung on the line to dry above the dusty streets of Site C. In the morning, the older girls quickly dress the younger children, tidy up the guest rooms, and sweep out the dust from all the foot traffic. The girls often have to repeat their cleaning rituals in each room after the tour bus rush hours in the morning and afternoon. One weekend, a young couple from Switzerland, booked an overnight stay complete with a tour and dinner. My beat up Ford Sapphire was the most reliable vehicle available for picking

PAGE 278

278 them up from a guest house in the Gardens and going for a guided excursion into the townsh ips. I drove while MaVuyo narrated. The couple worked in the financial business and was enjoying a long holiday. They chose MaVuyo when looking for tourism options and accommodations that boasted responsible practices and positive impacts. The character o f a township tour or overnight depends on the interplay of many variables, arrival not only corresponded with public holidays, but this was also the time of year when many teenage boys left for the bush initiation school to become men in the Xhosa tribe. That afternoon Friday. The festive season offered an excellent excuse to drink and be merry. Excitement peaked when a group of boys came in to wish their mate well on his journey into manhood. The initiate was dressed in a cut up, decorated aqua jumpsuit. Provocative phrases and X rated drawings mocked the coming circumcisi on. When taking a break from his wild dancing, the anxious initiate paid very close attention to his new friends from Switzerland. They were very good sports about the whole thing and at the least had some fantastic photos to show off. At dinner time, 14 bodies, kids included, filled the small living room for mealie pap, sausage, and the nightly viewing of Generations the most popular South African soap opera. The guest dining table only seats four and is situated right in front of a mammoth flat screen in my room. All the children bunked down on the wood floor of the new but unfinished upstairs. Except for the occasional barking dog or snore from uDennis, it was a very quiet night.

PAGE 279

279 aided my understanding and analysis. Yet keeping a watch the beaten track of tour bus routes. Instantly comfortable with guests, she was much more personal and conversational than the tour guides. As one of the highlights, we stopped at a row of meat stalls in Gugs so that the clients could taste the fatty, salty goodness of a roadside snack. Standing on the busy sidewalk, the couple awed warily at the hot grills full of various cuts of meat and innards. They asked me to inquire with t he crowd of vendors if we could please take a picture of them. As I fumbled with the translation, vendors held up their cell phone cameras, laughing. Shack chic MaVuyo and a handful of fellow shack B&Bs comprise one end of the continuum. Staying in a shack B&B deep in the notorious squatter camps of Site C Khayelitsha is regarded with some attention. In my own experience, telling acquaintances from other townships, such as Gugulethu or Crossroads, that I was spending several weeks in Site C aroused surprise as well as many questions and warnings. In truth, a stay with MaVuyo can simply be an emersion in the mundane reality of township home life. Her now two story home is near the apex of a long circular drive. MaVuyo permanent shack cove rings could be established. She married her husband one day before the historic 1994 elections, and they began building their own home away from her mother as is custom. In 1999, she opened her B&B. ca since 2002 and watched with

PAGE 280

280 bedroom shack to use the toilet outhouse. T his could be a harrowing experience in the dark of night for first time township visitors hearing the trample of unidentified feet or barking dogs moving nearby. I remember brushing my teeth in the kitchen sink, watching small roaches crawl across the coun ter, and waiting until I returned to town to bathe. Privacy was at a premium. Only behind the closed door of my room was I alone. Children, neighbors, family, and other tourists were constantly moving in and out and very curious to talk to guests. Every y ear that I have come calling, the outside corrugated tin of the building has been a different color, from yellow, to green, to a dark red. The cast of characters on the block has gotten a year older in my photographs. And upgrades have steadily occurred fo r both MaVuyo handyman. Natural wood framing and plaster walls inside the shack sp eak to his abilities. Eventually, he closed in a modest bathroom and shower off of the kitchen around the existing outdoor toilet. The bathroom floor is concrete and accentuated by slate tiles in the standing shower. Tourists still share this facility with all the other residents. An old cup in the window holds a dozen worn, multicolored toothbrushes, one for each of the family members and even husband is the primary contractor for the addition of the upstairs with the assistance of uDennis. His sawing and drilling punctuated the day during my last visit, making it necessary to find space outside the structure for quiet. When tour busses came by, he was reluctantly fo rced to take a smoke break outside. He rushed back inside the moment they were gone.

PAGE 281

281 Running an established tourism site, caring for ten kids, and being a member of various local associations, MaVuyo is actually becoming known equally for her inferior cust omer service in recent years. On a number of travel websites, overnight tourist clients have reported confusion about what they are supposed to do when a giant bus interrupts their visit as well as frustration directions. However, visited by so many tour groups and the stand out shack B&B in tourism circles, she warrants the jealousy of her many competitors from all classes of guesthouses. Her location and shack status must account for this popularity and cove tousness if her peers. Somewhat unbeknownst to these audiences, the fatigue of the many tour bus visits combined with her many responsibilities takes a toll on MaVuyo. Even when talking to me, whom she has known for a couple of years, she absent mindedly s lips into lines from her welcome speech during our interview. MaVuyo: When I first started up, it wasn't easy at all. First I had to convince my community. People were still coming from the dark years of the old government. People were still carrying woun ds that were very deep to heal within a period of a year. Some were saying [that] I'm a spy; I'm working for the whites because they were seeing whites here and there. And they always asking questions: MaVuyo what is going on in your house? What do these p eople really want to see (personal communication, May 19, 2008)? As an answer to this question, MaVuyo notes the atmosphere of her block. There are so many e says. MaVuyo notes that people are always drinking and dancing, but they are not fighting. It is a positive place. In recent times, more and more of the nearby residents have willingly helped to grow the notoriety and tourism appeal of the block. Other s ites on this block are now part of the tour experience. For example, directly behind sewing project. The financial support for both initiatives was procured thr ough inspired tourists

PAGE 282

282 or tourism development organizations. During the day, the daycare children take pause to sing for visitors and smile for pictures. At the time of my last fieldwork, the sewing project was not actually going. Princess, the shack owner and sewing teacher, was busy expanding her shack and turning it into another B&B. The dozen sewing machines a Cape Town Trust had donated for the project sat stacked and dusty in a room off of the kitchen. Both the daycare and sewing project comprised par ts of the block walking tour taken by tourists. Each day as I went into greet Princess, she was busy at her sewing desk writing "business cards" with pen and notebook paper to hand out in hopes of donations by mail from inspired visitors. Interestingly, th e lack of a evidence of entrepreneurial results. Township elegance The modest accommodations in the squatter camp contrast greatly with style and service and spacious brick house. The manicured lawn is surrounded by a high brink fence. A colorful billboard at the corner marks your arrival. Inside a large, modern living room of new sofas in soft beiges and browns is decorated tastefully with animal skins and some African prints. Guests notice the large television, a computer and office set up. The sprawling house boasts several bedrooms, each decorated to an individual theme with hardwood floors and personal televisions. The African room is done in white and tan with prints of African women on the bed coverings. A soon to be self catering suite is decorated in blues, being fitted with a private kitchenette and bathroom. While downstairs guests share a large bath with an extra large tub and separate standing sh ower, the honeymoon suite offers a large tiled private shower. The honeymoon suite is located on the

PAGE 283

283 second floor above the laundry room. It is plush in red and black fabrics. Hardback coffee table books and sconces accentuate the room. A full balcony look s out over the council housing of Gugulethu and the squatter camp of Kanana to the north. Nomhle has a full dining room that could easily fit a party of more than thirty guests. A large safari mural frames the room with lions and wildebeest. A corner tab le covered in white linen is always stocked with cereals, teas, coffee, and hot water. In the afternoon, she sets out snacks of left over isonka samanzi delicious Xhosa steamed bread. I invited a local man over for dinner one night to finish an interview and meet Nomhle for a potential business partnership. He Despite the posh atmosphere, Nomhle maintains that the family comes from humble origins, growing up in Gugulet renovate the house (personal communication, February 28, 2008). Nomhle and her husband actually lived on the plot in a shack for several years while they saved up building materials and donated bricks. This story is recounted in travel magazine articles framed in the home. it was always her dream to have her own establishment. Her husband, Roger, still wo rks the nightshift at a local factory and dramatically recalls scrubbing the second hand bricks himself to make ready for the construction. Despite his schedule, Roger makes time to give walking tours to visitors through his neighborhood and into the squat need guiding certification to tell about the history of South Africa, he lived it. hand man, driver, secretary, and marketing director, an unusual arrangement. He lives i n the township in a rented apartment across the street. Nomhle also employs a full time maid and cook as well as the part time help of others for large

PAGE 284

284 by Nomhle who is quite a style maven herself. The first night I stayed with Nomhle was American Thanksgiving, and a group of four American college grads had booked two rooms. I had another. And a few black South Africans were taking rooms here for close and affor dable proximity to town and the airport for conferences. Nomhle was also hosting an important team of marketers from the Netherlands who were helping to organize a cooperative association for B&Bs including MaVuyo. The dining room tables were set in a u sh aped arrangement because after dinner a ten member choir and organist took the center floor. The teens from a local church had made their own costumes and belted out moving gospel and Xhosa music for our entertainment. They performed for tips and a hot mea Most other guest houses in the Cape Town area fall in between the two extremes of accommodation space. In Langa, for example, Portia runs a B&B Way section, designated the Beverly Hills of Langa in tour narratives. The three bedroom guest few blocks back in the heart of Lan ga. In Khayelitsha, a handful of women have transformed their council homes into guesthouses with one to three bedrooms. Brochures, Certificates, and Stars The women are marketing themselves through brochures and websites. Savvy marketing materials seek crime and deprivation. Amidst the apparently grim living circumstances, there is hospitality, hope and even

PAGE 285

285 Through pictures and text she advertises rooms with TVs and des ks, a safe garage for your car, a full English breakfast, evening walks to a nearby shebeen or church on Sundays. From staying with Portia several times, I have a collection of her past brochures. The 2007 experience, coupled with friendly, warm, spirited hospitality and personal service with attention photograph s of the rooms, family, and food. She also includes images of the neighborhood and the informal shebeen created by the ---family reflects the simple yet lively African lifestyle, and wil l allow you to 13 Common elements in these brochures are pictures of the women in African dress and full headdresses and descriptions of their traditional Xhosa dishes. For example, Zoliswa, proprietor o f a Khayelitsha guest house, holds a potjikos cooking pot on the front of her brochure dressed in bright printed African fabrics. In another picture, in modern dress she holds a framed certificate she earned for Entrepreneur of the year from the Foundation for Economics and Business Development Many of the women advertise on the brochures that they have the BnB Sure insurance policy, are register with CTT and CTRU, and that they have attended customer service seminars. As if they had all been instructed sim ultaneously, a wall inside each B&B is fully dedicated to self 13 Portia and MaLizo were not a part of the guest house association mentioned in this chapter. The elder MaLizo served as a mentor to Portia.

PAGE 286

286 shiny frame d certificates. In most cases, the wall of placards reaches from floor to ceiling and is accented by out of place African art objects, such as a Sotho hat, a grain fanner, or beaded dolls likely bought at tourist markets. The two most coveted certificate s are their grading assessments from AA Travel Guides by American Express ( and from the Tourism Grading Council of South Africa ( Although evidence suggests guests rarely check for certifications or license to operate. Globally, the certification of tourism products and places has an increasing role in regulating and monitoring tourism enterprises (Mahoney 2008). Loc ally, s tandards setting and monitoring is overseen through such agencies as The Tourism Grading Council of South Africa. Their role is to develop and implement a national classification system for accreditation according to agreed upon standards for qualit y and service. Businesses voluntarily apply for inclusion and assessment. In 2001, they began the National Star Grading Scheme for the accommodation sector. As Cornelissen points out, these type of grading entities both set standards on the supply side and create expectations on the demand side (Cornelissen 2005:123). Certification carries a number of potential benefits such as more reliable employment and access to skills training (Mahoney 2005). The national Grading Council employs a Provincial Master Ass essor to visit each guest house and assign a star rating based on their checklist. Most of the township B&Bs are rated with only one or two stars out of five. This means that guests can expect a clean and functional place, the availability of breakfast (1 star) or other cooked items (2 stars), and bathing facilities with towels provided.

PAGE 287

287 With AA, departing guests fill out surveys that will be sent in and tallied for yearly awards. dback which is to the questions on this survey were evident. For instance, the survey asks about the quality of signage and directions leading to the guest house. 14 Portia was embroiled in phone calls with the city to get permission to add more directional signs. She was also quick to apply for grants for free billbo ards. An overlooked concern on the survey asks about the eco friendliness of the establishment. Add ressing this concern is sure to In its yearly brochure, AA prints a special section solely for township accommodations. offer a uniquely South African experience where the beats of the township and vibrancy of our A number of the wom ed none of the listed accommodations are in shacks. Of course, registration with all of these various organizations carries the burden of hefty assessment or me mbership fees that must be paid monthly or annually. The annual renewal fee for the national Grading Council alone is R1528 (approx. US$220 in 2008) for one to three 14 In a Soweto case stu Rogerson 200:405).

PAGE 288

288 bedroom establishments. Cape Town Tourism fees range around R700 a year plus commissions f or bookings done through their call center. In return the B&Bs are listed in the brochures and websites, sent literature, and occasionally invited to seminars on marketing or business skills. Because of their township status, these memberships have paid of f for some of the women with awards or recognition, but others complain these requirements are a waste of effort. Importantly, their assessment of the effectiveness of their guest house association was more varied. Mahoney (2008) argues that certification Establishments outside the primary market parameters have little enticement to seek certification. In this case, I rather saw increased awareness, in part due to efforts of CTT and other organization and seco ndly due to the association. The two B&Bs I worked with that are not in the association we equally concerned with meeting standards. The Township Guest House Association The attention to certification, standards, and the accompanying differences, both subt le and major, among these guest houses came to my attention during the conversations with marketing woman from the Netherlands who worked at a corporate responsibil ity and humanitarian NGO research center called People In Action. Nomhle recalls, the woman brought in a list of other township B&Bs she had found on the internet. Nomhle was familiar with the places but did not personally know any of the other women. They took off on a route to visit as many of the other B&Bs as possible. Nomhle said her mission was to impart that the other women should not see her as a spy and as competition, but that they should begin to work together. The idea was positively accepted by many fellow B&B owning women, some struggling, some not to make it work on their own.

PAGE 289

289 People In Action quickly helped set up a business association among the women and assigned Dutch mentors, experts in the hospitality industry, to perform regular visits for training and inspection. As Nomhle recalls the goal was to help them grow their businesses and increase our visibility. Moreover, she states, township guesthouses have different needs in terms of financial support and mounting the steep learning curve to achieve compliance standards for aspects such as sanitation, customer service, or even fire safety. In 2008, twenty one women were paying dues as a member of the township guest house association with the grow and develop together, share lessons learne d, share clients when overbooked, and acquire training to upgrade their skills as well as their establishments. People In to the name of the place and grow in name recognition. As a part of his inspections, Kirk generates a 10 page audit report for each of the now 21 guest houses in the group. As with Theresa, he stays with each proprietor for a meal or overnight and evaluates food, safety, cleanliness, and even ema il and phone communication skills. This information is compiled in a lengthy checklist (Appendix B). on paper often ended with aspecific, positive reinforcement. His suggestions for Nomhle read: an even more prosperous future is upon hands, if especially if the owners will start standardizing processes/procedures in the near future. There is a lot of details that can sometimes should more bright! When decorating the new guestroo ms upstairs: be aware to include the local/township atmosphere in these rooms as well. Your guesthouse is indeed very special:

PAGE 290

290 Representations and Competitions Locally, the B&B women added items to the People In Action checkl ist concerning how ntation as well as pointed to tensions represent the townships via experience and decor. These patterns were influenced both by standardizing institutions and perceive d popular conceptions of township homes. In relation to home improvement practices, the B&B owners uniformly link success to the ability to upgrade their homes and services. An obvious trend has been the transformation of home spaces into spaces of comme rce. The women spent a lot of time worrying about or working to achieve property upgrades that would increase their ranking with People In Action and the grading institutions. A number of the B&Bs I frequented were in a constant state of construction. Atte ntion to standards and business principles governed decisions. For instance, when redoing her council home, Theresa purposefully designed her personal bathroom near the dining room as separate (not en suite) so it could be used easily by potential party gu ests. Further, nearly all of the female proprietors are sacrificing their already limited domestic space, meaning they are keeping bedrooms that could be used by family and children in a constant state of readiness for potential business that may or may no t materialize. One woman, Zoliswa, has her family living in backyard shacks, leaving their three bedroom home empty and pristine at night just in case. MaLizo changes her own bed linens everyday to prepare that room for guests just in case. MaVuyo, her hu sband, and several children shared one small bedroom for almost ten years.

PAGE 291

291 best to represent their home and urban identity given local and external pressures. Zoliswa relayed a story about a Khayelitsha tourism forum meeting. The very question of how to represent the townships came up at the meeting. Zoliswa explains that the lady running the meeting asked the attendees to talk about branding: Zoliswa: What is the uniq ueness that we must sell? What is the thing that attracts people to the townships? What is our brand? How can we brand ourselves? What can be the trademark symbol? Everybody talks. Somebody came up with the shack thing. I was annoyed of the shack. I was ve ry much annoyed. Because why. I said to them we must look away. People from the other side they must not see us as generation because people must outgrow from that. We must se e that we are. They the shack. Then I our roots. We used to stay in those rondavel houses. Then now if we want to show because of the apartheid system that is why. But things are changing now, we must rondavel 15 but there are no rondavels in Khayelit sha. So it is our homework, that we must all work on it?...Tourists like shacks, that is what they say (personal communication, April 10, 2008). I explicitly asked MaVuyo how she intended to decorate the new upstairs to her shack B&B. In response she calle d on images from a popular glossy coffee table book sold in book store, especially those frequented by foreign travelers. MaVuyo: Have you seen that book Shack Chic what I'm going to do up there. Yes, the two rooms will be posh, but the two will be normal. RH : Shack ish MaVuyo: Ha ha! Yes shack ish! 16 MaVuyo is referring to the colorful, repetitive butcher papers or magazine ads often used as wallpaper. As Besteman writes, the popularity of Shack Chic (Fraser 2002), featur ing sepia 15 Round thatch house typical in Xhosa rural homesteads. 16

PAGE 292

292 toned images of shack interiors, speaks to one of the prime ironies of township representations in South African public culture. The desire for intimacy, mutuality, and understanding has been replaced by the book suggest[s] a new aesthetic poverty fashion? that celebrates the innovative creativity of the poor while saying nothing about the injustice of poverty. [Besteman 2008:98] Caught between the perception of phant om tourists and the demands of grading institutions, MaVuyo seeks rustic appeal with added upscale features such as en suite baths. in approaches to customer servi with children, or share a beer with a table full of locals. She wants to let people discover t he character of the townships on their own. She says that in this way, tourists understand that it is not only her small block that is friendly. home. And they mustn't think t hat we are acting. RH : Performing? MaVuyo: Yes, We must do things they way we normally do. We must not make it nicer than it is. If on that day, we are going to have mealie pop and curry. Then on that day we will have mealie pop and curry for everybody. She also wants guests to help change the mind of other people. MaVuyo knows many are still ce has been criticized openly. A 2007 article in the Argus is actually MaV uyo ] B&B was no bed British

PAGE 293

293 W eekly Telegraph and American Conde Naste (citation withheld for confidentiality). It stated that the food was barely edible and that the hosts were uncommitted. The reviewer complained about being left on his own and bored, having to retire early to a lump y bed. After the lack of Argus his concern that townships were being marketed the wrong way. Another name in township tourism industry was consulted for comment. She agreed that tourists should avoid upgraded shacks and the negative image of squatter camps. MaVuyo claims to be unphased by the complaints and does not want to change her practices. d. For example, at the higher end township guesthouses, patrons are often surprised, almost disappointed at the high quality of service and accommodations, especially if the expected a y locked securely inside the formal guest house except for guided excursions. Nomhle and many of the other women make it their duty to be at home and interact with the clients for most of their stay. In contrast to y for interaction with township residents is limited to their hosts. I asked MaVuyo about the distinction among guest houses in the association. RH : How does your shack compare to other B&Bs? a beautiful mansion. You come to South Africa, come to Cape Town book yourself in the township. For me the word "township" to tourist means places like this...When I am list is it is a township? It is same These differences in class, infrastructure, and location also created petty jealousies and competition within the association. The women with more sophisticated lodging are assured of

PAGE 294

294 their superiority in quality, but still threatened by the perceived tourist draw towards s hantytowns. In this vein, I asked MaVuyo about the widely touted cooperation among the association members. RH : Does anyone outside of Site C ever call and say I have a booking for you? MaV uyo we need to all be of the same standard. That will never happen. We are living in a shantytown. [She is] living in a normal house. R H MaVuyo : Chaos! And that's why you came, you don't want to be like a t Sea Point, family. Yet a cooperative atmosphere is likely among quest houses in the same neighborhood and of the same quality. For example, MaVuyo is very active in hel ping her close neighbors. MaVuyo: That is also what [Kirk] said, what he had noticed among peoples of Site she can needs to grow. I've been in industry for many years. They need help. It will help me to grow bigger. Petty jealousies within the group have caused competition between the guest houses based in either Gugulethu or Khayelitsha. MaVuyo describes a recent debacle. MaVuyo: This year, we went to Ndaba [National Tourism Conference] without any [association] group brochures. I heard about that, 2 days before we go to Ndaba, I call ed [Theresa] wanting to find out how are we going to get them. So what is the point? How are we going to market this group if we don't have brochure? So I thought you know what -let us quickly make a brochure just for the ones in we can be honest with each other, we are just marketing ourselves. Brochures are just thrown away anyway. If I am asked how can I get in touch with [the association] I give them my card with my number. And I say to them, if you are marketing [the associa tion], what do you know about marketing. I am satisfied so far. I am thinking about the others who have just started, who are thinking that this will just grow overnight.

PAGE 295

295 Such p ervasive tensions among the women reflect larger tensions among the different classes of township homes as well as the raised expectations attached to tourism endeavors. MaVuyo: You know Rachel it will take a long time. We are all from different backgroun difficult to take the knife and slice it. ing to stay afloat, especially during the winter season. RH : Are you making a profit? MaVuyo: Yho! Am I making a profit? I am making a profit now because I managed to extend after 9 years! Discussion Grounded in understanding of domesticity in the urban A frican context as well as the history of housing provision and upgrading in Cape Town, this chapter has endeavored to illustrate to the various factors constraining and entraining the female proprietors of township B&Bs. As part of the new South African st ory, mundane experiences of life and simple hospitality can be transformed into valuable tourist attractions. Yet, in this endeavor women encounter many paradoxical stumbling blocks, carrying the recharacterization of the townships as well as female domest ic power two steps forward and one step back. At the very moment they are free to proudly share their urban, cultural lives, African homemakers again face external constructs. In this example, where tourism work is conducted is important. The mundane domes tic space of home is transformed in to a place of business. Moreover, home becomes a vector for communicating various personal and communal representations of African home life. inctiveness and yet meet international standards. Grading commissions extensively observe service

PAGE 296

296 stereotyped role of a cooking, doting homemaker. Even in her resist ance to conventional customer service training or narrowing of fluid home boundaries, MaVuyo desires to build upon ideas of widely circulating shack dcor. While this business venture i s supposed to be empowering, it i s also highly intrusive and once again can take the norms of domesticity out of women's hands. Importantly, local structures play a significant role in how B&B owners engage with these demands. Their ideas for branding and ambiance evince a mix of local domestic desires as well as tensions wit h new cosmopolitan conceptions of class centered on home practice. The women are equally struggling with competing senses of what is proper representation of South African millennial domestic, urban life for both a local and global audience. Township touri sm will inevitably run up against the upgrading of the neighborhoods house may only be a precursor of such realizations. This image at once confounds and undermines i deas of difference and normalcy present in tour narrations. Nonetheless, the stories in this chapter point to the types of positive personal transformations occurring through tourism. As women join the labor market, in this case, they take on new identiti es through work and often a new role in the home. Self employment is a needed support. In effect, the B&B owning women demonstrate a new sense of self worth, stat us, and respect. Participation in associations has helped many of the women learn skills, share information, and work together even if these ties are fragile and impacted by tensions over location and class. They know they share some features in common, su ch as long working hours, especially on weekends, and having to support large families and neighbors. The women are reemphasizing traditional domestic lives, something other career women may seek to change or

PAGE 297

297 move away from. The reproductive, domestic role of home and work becomes doubly vital to household survival. However, as the women reflect on their working class identity, they come to see themselves not only as home makers but as entrepreneurs.

PAGE 298

298 CHAPTER 8 CONCLUSION: A SHARED STORY OF TRANSFORMATI ON This concludes your tour of the townships of Cape Town. And I want to take this opportunity to thank you for your courage and support to come and visit our communities with the hope that with this tour you were able to learn of the different worlds that we have in Cape Town and the challenges that we are facing as the black people to build one city for all. So thank you very much for coming along. Now would you like me to drop you where I picked you up, or you want to go somewhere else? In this disserta tion I have examined the processes of township tourism through profiles of its main participants, places, and paradoxes. A series of key observations emerge for methodological and theoretical application to this and other global sites of community based to urism. From road side shacks to dirty, dank shebeens to crowded craft markets to up market guest accommodations, we have traveled the winding, yet purposeful route of township tours. In effect, this dissertation has attempted to collect the shared story of the growth and development of township tourism, as well as point to the possibilities and limitations of this type of tourism in peri urban, racialized, and classed districts. An Anthropological Approach to Township Tourism Revisited My findings are inti mately tied to a methodological and analytical approach with emphasis the scope and basis of the anthropology of tourism, especially in the South African case. Understanding township tourism as a new and multifaceted process centered in the townships, my study engages with this phenomenon from the vantage point of the places and persons that shape it. My approach builds on the current scholarly literature on tow nship tourism (Goudie et al. 1996, McEachern 2002, Minkley et al. 2001, Robins 2002, Witz 2007), but is also informed by urban studies in Africa (Mbembe and Nuttall 2004, Simone 2004) and beyond (Jaguaribe and Hetherington 2004, Low 1999, Low 2000, Low and Lawrence Zuniga 2003), and by certain

PAGE 299

299 anthropological approaches to tourism (Bruner 2005, Crouch 2000, 2002, Crang 2006, Ebron 2002, Ghodsee 2005, Scarpaci 2005, Sheller and Urry 2004). 2006:207). Tourism is something people do (Crouch 2000). Tourism culminates in itineraries, performances, and representations as well as cultural, historical, and spatial productions, yes, but these are only the culmination. These var ious products are the result of personal and collective action, predicated upon subjective, economic, political, and historical social factors. My analysis shows that a true critical comparison of how tourism occurs and affects local participants begins wi th an understanding of the individuals, communities, and planners, and their accompanying struggles and successes from the ground up. Township tourism does not just repackage the South African past, or portray urban holdovers of tribal culture, or recover the spatial dimensions, battle grounds, and effects of apartheid. It not only showcases problems and accomplishments of the new nation, or reflects the changing tenor of tourism marketing in the nation, and it is not just the stories of the transformations wrought by the end of apartheid. In fact, the content of township tours are arguably secondary repercussions of a greater social drama (Moore 1994:129) occurring behind the scenes as locals strategize, collude, and compete to join the global industry grow ing in their midst. This analytical framework is brought to bear on the multiple, interrelated ways tourism plays out for township residents. I focus on answering questions of who participates, what does that participation mean, and what are the constrain ts and opportunities impinging on participation I also focus on the processes that serve to normalize tourism practices. As a result, tourism provides an especially productive sphere of social relationships for examination. As a lens or conduit for greate r tensions in the public sphere (Mbembe and Nuttall 2004), we see how

PAGE 300

300 instances of exchange, partnership, and conflict occur between multiple parties such as socio economic classes, racial groups, and across city spaces. Take, for instance, the multiple ty pes of alliances formed among tour operators, guides, and local residents or the fruitful local international association created by bed and breakfast owners. These actions of cooperation are not straightforward, but require careful negotiation. Tour opera tors must select knowledgeable guides, but believe African guides appeal more to their customers. Township residents seek benefit from tourism enterprises but often have to succumb to the rhythms and expectations of established practices. B&B owners want t o work together but have to reconcile their personal beliefs about home and community with international quality standards. In these examples and others, complex tensions of inclusion, exclusion, and paradox emerge. Some of the emphasis for this specific analytic approach is due to the South African setting. In the past 15 years since the end of apartheid, South Africa has faced wide ranging social changes and rapid shifts in its political climate. New forms of heritage, tourism, and leisure are only one s mall part of these sweeping adjustments. Township tourism alerts us not only to the successes and possibilities of the post apartheid era but also to the limitations, such as persistent inequalities, instances of exploitation, and lingering inter racial, i nter class animosities. That said, I argue that to fully appreciate the types of social processes occurring in the townships one needs to draw on historical and spatial realities, but also move beyond over determined reasoning for change tied to history, race, and class (Mbembe and Nuttall 2004). Townships must be understood at the street level as sites of daily struggle, desire, and imagination (Nuttall 2004) It is only from this vantage point that I could grasp the multiple

PAGE 301

301 itineraries occurring in tand em, the criss cross of local and national tour companies, the desires and imagination of international tourist visitors, and the daily life of township residents. As a total social process, the introduction of tourism depends on and generates a great numb er of transformations. In the stories presented here, tourism practices are the outcome of and result in changes to identity, communal and individual, to social positions, and even to family relationships. This progression leads to the makeover of places s uch as homes, community centers, daycares, and city sidewalks for visitation, narration, reflection, and commerce. Once hidden township places become reframed as sites of local heritage and global recognition. Places both significant and mundane are laden with multiple layers of meaning via tourism. A point of note in method and content, this work is shaped by the close participation of important individuals such as Siviwe Mbinda who served as research assistant and guide. It was a valuable, productive app roach to partner with a local assistant and interlocutor. In the present age, reflection on our practices serves to correct the invisibility of our interlocutors and assistants in the shared experience that is ethnography. In fact, ethnography can and shou ld serve as a platform for the voices of our local collaborators. My serendipitous alliance with an interlocutor that was also part outsider, part neophyte to the spaces and subjects of inquiry allowed for a deeper understanding of the constructed nature o f both touristic and anthropological practices and knowledge. Conflict, complicity, and obligation nurtured our discursive world of work and rapport. For most of us, our anthropological research will not culminate in large social projects. Yet being open t o partnerships, however small scale, provides outlets for meaningful engagement, allows avenues for local capacity building, and opens doors to true collaboration within the communities we study.

PAGE 302

302 Principal Findings In summation, my principal findings hing e on a few interrelated points. The following conclusions point to connections across the narratives chronicled in the foregoing chapters. To begin, my argument is premised on understanding tourism as a mediated and interpretive phenomenon. I emphasize the different social positions of individuals and groups involved and their active roles in shaping how tourism takes place. How tourism works depends on the overall complexity of social relations in Cape Town. Additionally, this dissertation depends on the i mportance of place, how places become meaningful, and the reality that places can hold multiple meanings. Throughout this investigation, I am drawn back time and again to illustrations of paradox in social relations and in the struggle over cultural herita ge. Understanding these enduring tensions in South Africa sheds further light on the possibilities and limitations contouring township tourism and similar phenomena in the public sphere. Mediation and Interpretation The social processes of tourism work thr ough various means of mediation or cultural brokerage (Werner 2003). Township tourism mediates encounters between local residents, provincial and national tourism agendas, and international visitors. Operators and guides serve as influential middlemen. The y are agents in redefining the townships through their routes, destinations, narrations, and performances. As shown in the preceding chapters, owner/operators like Langford, Sis Layla, and Kabelo rely heavily on personal experiences to design their tour ro utes (Chapter 3). Further, as a collective class of non white business owners, they have helped to establish common practices, such as the prevalence of black guides and attention to community responsibility. To some observers, township tours offer very s imilar outcomes. Further, scholars have pointed to the problematic nature of tours for being voyeuristic or further reifying African

PAGE 303

303 show how these distinctio ns are informed by the social realm. Variations are not infinite but specific; they are fueled by social experience of mediators and their social positions on such trenchant issues as race and community responsibility. The arguable flaws of some tour pract ices, such as intrusive home visitation or creating a culture of donation, are also born out of these forces. By employing purposeful comparison of divergent tourism practices occurring around the same places and subjects, the motivations behind tour routi nes begin to emerge. Operators and guides, as well as other influential local participants, serve as interpreters of a range of African experiences to tourist audiences. Guides not only determine where tourists go, but what kinds of information and images they take away. For instance, in their treatments of shebeens and traditional beer, Fikile and Ayanda, call variously on culture, political history, and representations of township social life (Chapter 2). On the one hand, Fikile shows continuity with the past and appreciation for traditional practices. On the other hand, Ayanda leads tourists on a boisterous and flavorful excursion into daily township life. This analytical tool of purposeful comparison coupled with subjective understanding is valuable thr oughout the dissertation to scrutinize interpretations. For example, understanding the contemporary significance of the Gugulethu Seven memorial emerges in part from comparative treatment of guides narrations and performances (Chapter 6). Elsewhere we see how B&B owners, in their domesticity (Chapter 7). In most cases, the responsibility for tour content is given over to approved guides by tour operators. Yet free lan ce guides often find themselves ill equipped to deal with issues of

PAGE 304

304 process as they rehearse and mold their own routes, narratives, performances, and partnerships They must also learn to negotiate community issues, such as the structured social roles in Langa and community participation. A final point about mediation concerns power and structural relationships. Operators and guides are influential over how other township residents participate and to what extent they participate or benefit from tourism. These decisions are variously based on factors such as personal beliefs as is the case with Kabelo or Fikile (Chapter 3), familial ties as with Reggie (Chapter 5), or monetary and reciprocal relationships as is the case with visitation to certain craft sites. However township residents are not without active strategies of their own to ensure participation and benefit. Participants My approach has sought to draw out the subjectivity, agency, and creativity of local practitioners. A number of community members experience personal transformation as they maneuver to gain access to the tangible and intangible benefits of tourism participation. Tourism as work is recogniz ed as a lucrative opportunity. Township residents, with dreams for personal and economic achievement in the post apartheid period, seek to capitalize on the promises of tourism. The stories I share about tourism participants illustrate their capacity for s elf fashioning, illuminating how South Africans are approaching the new social order and how they imagine their place in it. most, tourism presents a mix of personal and ec onomic gains and hardships. In Langa, local residents come to recognize the value of their services or performances to successful tours. For residents like Reggie or Pamela (Chapter 5), tourism creates relationships of dependence. They enter into a recipro cal affiliation with tour guides, base on perceived promises of work and

PAGE 305

305 payment. Despite the tenuous, even exploitative nature of his informal employment, Reggie has gained new confidence and a sense of purpose from the opportunity. In other instances, su ccessful businessmen, like Langford, rise to new economic and social positions. As in the case of bed and breakfast owners, such realizations spark self promotion, quests for self definition and branding. For guides and operators especially, tourism presen ts new types of personal and to it or not, tour guides are called to represent not only their (subjective) individual self but their (collective) communities. Many township residents must overcome deficiencies in capital, we see ho w young African guides are bound by social relationships at the same time they shift to ibid: 59). Individual success transforms their relationship to the community and can spawn n ew challenges in their already negotiated township and town social worlds. Once unhinged from the security of their urban and case, through tourism performanc e for outsiders, participants can become more aware of the personal, communal, and cultural features they represent. The Comaroffs have recently argued that participation in the commodification of differences such as ethnicity often serves to make communit ies more aware of their identities and differences, perchance to capitalize from these subjectivity, to (re)charge collective self awareness, to forge new patt (Comaroff and Comaroff 2009:26).

PAGE 306

306 Returning to the concept of border crossing (Besteman 2008), tourism provides an especially productive tool through which to analyze changing social and economic relationships across the boundaries of ap artheid. Tourism is increasingly how the global public learns about townships and associated issues of apartheid and development. But tourism is carried out by a diverse cast of locals who maintain certain social positions, grease certain types of social n etworks, and seek certain personal and collective desires. Township tourism is bounded by place and the historical significance of the townships, but we find persons and messages seeking to cross these borders. For example, participants, similar to Portia the B&B owner, convey visions of a prosperous, cosmopolitan future in the business. These future aspirations shape and limit daily practice just as powerfully as long standing disadvantages. The boundaries, imagined and spatial, of the township both constr ains conceptions of identity and fuel new forms of self expression. Personal stories provide evidence for my argument that the products, places, outcomes, and struggles and successes we see the how the representations and conventions of township tourism develop and become standardized through action. Because of the global nature of the tourism industry, guests, or tourists, are often indicated as the agents of s ocial change, commodification, and standardization. However, this research shows that hosts, or local persons and their communities, actively shape the ways their areas are marketed and toured (Werner 2003, Stronza 2001, Jaguaribe and Heatherington 2004). Situated Knowledge Although tourism depends on global demand, township tourism practices are equally a result of specific, historicized patterns, cultural contestations over representation, as well as orchestrated spatial and power relationships. In each c hapter, I have drawn attention to how

PAGE 307

307 historical factors or entrenched racialized and classed structures impact tourism. In other words, the persons and places of tourism are similarly entangled in the conundrums of race, culture, community, and political economy that they invoke. However, not to be overly reliant on race relations as an explanation, I show how other types of local struggles hold important implications for how tourism takes place and its meaning to participants. Raced and classed issues ap pear in several instances. Among non white guides and operators, despite areas of cooperation, we see a rejection of past orders, explicitly a resistance to elite white business owners managing township excursions or even government regulation of tour guid e certification. Guides, such as Vusi or Thando (Chapter 4), interview and work with white operators, however they are pleased to be given primary control over their tour content. By preferring day labor contracts, they seek a more independent future. At t he same time, a number of white operators are under pressure to prove their mastery of township knowledge and desire for cooperation. In the Gugulethu Seven example, the City Council and the design artists collide over different conceptions of race, commun ity, and struggle. Across the social spectrum, we see all parties wrestling with instances of exploitation, paternalism, or stereotyped ideas about identity. Additionally, issues more specific to the townships color how tourism works. In Langa, for exampl e, battles over participation engage long standing conflicts and conceptions of insider or outsider status formed under apartheid policy. Situations of disagreement over tourism participation are not just about access to financial benefit. Local residents, such as the women of the sheep head spaza or hostel and shack dwellers, are seeking recognition and a sense of dignity. Their perceived or self identified migrant status comes with lingering feelings of inadequacy and powerlessness over their representati on and their right to privacy. In a similar

PAGE 308

308 matter, competition and suspicions arises among B&B owners over the potential draw of shack versus formal establishments. That said, I have also shown the importance of thinking outside these historical factors t o see the internal logic of township social dramas and to frame townships as sites of possibility. I draw on understandings of the syncretic, creative character of African urban life (Bozzoli 2004, Judin and Vladislavic 1998, Mbembe and Nuttall 2004, Simon e 2004). My work points to the multivalence of township communities to reinforce that how township tourism works must be understood at the community level. In Langa and other examples we see how residents make use of what is available to them, remaking soc ial relations and field of possibility. The unemployed become entrepreneurs. Hostel and shack dwellers become crafters. Cooks become caterers. Beer drinkers become site guides. Thus the competitive nature of tourism participation fits with historical and m odern division in the township based on ideas of difference and rooted in scarcity. However, it also speaks to the ability of communities and their individuals to work and adapt new social and economic systems such as tourism. Place This dissertation depe nds on the argument that tourism occurs in place, and these places, space, and the production and consumption of place in a number of ways. Overall, townships ar e being reinvented as a site of heritage and places therein are being given a newly imagined past to be presented for a global tourist audience. In this way, the places referenced on township tours continually become layered with meanings. Township places and global audiences (Huyssen 2003). Sites such as District Six or the Gugulethu Seven memorial take on a global sense of place. Though inscribed by location, they are no longer so

PAGE 309

309 bo unded and hidden. They become global nodes for intersection the intersection of local and national campaigns with global marketing and curiosity (Massey 1993, 1994 in Alexander et al. 2006:19). Again, instances of transformation reach across the primary ch apters as townships become must see attractions. Daycares centers become locations for donation and performance. Shacks become world renowned guest accommodations. Dingy migrant hostels become celebrated as heritage. Sites of gruesome violence become place s for solemn commemoration. Township tourism, as a unique form of cultural tourism, is interesting because it engages not only monumental and historic sites, such as sites of protest, or places of commerce, such as craft markets, but it specifically highli ghts everyday places, such as homes. In bed and breakfasts, for example, women share their dreams and visions for a particular type of home. But the development of their visions depends on associations, shared knowledge, and local and international certifi cation standards. Only through these social processes do we see the tr ansformation of places of home into public places of business. Importantly, place, too, is made meaningful by practice, through visitation, through mbodied position of key actors. Place is used by guides to invoke stories of culture, history, and everyday life. How place is capitalized on and struggled over is most poignant in the Gugulethu memorial example, but also consider B&B owners divergent mark eting of home, or the various characterizations of cultural sites by guides. In each case related to place, we see tensions rise over what is to be preserved, whose collective memory should be celebrated, and what counts as heritage. Treatment of place is significant for what it reveals about these types of conflicts. For example, places for monumentalization or for memory not only point backward, they also reflect current processes within city such as the political leanings of a City Council agenda and the

PAGE 310

310 possibilities and limitations of community art projects. Moreover, in the case of the Gugulethu Seven Memorial, we see how place has multiple meanings for different audiences. Former MK cadres are given a new sense of purpose in directing excursion of rem embrance. As noted above, selective comparison of the treatment of places, such as shebeens or hostels, reveal subjective details about guides own beliefs. They also reveal sites of cleavage within the tourism industry at large over practices, such as the treatment of community members or responsibility over messages and impacts. Paradox This work on township tourism alludes to both the ideational and economic paradoxes presented by township tourism. Clearly a number of imperative issues are still being wor ked out in this venture of communit y based development. As the Com whether ethno prise actually will increase the general prosperity, the common weal, of those who look to it for a panacea or whether it will exacerbate, even reinvent, long standing forms of In the preceding chapters, my findings point to a number of contradictions at play in the experiences of local participants. Such contradictions are rooted i n, though not limited to, the contexts of Cape Town, South Africa and legacies of discrimination against and segregation of the non aspect of tourism while simultaneously bran ding interactions with the disempowered as racialism while entrepreneurs depend on racial stereotypes and prejudices in their presentations and business decisions. Local tour guides ga in the opportunity to tell the story of their neighborhoods but must work within the racially demarcated employment structures of the tourism industry. Township residents, often excluded from control over tourism practices, negotiate outcomes of both

PAGE 311

311 explo itation and empowerment. New national public projects, such as monument building, with the stated goals of restitution and inclusion, can result in questionable outcomes through design, visitation, and interpretation. Township B&B proprietors invest in pro perty upgrades to compete with the luxury standards of established guest houses and each other, at once confirming and appreciation, inclusion, and development coincide with the perpetuation of difference and inequality via tourism practices and representations. In these examples, not only entrenched social structures surface, but also new forms of oppression emerge among communities as participants jockey for power ove r where tourism goes and who it benefits (van Rooyen in Alexander et al. 2006). Some tourism practices unfortunately reinforce stereotypes of gender, class, or patriarchy. Such a situation is mirrored in development projects across the new South Africa. As Robins points out, despite the good intentions of development initiatives or efforts at responsibility through monetary and symbolic means, all aimed at transformation and desegregation, ideas of difference based on race and class and delineated by spati al boundaries, can become reproduced (Robins 2005). Looking these instances of paradox and tension reveals much about the current state of power relations in the township tourism industry. Writ large, these examples expose the growing pains of the tourism industry and of greater social changes occurring in the South African public sphere. Further, my investigation has pointed to the meaning of the changes for various types of individuals and groups. In many cases, the progressive goals of the transition to democracy have not lived up to expectations for formerly disadvantaged citizens. They may have made gains in human rights, but the struggle continues for economic equality as well as symbolic and social reconciliation (Robins 2005).

PAGE 312

312 Looking Forward In the years since my fieldwork concluded, I have received regular updates on how township tourism continues to change and yet remain the same. The Department of Tourism funded Siviwe and several members of his young, African tour guiding cohort to travel to Spa in for intensive language study, further broadening his horizons and possibilities. He has continued to urge tourists off the bus and into the bustling township streets. He is now the proud co proprietor of a company doing bicycle tours through the sites o f Langa. Steady success has allowed him to move out of the Squatini hostel into a nice home with working plumbing. He even bought a new car. Dibbs and Jomo, his homeboys, have ventured out on their own, bringing a formal end to their business partnership. However, they are all proud to help the young gumboots dancers keep performing. Others are reported to be doing fine as well. Reggie was sponsored to attend some tour guiding classes but continues his informal role. MaVuyo finished her immaculate second st ory on the B&B. commercial development. He and the group of Kenyan art traders now endure in and around a small shipping container. The stories could continue for another volume. Despite the persistence of certain social struggles, public and private, in South Africa, I steadily endeavored not to paint township tourism as a failed enterprise or a negative development for township communities throughout this dissertation. Rather, this investigation provide s a fuller understanding of why tourism occurs the way it does and what tourism means to those most affected by daily visitation. Only with that knowledge can practitioners and planners fruitfully work toward goals of community responsibility. Time and aga in, I saw tour companies fail or fission, development projects founder, and community centers drown under corruption. City or private efforts at righting wrongs were equally fraught because of a lack of situated, local knowledge of how tourism was working, of what connections and competitions were going

PAGE 313

313 unseen, of what community, historical, or racial tensions were salient, or of how to best development trust, which work on small scale goals, communicate intimately with community mem bers about their needs, and stri ve for transparency were on the right track. Unregulated mediation from within or outside the industry meaning tour companies essentially took free reign over townships because they could or felt they could is a key factor. Further, township communities and their members have been slow, low in numbers, or self serving in their official responses to tour companies. Questions linger for me as to whether a metropol itan or regional system of management can be or should be set up to monitor the industry or whether community boards could be organized to great effect. The fact remains that there is little to no quality control or efforts at social responsibility except for that provided by individual tour guides or tour operators. The outcomes most critiqued by scholars, such as questionable tour content, questionable enterprises, questionable donation opportunities, as well as little sustainable benefit, arise out of th e complex social relationships of community politics, raced and classed relations, and economic struggles. Only in understanding these processes can one see how the status quo, the continued accusations of exploitation, differentiation, and underdevelopmen t of townships persists. Again I argue that township tourism demonstrates the social flows and forms of the public sphere which are emerging to define the new South Africa. As such, township tourism provides a medium for discussion of the junctures where s ocial differences manifest as public phenomena (Nuttall and Mbembe 2004). South Africa has been bestowed with honors and awards for its attention to responsible tourism, creating development projects, and employment. In the Cape Town case, I want responsib le tourism to not be solely marketing and lip service, another new

PAGE 314

314 national myth for the Rainbow Nation. Looking to the future, my questions now concern how understanding o f social processes of mediation and participation taking place in townships. And further, I question how the insights present here might be applied to other, similar global locations. Overall, the implications and meanings of community based tourism must be understood at the ground level. I believe this analytical framework and the principal findings can be applied across South Africa and elsewhere in studies of tourism and other public forms of urban social change. What I discuss is a national phenomenon occurring in other major cities of South Africa, and it is a global phenomenon. I hope this particular case can lend itself to comparison with other global scenarios.

PAGE 315

315 APPENDIX A GUGULETHU SEVEN MEMORIAL TEXT re seven young men were shot and killed in an ambush on 3 March 1986. Employing a former Umkhonto we Sizwe (MK) operative turned security force agent (notoriously called Askaris), the apartheid era anti terrorist unit based at Vlakplaas, orchestrated their recruitment. The askari trained and armed the seven young men and then lured them into an ambush. van in which the Gugulethu 7 were traveling, stopped at the nearby, prearranged location where the Vlakplaas based unit and po lice back up units were already in place to commence with the ambush. as they tried to surrender, whilst the injured were shot as they lay on the ground. This brutal an d cowardly attack so incensed the community that, in defiance of the State of Emergency existing at the time and in spite of the restrictions imposed on the number of people allowed at the funeral, more than 30,000 people attended the funeral on 15 March 1 986. doing. At the Truth and Reconciliation Commission it was then revealed that the Vlakplaas based unit had organized the operation. They had hoped that by their cru el act they would secure more funds to continue with their evil deeds. the country ungovernable, these young men paid the ultimate price. Their blood has nurtured the tre e of freedom. This shrine should remind many that these seven young men lost their lives for the freedom we enjoy today.

PAGE 316

316 APPENDIX B PEOPLE IN ACTION GUEST HOUSE CHECKLIST EXAMPLE Part 1: Website 1. The website can be found easily on the Internet 2. The website has a clear name (URL) 3. We website downloads fast into the browser 4. The visitor can find ev erything easily 5. The navigation/lay out on the website is logical 6. The information on the website is clear and up to date 7. The links on the website are in working order 8. The website gives a clear view on the available facilities 9. The visitor has the possibility to make inquiries for information through the website 10. The visitor can make a reservation online 11. The reservation is confirmed through mail or e mail 12. The reservation confirmation is received promptly Remarks: It is advised to become a mem ber of booking channels like sa venues etc., also to attract more local guests (esp. during low season). Also put more specific info on unique (selling) points on the internet. Nr Yes No N/a Comments 1 X 2 X Own website not working!! 3 X aspects 3 10 assessed on 3 rd 4 X 5 X 6 X 7 X 8 X 9 X 10 X 11 X 12 X

PAGE 317

317 Part 2: Telephone/e mail enquiries 1. The guest is addressed to with his/her full name 2. (tel. only) the guest is asked, in a correct manner, to spell his/her first and last name 3. (tel. only) the telephone operator is friendly and correct 4. Enquiries are made concerning the day of arrival and day of departure 5. The guest gets informed about the available ro oms 6. The guest gets informed about room rates 7. Guest is asked for specific requirements (e.g. concerning food, facilities for disabled, etc.) and these are registered properly 8. The guest us informed well about the conditions of payment and the manner of c onfirmation and cancellation procedure 9. correctly 10. Thank guest for making the enquiry 11. The enquiry is confirmed by means of a letter/e mail 12. The confirmation on the reservation is received within the appoi nted time span 13. Additional information on the guest house is provided, e.g. (f&b)packages, additional services such as (township)tours, unique selling points 14. Questions of guest concerning safety/security are answered in a satisfactory way Remarks: An e mail has been sent: Answer came in after a two days. All relevant info was there, except for info on payment. The message showed interest and responsiveness towards the guest. nr Yes No N/a Comments 1 X Johansen 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 6 X 7 X 8 X X Not about payment 9 X 10 X 11 X 12 X 13 X it is advised to add these, also when reacting to a first enquiry 14 X

PAGE 318

318 Appendix 3. Accessibility 1. The company can be reached well b y public transportation or shuttle service is available 2. The route has been pointed out well from central points 3. The points of recognition on the route are easy to read 4. The points of recognition on the route are clear on the property Remarks: On long te rm: complete signing (route) Clear direction on internet Part 4. Exterior 1. The location gives a clear picture of the type of company 2. The ambiance of the building matches the level of quality 3. The company looks attractive enough for people passing by to come inside 4. The building appears to be maintained well 5. The style of the exterior matches the style of the interior 6. The colours used match each other 7. The building has good and clear lighting 8. The building has (illuminated) signing, indicating the com 9. Local art/architecture/flavour has been incorporated in the facilities Remarks: The exterior of the building looks nice and attractive. It is clear the (re)construction is still in process. Guests are informed Htsikana has been trained in engineering and does most of the construction himself. Gives guests a secure feeling. nr Yes No N/a Comments 1 X Shuttle service available on demand, additional fee 2 X X No signing at freeway 3 X You can easily pass by without noticing 4 X Clear signing on the building nr Yes No N/a Comments 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X X still in process of rebuilding 5 X 6 X 7 X too dark during night 8 X 9 X

PAGE 319

319 Part 5. Welcome/check in 1. The welcoming staff member greets the gue st, directly when he/she enters, in a friendly and correct manner 2. The welcoming staff member makes eye contact 3. The reservation of the guest is ready upon arrival (confirmation) 4. The check in is processed quickly 5. The welcoming staff member checks the res ervation and the address data in a correct manner 6. The welcoming staff member gives clear information about the rooms and procedures 7. The welcoming staff member is well informed about the different facilities 8. Through cross selling, the welcoming staff mem ber tries to make the guest interested in the present facilities and/or additional services (e.g. townships tours) 9. The welcoming staff member wishes the guest a pleasant stay 10. The owner and/or manager of the guesthouse is there to welcome the guest person ally Remarks: Owner gives more extensive information at check in Nr Yes No N/a Comments 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 6 X X Elaborate info on history/background of B&B and Khayelitsha, but no basic info on room etc. 7 X Very well!! 8 X 9 X 10 X

PAGE 320

320 Part 6. Guest room interior 1. The furniture is clean and looks well cared for 2. Wallpaper/covering, curtains, and furniture are fresh and clean 3. The decoration and ambiance of the room match with the res t of the building 4. If applicable: radio and TV are ready for use and a users manual is present 5. There are sufficient and functional lamps/lights 6. The telephone connects directly to an outside line 7. Brochures with information about the company and surrounding s are present in the room 8. In case there is a balcony, outside terrace, courtyard or garden: is it clean and tidy 9. In case there is a balcony, outside terrace, courtyard or garden: are there chairs/tables and are they tidy 10. The ambiance of the room (e.g. s heets, blankets, Remarks: Especially considering you are in a shack area, this is a fine room! nr Yes No N/a Comments 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X 6 X 7 X Advised to make (different) portfolio(s) 8 X 9 X 10 X More colourful African elements (pictures, posters, sheets, etc.) could add to the experience

PAGE 321

321 Part 6. Guest room (continued) Bathroom and service 1. The warm water supply is good and contin uous 2. The bathroom is clear and without hairs 3. The lighting is sufficient 4. There are enough guest supplies 5. Enough linen is present 6. The glasses are clean 7. There is a fast laundry service 8. The possibility to have a wake up call is 9. present and the time fo r this call is correct 10. Messages are passed through to the guest as soon as possible 11. Every room has a map of fire exits and it is shown were the extinguishing material are 12. The company gives the guest a feeling of safety 13. An alarm system and/or surveillan ce is available 14. The guest can keep his/her valuables in a safe or Remarks: Open wiring in electric installations! Replace immediately!! Use acrylate to fill op gaps between shower basin and walls, sink and wa ll, etc. Replace this yearly. Use special cleanser & paint with brush to clean grouts every 2 3 months, rather than intensive daily cleaning (for example with chloride bleach, which will NOT avoid grouts from turning brown). nr Yes No N/a Comm ents 1 X X temperature not stable, but within borders of acceptability 2 X X floor a bit sandy, grouts not clean 3 X 4 X no mirror available 5 X 6 X no glasses for guests 7 X 8 X 9 X 10 X Buy fire extinguisher a.s.a.p. Make fire escape plan 11 X always somebody available 12 X (see below) 13 X

PAGE 322

322 Appendix 7. Public areas 1. The lounge and hallways are clean and have sufficient lighting 2. If applicable: Sit down areas in the lobby are good and plentiful 3. Th e location of the various facilities is pointed out clearly by signs (e.g. toilets, emergency exits, etc.) 4. Safety measures are posted clearly (what to do in case of fire, etc.) 5. The ambiance of the public areas matches the style of the guest rooms 6. The t oilets are clean 7. The toilets have sufficient lighting 8. In the toilets, sufficient soap and toilet paper is hands 9. The interior of the toilets matches the appearance of the rest of the building Remarks: Ad d signing Add board with safety measures, fire escape routes etc. in every room + public areas nr Yes No N/a Comments 1 X X no lights during the night 2 X 3 X Add signs with room number/name, especially when new guests rooms are ready 4 X Add a.s.a.p.! 5 X 6 X 7 X 8 X 9 X

PAGE 323

323 Appendix 8. Breakfast 1. The guest is told clearly where breakfast will take place 2. The guest is told clearly at what time breakfast will take place 3. The ordered coffee or tea is brou ght quickly and in plentiful amounts or is available in large amounts 4. The tables in the room are set tastefully 5. Cereals and fresh toast or bread are served 6. Hot dishes are served 7. Dairy products and fruit are served 8. The breakfast room and the tables ar e clean and are kept clean 9. The staff is friendly and cheerful Remarks: Serving a local dish enhances the unique experience! Well done! nr Yes No N/a Comments 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 X 5 X not applicable: local dis h is served 6 X 7 X 8 X 9 X

PAGE 324

324 LIST OF REFERENCES ABFT, Amy Biehl Foundation Trust 2010 About Amy. amy, accessed March 20, 2010. Adams, Kathleen 2005 Quandaries for Anthropologists in an Era of Tourist Mania. NAPA Bulletin 23(1):45 69. Alexander, Peter, Marcelle C. Dawson, and Meera Ichharam 2006 Globalisation and New Identities: A View from the Middle. Johannesburg, South Afri ca: Jacana Media. Allen, Garth, and Frank Brennan 2004 Tourism in the New South Africa: Social Responsibility and the Tourist Experience. London; New York: I.B. Tauris. Altman, Miriam 2006 Identifying Employment Creating Sectors in South Africa: The Role of Services Industries Development Southern Africa 23(5):627 646. Anderson, Benedict R. 1991 Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism. London; New York: Verso. Anderson, Megan, and Sean Field 2003 Langa Heritage Stu dy. Heritage Resource Section, City of Cape Town. Babb, Florence E. 2011 The Tourism Encounter: Fashioning Latin American Nations and Histories. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press. Bank, Andrew 2008 The 'Intimate Politics' of Fieldwork: Monica Hunter and Her African Assistants, Pondoland and the Eastern Cape, 1931 1932. Journal of Southern African Studies 34:557 574. Beinart, William, and Colin Bundy 1987 Hidden Struggles in Rural South Africa: Politics & Popular Movements in the Transkei & Eas tern Cape, 1890 1930. Berkeley: University of California Press. Beinart, William 2001 Twentieth Century South Africa. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.

PAGE 325

325 Besteman, Catherine Lowe 2008 Transforming Cape Town. Berkeley: University of California P ress. Bickford Smith, Vivian 1995 South African Urban History, Racial Segregation and the Unique Case of Cape Town. Journal of Southern African Studies 21(1):63 78. Bickford Smith, Vivian, E. Van Heyningen, and Nigel Worden 1999 Cape Town in the Twentiet h Century: An Illustrated Social History. Claremont, South Africa: D. Philip Publishers. Bond, Patrick 2000 Cities of Gold, Townships of Coal: Essays on South Africa's New Urban Crisis. Trenton, NJ: Africa World Press. Bonner, Phillip 1995 African Urbani zation on the Rand between the 1930s and the 1960s: Its Social Character and Political Consequences. Journal of Southern African Studies 21(1 Special Issue: Urban Studies and Urban Change in Southern Africa):115 129. Bourdieu, Pierre 1977 Outline of a The ory of Practice. Cambridge; New York: Cambridge University Press. Bozzoli, Belinda 1983 Marxism, Feminism and South African Studies. Journal of Southern African Studies 9(2):139 171. 2004 Theatres of Struggle and the End of Apartheid. Athens, Ohio: Ohio U niversity Press. Breidenhann, Jennifer, and Pranill Ramchander 2006 Township Tourism: Blessing or Blight? The Case of Soweto in South Africa. In Cultural Tourism in a Changing World: Politics, Participation and (Re)Presentation. M.K. Smith and M. Robinson eds. Pp. 124 142. Buffalo, NY: Channel View Publications. Bremner, Lindsay 2004 Reframing Township Space: The Kliptown Project. Public Culture 16(3):521 531. Brennan, Denise 2004 What's Love Got to Do with It? : Transnational Desires and Sex Tourism i n the Dominican Republic. Durham: Duke University Press.

PAGE 326

326 Bruner, Edward M. 2001 The Maasai and the Lion King: Authenticity, Nationalism, and Globalization in African Tourism. American Ethnologist 28(4):881 908. 2005 Culture on Tour: Ethnographies of Tr avel. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Buntman, Fran Lisa 2003 Robben Island and Prisoner Resistance to Apartheid. Cambridge, UK; New York: Cambridge University Press. Caldeira, Teresa Pires do Rio 2000 City of Walls: Crime, Segregation, and Cit izenship in So Paulo. Berkeley: University of California Press. CASECT, Community Agency for Social Enquiry Cape Town 2004 Study on Women in Hostels: A Summary of the Findings. Rooftops Canada/Abri International and City of Cape Town. Castillejo r, Alejandro 2005 Dialectical Anthropology (29):159 180. 2007 Knowledge, Experience, and South Africa's Scenarios of Forgiveness. Radical History Review (97):11 42. Chambers, Erv e 2000 Native Tours: The Anthropology of Travel and Tourism. Prospect Heights, Ill.: Waveland Press. Clark, Gracia 1988 Traders Versus the State: Anthropological Approaches to Unofficial Economies. Boulder: Westview Press. 1994 Onions Are My Husband: Surv ival and Accumulation by West African Market Women. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 2003 Gender at Work in Economic Life. Walnut Creek, Calif.: Altamira Press. CNN 2010 Sizzling Times at Cape Town's Hottest Hangout. rica/03/23/mzolis.barbeque/index.html?iref =allsearch accessed March 20, 2010. Cock, Jacklyn 1980 Maids & Madams: A Study in the Politics of Exploitation. Johannesburg: Ravan Press.

PAGE 327

327 COCT, City of Cape Town nd Langa: City of Cape Town Heritage Advice P amphlet no. 9. 2001 City of Cape Town Census 2001 Suburb Index, Compiled by Strategic Development Information and GIS from 2001 Census Data Supplied by Statistics South Africa. m accessed April 12, 2010. 2011 City of Cape Town Integrated Development Plan., accessed March 20, 2011. Cole, Josette 1987 Crossroads: The Politics of Reform and Repression, 1976 1986. Johannesburg: Ra van Press. Cole, Josette, et al. 1986 Women and Squatters in the Western Cape. Rondebosch, South Africa: Dept. of Economic History, University of Cape Town. Comaroff, John L., and Jean Comaroff 2009 Ethnicity, Inc. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Connerton, Paul 1989 How Societies Remember. Cambridge England ; New York: Cambridge University Press. Coombes, Annie E. 2003 History after Apartheid: Visual Culture and Public Memory in a Democratic South Africa. Durham: Duke University Press. Cooper, Frederick 1987 On the African Waterfront: Urban Disorder and the Transformation of Work in Colonial Mombasa. New Haven: Yale University Press. Cornelissen, Scarlett 2005 The Global Tourism System: Governance, Development, and Lessons from South Africa. Al dershot, Hants, England; Burlington, VT: Ashgate. 2005b Tourism Impact, Distribution and Development: The Spatial Structure of Tourism in the Western Cape Province of South Africa. Development Southern Africa 22(2):163 185. Costa, Kelli Ann 2009 Coach Fel las: Heritage and Tourism in Ireland. Walnut Creek, CA: Left Coast Press.

PAGE 328

328 Crang, Mike 2006 Circulation and Emplacement: The Hollowed out Performance of Tourism. In Travels in Paradox: Remapping Tourism. C. Minca and T. Oakes, eds. Pp. 47 34. Lanham: Rowm an & Littlefield Publishers. Crouch, David 2000 Tourism Representations and Non Representative Geographies: Making Relationships between Tourism and Heritage Active. In Tourism and Heritage Relationships: Global, National, and Local Perspectives. M. Robin son, N. Evans, P. Long, R. Sharpley, and J. Swarbrooke, eds. Pp. 93 104. Newcastle: University of Northumbria. 2002 Surrounded by Place: Embodied Encounters. In Tourism: Between Place and Performance. S. Coleman and M. Crang, eds. Pp. 206 218. New York: Be rghahn Books. CTRU, Cape Town Routes Unlimited 2007 Western Cape Statistics 2007, Cape Town Routes Unlimited, Cape Town. =12560, accessed April 12, 2010 2008a Western Cape Touris m Barometer Quarters 1 4 2007, Cape Town Routes Unlimited, Cape Town., accessed April 12, 2010 2008b Western Cape Statistics 2008, Cape Town Routes Unlimited, Cape Town. http://www.tourismcapeto =12564v, accessed April 12, 2010 Daher, Rami Farouk 2000 Dismantling a Communities Heritage Heritage Tourism: Conflict, Inequality, and a Search for Justice in the Age of Globalization. In Tourism and Heritage Relationships: Global, National, and Local Perspectives. M. Robinson, N. Evans, P. Long, R. Sharpley, and J. Swarbrooke, eds. Pp. 105 128. Newcastle: University of Northumbria. Danner, Dietmar 2001 Kultur Sattigt. AIT Architektur Innenarchitektu r Techisher Ausbau 7/8:84 89. Davenport, T. R. H., and Christopher C. Saunders 2000 South Africa: A Modern History. Hampshire [England] Macmillan Press. Davies, Ron 2003 Black Heritage Areas in South African Cities: Issues and Dilemmas. In Langa Heritag e Study. M. Anderson and S. Field, eds. Pp. 13 25. Cape Town: Heritage Resource Section, City of Cape Town.

PAGE 329

329 de Beer, Piet, and Carin Smuts 2001 Guga S'thebe Arts, Culture and Heritage Village. Southern African Architect March/April 2001:43 45. Deacon, Ha rriet 2004 Intangible Heritage in Conservation Management Planning: The Case of Robben Island. International Journal of Heritage Studies 10(3):309 319. DEAT, Department of Environmental Affairs and Tourism 2001 Regulations in Respect of Tour Guides. http :// n%20respect%20of%20tour%20guides.pdf, accessed February 22, 2011. 2009 Responsible Tourism., accessed February 22, 201 1. Dodson, Belinda, and Catherine Oelofse 2000 Shades of Xenophobia: In Migrants and Immigrants in Mizamoyethu, Cape Town. Canadian Journal of African Studies / Revue Canadienne des tudes Africaines, Special Issue: Transnationalism, African Immigration, and New Migrant Spaces in South Africa 34(1):124 148. Dodson, Belinda, and Darryll Killian 1998 From Port to Playground: The Redevelopment of the Victoria and Alfred Waterfront, Cape Town In Managing Tourism in Cities: Policy, Process, and Practice. Y.G. Tyler and M. Robertson, eds. Pp. 139 162. New York: John Wiley and Sons. Dondolo, Luvuyo 2001 Depicting History at Sivuyile Township Tourism Center. In Mapping alternatives: Debating new heritage practices in South Africa. Center for African Studies, Uni versity of Cape Town. Dubow, Saul 1994 Ethnic Euphemisms and Racial Echoes. Journal of Southern African Studies 20(3):355 370. Duncan, Jane 2002 How Cultural Policy Creates Inequality: The Case of the Greater Johannesburg Metropolitan Council and Its Bie nnale Project. In Culture in the New South Africa. R. Kriger and A. Zegeye, eds. Pp. 281 313. Colorado Springs, CO: International Academic Publishers. Ebron, Paulla A. 2002 Performing Africa. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

PAGE 330

330 Elder, Glen Stra uch 2003 Hostels, Sexuality, and the Apartheid Legacy: Malevolent Geographies. Athens, Ohio: Ohio University Press. Eldridge, Matt, and Jeremy Seekings 1996 Mandela's Lost Province: The African National Congress and the Western Cape Electorate the 1994 So uth African Elections. Journal of Southern African Studies 22(4):517 540. Eppel, Simon 2007 'They Come Here and Take Our Houses!' Community Conflicts in Langa in the Context of the Housing Crisis in Cape Town: 'Borners' against 'Migrants', Masters of Phil osophy in Development Studies, Department of Sociology, University of Cape Town. Feld, Steven, and Keith H. Basso 1996 Senses of Place. Santa Fe, N.M.: School of American Research Press. Ferguson, James 1999 Expectations of Modernity: Myths and Meanings of Urban Life on the Zambian Copperbelt. Berkeley: University of California Press. Field, Sean 2003 Beyond the Walls: Sites and Stories in Langa, a Pilot Oral History Research Project Report. Environmental Management of Planning and Development Directora te, Cape Town City Council. Field, Sean, and Centre for Popular Memory (University of Cape Town) 2001 Lost Communities, Living Memories: Remembering Forced Removals in Cape Town. Cape Town: D. Philip. Foucault, Michel 1977 Discipline and Punish: The Bir th of the Prison. New York: Pantheon Books. Fraser, Craig 2002 Shack Chic: [Art and Innovation in South African Shack Lands]. Cape Town, South Africa: Quivertree Publications. Freund, Bill 1988 The African Worker. Cambridge Cambridgeshire; New York: Camb ridge University Press. 2007 The African City: A History. Cambridge England: Cambridge University Press. Gaitskell, Deborah. 1983 Introduction. Journal of Southern African Studies, Special Issue on Women in Southern Africa 10(1):1 16.

PAGE 331

331 George, Richard 200 3 Tourist's Perceptions of Safety and Security While Visiting Cape Town. Tourism Management 24:575 585. Ghannam, Farha 2002 Remaking the Modern: Space, Relocation, and the Politics of Identity in a Global Cairo. Berkeley: University of California Press. Ghodsee, Kristen Rogheh 2005 The Red Riviera: Gender, Tourism, and Postsocialism on the Black Sea. Durham: Duke University Press. Gmelch, George 2003 Behind the Smile: The Working Lives of Caribbean Tourism. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Goldste in, Donna M. 2003 Laughter out of Place: Race, Class, Violence, and Sexuality in a Rio Shantytown. Berkeley: University of California Press. Gottlieb, Alma 1995 Beyond the Lonely Anthropologist: Collaboration in Research and Writing Author(S). American A nthropologist, New Series 97(1):21 26. Gujar, Bhoju Ram and Ann Grodzins Gold 1992 From the Research Assistant's Point of View. Anthropology and Humanism Quarterly 17(72 84). Gunn, Shirley, and Human Rights Media Centre (South Africa) 2007 If Trees Could Speak: The Trojan Horse Story. Cape Town, South Africa: Human Rights Media Centre. Guyot, S., and C. Seethal 2007 Identity of Place, Places of Identities: Change of Place Names in Post Apartheid South Africa. South African Geographical Journal 89(1):55 6 3. Hall, Martin 2006 Identity, Memory, and Countermemory: The Archaeology of an Urban Landscape. Journal of Material Culture 11(1/2):189 209. Hamilton, Carolyn 1998 Terrific Majesty: The Powers of Shaka Zulu and the Limits of Historical Invention. Cambri dge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

PAGE 332

332 Hansen, Karen Tranberg 1992 African Encounters with Domesticity. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press. 1997 Keeping House in Lusaka. New York: Columbia University Press. Hansen, Karen Tranberg, and Marike n Vaa 2004 Reconsidering Informality: Perspectives from Urban Africa. Uppsala: Nordiska Afrikainstitutet. Harrison, Philip, Marie Huchzermeyer, and Mzwanele Mayekiso 2003 Confronting Fragmentation: Housing and Urban Development in a Democratising Society. Lansdowne, Cape Town: University of Cape Town Press. Harrison, Philip, A. Todes, and Vanessa Watson 2007 Planning and Transformation: Learning from the Post Apartheid Experience. Milton Park, Abingdon; New York: Routledge. Hellmann, Ellen 1948 Rooiyard, a Sociological Survey of an Urban Native Slum Yard. Cape Town,: Oxford University Press, for Rhodes Livingstone Institute, Livingstone, Northern Rhodesia. Henry, Yazir 2000 Where Healing Begins. In Looking Back, Reaching Forward: Reflections on the Truth and Reconciliation Commission of South Africa. C. Villa Vicencio and W. Verwoerd, eds. Pp. 166 172. Cape Town: University of Cape Town Press. Herrmann, Anne 2002 Shopping for Identities: Gender and Consumer Culture. Feminist Studies 28(3):539. Holston, James 1999 Cities and Citizenship. Durham [N.C.]: Duke University Press. Huang, Songshan, and Betty Wieler 2010 Journal of Sustainable Tourism 18(7):845 860. Hutnyk, John 1996 The Rumour of Calcutta: Tourism, Charity, and the Poverty of Representation. London; New Jersey: Zed Books. Huyssen, Andreas 2003 Present Pasts: Urban Palimpsests and the Politics of Memory. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press.

PAGE 333

333 Jackson, Shannon M. 2005 Cape Colonial Architecture, Town Planning, and the Crafting of Modern Space in South Africa. Africa Today 51(4):32 54. Jaguiribe, Beatriz and Kevin Hetherington 2004 Favela Tours: Indistinct and Mapless Representations of the Real in Rio De Jane iro. In Tourism Mobilities: Places to Play, Places in Play. M. Sheller and J. Urry, eds. Pp. 155 166. London: Routledge. James, Wilmot Godfrey, and Linda van de Vijver 2001 After the TRC: Reflections on Truth and Reconciliation in South Africa. Athens: Oh io University Press. Johnson, R.W. 2000 Wiping Cape Town Off the Map. Wall Street Journal (Eastern Edition), July 25: A.22. Judin, Hilton, Ivan Vladislavic, and Nederlands Architectuurinstituut. 1998 Blank -: Architecture, Apartheid and After. New York: NAi; Distributor, D.A.P./Distributed Art Publishers. Jules Rosette, Bennetta 1984 The Messages of Tourist Art: An African Semiotic System in Comparative Perspective. New York: Plenum Press. Kasfir, Sidney Littlefield 2000 Contemporary African Art. New York, N.Y.: Thames and Hudson. Kirshenblatt Gimblett, Barbara 1998 Destination Culture: Tourism, Museums, and Heritage. Berkeley: University of California Press. Lash, Scott, and John Urry 1994 Economies of Signs and Space. London ; Thousand Oaks, Cali f.: Sage. Lanfant, Marie Francoise, J.B. Allcock, and E.M. Bruner 1995 International Tourism: Identity and Change. London: Sage Publications. Lee, Rebekah 2005 Reconstructing 'Home' in Apartheid Cape Town: African Women and the Process of Settlement. Journal of Southern African Studies 31(3):611 630. Lennon, J. John, and Malcolm Foley 2000 Dark Tourism. London; New York: Continuum.

PAGE 334

334 Lodge, Tom 1978 The Cape Town Troubles, March April 1960. Journal of Southern African Studies 4(2):216 239. Longmore, Laura 1959 The Dispossessed; a Study of the Sex Life of Bantu Women in Urban Areas in and around Johannesburg. London,: J. Cape. Low, Setha M. 1999 Theorizing the City: The New Urban Anthropology Reader. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press. 2000 On th e Plaza: The Politics of Public Space and Culture. Austin: University of Texas Press. MacCannell, Dean 1999 [1975] The Tourist: A New Theory of the Leisure Class. Berkeley: University of California Press. Mager, Anne Kelk 1999 Gender and the Making of a S outh African Bantustan: A Social History of the Ciskei, 1945 1959. Portsmouth, NH: Heinemann. Magona, Sindiwe 1990 To My Children's Children. Claremont, South Africa: D. Philip, Africasouth New Writing. Magubane, B ernard 1973 The "Xhosa" in Town, Revisit ed Urban Social Anthropology: A Failure of Method and Theory. American Anthropologist 75(5):1701 1715. Mahony, Karin 2207 Certification in the South African Tourism Industry: The Case of Fair Trade in Tourism. Development Southern Africa 24(3):393 408. M arcus, George E. 1997 The Uses of Complicity in the Changing Mise En Scne of Anthropological Fieldwork Author(S). Representations, Special Issue: The Fate of "Culture": Geertz and Beyond 59(85 108). Marks, Rafael, and Marco Bezzoli 2001 Palaces of Desire : Century City, Cape Town and the Ambiguities of Development. Urban Forum 12(1):27 47.

PAGE 335

335 Marschall, Sabine 2006a Africa. International Journal of Heritage Studies 12(2):176 193. 2006b Visualizing Memories: The Hector Pieterson Memorial in Soweto. Visual Anthropology (19):145 169. 2010 Private Sector Involvement in Public History Production in South Africa: The Sunday Times Heritage Project. African Studies Review 53(3):35 59. Mas ade, Iyonawan 2007 Where Is Home? Transnational Migration and Identity Amongst Nigerians in Cape Town. In Imagining the City: Memories and Cultures in Cape Town. S. Field, R. Meyer, and F. Swanson, eds. Pp. 93 114. Cape Town: HSRC press. Maylam, Paul 1995 Explaining the Apartheid City: 20 Years of South African Urban Historiography. Journal of Southern African Studies 21(1):19 38. Mbembe, Achille, and Sarah Nuttall 2004 Writing the World from an African Metropolis. Public Culture 16(3):347 372. McAllist er, P. A. 2006 Xhosa Beer Drinking Rituals: Power, Practice, and Performance in the South African Rural Periphery. Durham, N.C.: Carolina Academic Press. McEachern, Charmaine 2002 Narratives of Nation Media, Memory and Representation in the Making of the New South Africa. New York: Nova Science Publishers, Inc. McGregor, JoAnn, and Lyn Shumaker 2006 Heritage in Southern Africa: Imagining and Marketing Public Culture and History. Journal of Southern African Studies 32(4):649 665. Meintjes, Helen 2001 Wash ing Machines Make Women Lazy: Domestic Appliances and the 6(3):345 363. Moore, Sally Falk 1994 Anthropology and Africa: Changing Perspectives on a Changing Scene. Charlottesville: Uni versity Press of Virginia. Muthwa, Sibongile 1994 Female Household Headship and Household Survival in Soweto. Journal of Gender Studies 3(2):165 175.

PAGE 336

336 Nanda, Serena 2004 South African Museums and the Creation of a New National Identity. American Anthropo logist 106(2):379 385. Nasson, Bill 2004 Commemorating the Anglo Boer War in Postapartheid South Africa. In Memory and the Impact of Political Transformation in Public Space. D.J. Walkowitz and L.M. Knauer, eds. Pp. 277 294. Durham: Duke University Press. Ndhlovu, Tidings P., and Anita Spring 2009 South African Women in Business and Management: Transformation in Progress. Journal of African Business 10(1):31 49. Nel, Etienne, and Tony Binns 2002 Place Marketing, Tourism Promotion, and Community Based Loc al Economic Development in Postapartheid South Africa: The Case of Still Bay 208. Nora, Pierre, and Lawrence D. Kritzman 1996 Realms of Memory: Rethinking the French Past. 3 vols. New York: Colu mbia University Press. Novelli, Marina 2005 Niche Tourism: Contemporary Issues, Trends and Cases. Oxford: Elsevier. Nuttall, Sarah 2004 City Forms and Writing the 'Now' in South Africa. Journal of Southern African Studies 30(4):731 748. Nuttall, Sarah, and Carli Coetzee 1998 Negotiating the Past: The Making of Memory in South Africa. Cape Town: Oxford University Press. Nuttall, Sarah, and Cheryl Ann Michael 2000 Senses of Culture: South African Culture Studies. Cape Town: Oxford University Press. oghue, Bridget 2009 Audit of Sculptures: Memorials and Monuments. mmerative_Monuments_s.pdf accessed April 16, 2010. Ouzman, Sven 2008 Imprints: Archaeology of Identity in Post Aparthe id Southe rn Africa. Ph.D. dissertation, Anthropology Department Uni versity of California, Berkeley.

PAGE 337

337 Parnell, Susan and Alan Mabin 1995 Rethinking Urban South Africa. Journal of Southern African Studies 21(1):39 61. Phillips, Ruth B., and Christopher Bu rghard Steiner 1999 Unpacking Culture: Art and Commodity in Colonial and Postcolonial Worlds. Berkeley: University of California Press. Ramphele, Mamphela 1989 The Dynamics of Gender Politics in the Hostels of Cape Town: Another Legacy of the South Africa n Migrant Labor System. Journal of Southern African Studies 15(3):393 414. 1993 A Bed Called Home: Life in the Migrant Labour Hostels of Cape Town. Cape Town, D. Philip. Rassool, Ciraj 2000 The Rise of Heritage and Reconstitution of History in South Afric a. Kronos (26):1 22. 2007 Memory and the Politics of History in the District Six Museum. In Desire Lines: Space, Memory and Identity in the Post Apartheid City. N. Murray, N. Shepherd, and M. Hall, eds. Pp. 113 128. New York: Routledge. Reid, Frances, and Deborah Hoffmann 2000 Iris Films in association with Cinemax Reel Life. California Newsreel: California. Reid, Richard J. 2009 A History of Modern Africa: 1800 to the Present Chichester, U.K: Wiley Blackwell. Robins, Steven 2000 City Sites. In Senses of Culture: South African Culture Studies. S. Nuttall and C. A. Michael, eds. Cape Town: Oxford University Press. 2002 Planning 'Suburban Bliss' in Joe Slovo Park, Cape Town. A frica 72(4):511 549. 2005 Limits to Liberation after Apartheid: Citizenship, Governance & Culture. Oxford England: David Philip. Robinson, Jennifer 1998 (Im)Mobilizing Space -Dreaming of Change. In Blank -: Architecture, Apartheid and After. H. Judin an d I. Vladislavic, eds. Pp. 163 171. New York: NAi; Distributor, D.A.P./Distributed Art Publishers.

PAGE 338

338 Rogerson, Christian M. 2004a Transforming the South African Tourism Industry: The Emerging Black Owned Bed and Breakfast Economy. GeoJournal 60(3):273 281. 2004b Urban Tourism and Small Tourism Enterprise Development in Johannesburg: The Case of Township Tourism. GeoJournal 60(3):249 257. 2006 Pro Poor Local Economic Development in South Africa: The Role of Pro Poor Tourism. Local Environment 11(1):37 60 2008 Shared Growth in Urban Tourism: Evidence from Soweto, South Africa. Urban Forum 19(4):395 411. Rogerson, C. M., and Gustav Visser 2004 Tourism and Development Issues in Contemporary South Africa. Pretoria, South Africa: Africa Institute of South Af rica. Rolfes, Manfred, Malte Steinbrink, and Christina Uhl 2007 Township Tours in Cape Town: Results of a Student Research Project of the Institute of Geography at the Potsdam University (Germany) in February/March 2007. Ross, Fiona C. 2003 On Having Voi ce and Being Heard: Some after Effects of Testifying before the South African Truth and Reconciliation Commission. Anthropological Theory 3(3):325 341. 2005a Codes and Dignity: Thinking About Ethics in Relation to Research on Violence. Anthropology Souther n Africa 28(3&4):99 107. 2005b Model Communities and Respectable Residents? Home and Housing in a Low Income Residential Estate in the Western Cape, South Africa. Journal of Southern African Studies 31(3):631 648. Rovine, Victoria 2001 Bogolan: Shaping Cu lture through Cloth in Contemporary Mali. Washington, D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press. Saff, Grant 1998 Changing Cape Town: Urban Dynamics, Policy, and Planning During the Political Transition in South Africa. Lanham, MD: University Press of America. Salazar, Noel B. 2010 Envisioning Eden: Mobilizing Imaginaries in Tourism and Beyond. New York: Berghahn Books. Samara, Tony R. 2005 Youth, Crime and Urban Renewal in the Western Cape. Journal of Southern African Studies 31(1):209 227.

PAGE 339

339 Sanjek, Roger 1 993 Anthropology's Hidden Colonialism: Assistants and Their Ethnographers. Anthropology Today 9(13 18). Sapire, Hilary, and Jo Beall 1995 Introduction: Urban Change and Urban Studies in South Africa. Journal of Southern African Studies 2(1 Special issue: Urban Studies and Urban Change in Southern Africa):3 17. Scarpaci, Joseph L. 2005 Plazas and Barrios: Heritage Tourism and Globalization in the Latin American Centro Histrico. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. Schlyter, Ann, and Nordiska Afrikainsti tutet. 1996 A Place to Live: Gender Research on Housing in Africa. Uppsala: Nordiska Afrikainstitutet. Schmidt, Peter R. 1996 The Culture and Technology of African Iron Production. Gainesville: University Press of Florida. Schumaker, Lyn 2001 Africanizin g Anthropology: Fieldwork, Networks, and the Making of Cultural Knowledge in Central Africa. Durham, NC: Duke University Press. Schutte, Gerhard 2003 Tourists and Tribes in the "New" South Africa. Ethnohistory 50(3):473 487. Seekings, Jeremy, and Nicoli Nattrass 2005 Class, Race, and Inequality in South Africa. New Haven: Yale University Press. Selby, Martin 2004 Understanding Urban Tourism: Image, Culture and Experience. London: I. B. Tauris. Seligmann, Linda J. 2001 Women Traders in Cross Cultural P erspective: Mediating Identities, Marketing Wares. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press. Shackel, Paul A 2001 Public Memory and the Search for Power in American Historical Archaeology. American Anthropologist 103(3):655 670. Sharp, John 2008 'Fort 24(4):1 4.

PAGE 340

340 Sheldon, Kathleen E. 1996 Courtyards, Markets, City Streets: Urban Women in Africa. Boulder, Colo.: WestviewPress. Sheller, Mimi, and John Urry 2004 Tourism Mobilities: Places t o Play, Places in Play. London; New York: Routledge. Silverman, Eric Kline 1999 Tourist Art and the Crafting of Identity in the Sepik River (Papua New Guinea). In Unpacking Culture: Art and Commodity in Colonial and Postcolonial Worlds. R.B. Phillips and C.B. Steiner, eds. Berkeley: University of California Press. Simone, AbouMaliq 1998 Globalization and the Identity of African Urban Practices. In Blank -: Architecture, Apartheid and After. H. Judin and I. Vladislavic, eds. Pp. 173 187. New York: NAi; Dis tributor, D.A.P./Distributed Art Publishers. 2004 For the City Y et to Come: Changing African Life in Four Cities. Durham: Duke University Press. Slater, Rachel 2000 Town, South Africa Gender and Development 8(2):38 46. Smith, Melanie K. 2004 Issues in Cultural Tourism Studies. London; New York: Routledge. Smith, Valene L., and Maryann Brent 2001 Hosts and Guests Revisited: Tourism Issues of the 21st Century. New York: Cognizant Com munication Corp. South African History Archive. Posterbook Collective. 1991 Images of Defiance: South African Resistance Posters of the 1980s. Johannesburg: Ravan Press. Spiegel, Andrew, and Anthony M. Mehlwana 1997 Family as Social Network: Kinship and Sporadic Migrancy in the Western Cape's Khayelitsha. Pretoria: Co operative Research Programme on Marriage and Family Life Obtainable from HSRC Publishers. Spiegel, Andrew, Vanessa Watson, and Peter Wilkinson 2005 Women, Difference and Urbanization Patter ns in Cape Town, South Africa. Anthropology Southern Africa 28(1 & 2):31 38.

PAGE 341

341 Steiner, Christopher Burghard 1994 African Art in Transit. Cambridge England; New York: Cambridge University Press. Stichter, Sharon, and Jane L. Parpart 1988 Patriarchy and C lass: African Women in the Home and the Workforce. Boulder: Westview Press. Stronza, Amanda 2001 Anthropology of Tourism: Forging New Ground for Ecotourism and Other Alternatives. Annual Review of Anthropology 30:261 283. Swain, Margaret Byrne 1995 Gend er in Tourism. Annals of Tourism Research 22(2):247 266. Swanson, Felicity, and Jane Harries 2001 and Identity. In Lost Communities, Living Memories: Remembering Forced Remova ls in Cape Town. S. Feld, ed. Pp. 62 80. Cape Town: David Phillip. Swanson, Maynard W. 1977 The Sanitation Syndrome: Bubonic Plague and Urban Native Policy in the Cape Colony, 1900 1909. The Journal of African History 18(3):387 410. Tangri, Roger, and R oger Southall 2008 The Politics of Black Economic Empowerment in South Africa. Journal of Southern African Studies 34(3):699 716. Theide, Irene 2005 Thesis, School of Economics, Uni versity of Cape Town. Ullman, Christopher 2005 Community Participation in the Architechtural Design: A South African Perspective with Focus on Langa Township, Cape Town, Masters of Philosophy Thesis, School of Architechture, Planning and Geomatics, Facult y of Engineering and the Built Environment University of Cape Town. Urry, John 1995 Consuming Places. New York: Routledge. 2002[1990] The Tourist Gaze. London; Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications. Verhage, Martin 2004 South Africa's 'Pro Poor' App roach to Formulating and Implementing Tourism Policies, Masters of Philosophy Thesis, Department of Political Studies, University of Cape Town.

PAGE 342

342 Visser G. and van Huyssteen K. 1997 Guest houses New Option f or Tourists in t he Western Cape Winelands. Acta A cademica 29 : 106 137. 1999 Guest houses: The Emergence of a New Tourist Accommodation Type i n t he South African Tourism Industry. Tourism and Hospitality Research 1 (2): 155 175. Walkowitz, Daniel J., and Lisa Maya Knauer 2004 Memory and the Impact of Poli tical Transformation in Public Space. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. Wallace, Tim 2005 Tourism and Applied Anthropologists: Linking Theory and Practice. NAPA Bulletin 23:1 26. Wang, Ning 2006 Itineraries and the Tourist Experience. In Travels in Pa radox: Remapping Tourism. C. Minca and T. Oakes, eds. Pp. 65 76. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Werner, Cynthia 2003 The New Silk Road: Mediators and Tourism Development in Central Asia. Ethnology 42(2):141 159. West, Harry G. 2005 Kupilikula: Governance and the Invisible Realm in Mozambique. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Western, John 1996[1981] Outcast Cape Town. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. White, Luise 1990 The Comforts of Home: Prostitution in Colonial Nairobi. Chi cago: University of Chicago Press. Wilson, Lindy 2000 The Gugulethu Seven: Ring Records: South Africa. Wilson, Monica, and Archie Mafeje 1963 Langa: a Study of Social Groups in an African Township. Cape Town, New York: Oxford University Press. Wilson, Monica Hunter, and International African Institute. 1936 Reaction to Conquest; Effects of Contact with Europeans on the Pondo of South Africa. London,: H. Milford, Pub. for the International institute of African languages & cultures by the Oxford universi ty press.

PAGE 343

343 Witz, Leslie 2003 Apartheid's Festival: Contesting South Africa's National Pasts. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. 2007 Museums on Cape Town's Township Tours. In Desire Lines: Space, Memory and Identity in the Post Apartheid City. N. Murra y, N. Shepherd, and M. Hall, eds. Pp. 259 276. New York: Routledge. Witz, Leslie, Ciraj Rassool, and Gary Minkley 2001 Repackaging the Past for South African Tourism. Daedalus 130(1):277 296. Worden, Nigel 1997 Contesting Heritage in a South African Cit y: Cape Town. In Contested Urban Heritage: Voices from the Periphery. B.J. Shaw and R. Jones, eds. Pp. 31 61. England: Aldershot, Hants. Worden, Nigel, E. Van Heyningen, and Vivian Bickford Smith 1998 Cape Town: The Making of a City: An Illustrated Social History. Claremont, South Africa: D. Philip. WTO, World Tourism Organization 2002 Tourism and Poverty Alleviation. World Tourism Organization. Zegeye, Abebe, and Julia Maxted 2002 Our Dream Deferred: The Poor in South Africa. Pretoria: South African Hi story Online: UNISA Press.

PAGE 344

344 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH Rachel Allison Harvey attended Wofford College in Spartanburg, SC, graduating Summa cum Laude with a degree in sociol ogy in 2001. She then earned a M aster of Arts in anthropology from the George Washington Un Ph D coursework at the University of Florida. During academic years 2005 06 and 2006 07, she was fund ed by a Foreign Language and Areas Studies Fellowship through the University of Florida Center for African Studies to study the Xhosa language. Ph.D. fieldwork episodes have been funded by the US Department of Education's Fulbright Hays Doctoral Dissertati on Research Abroad Program Grant, the Lewis and Clark Grant for Exploration and Field Research from the American Philosophical Society, and the Madelyn M. Lockhart Summer Research Travel Award from University of Florida Center for African Studies. She grad uated with her Ph.D. in 2011 from the University of Florida. Harvey has taught clas ses on cultural and African anthropology Her interests include African studies, urbanism, tourism, space/place, and popular and material culture.